Hyundai A030A01X-GAT Atos 2002 User Manual

Owner's ManOwner's Man

Owner's Man

ualual

ual

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As the owner,

it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer

are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in severe driving

conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations. Maintenance

requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section 5.

A020A01A-AAT

OWNER'S MANUALOWNER'S MANUAL

OWNER'S MANUAL

A030A01X-GAT

OperationOperation

Operation

MaintenanceMaintenance

Maintenance

SpecificationsSpecifications

Specifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes

at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all current Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard

equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

Please note that some ATOS models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some

operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this manual.

A030A02X

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORDFOREWORD

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating

people who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we

build is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested

that you read it carefully since the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive

from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an

authorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and

any other assistance that may be required.

A050A06A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note: Note:

Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai,

please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and

CAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and

lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and

lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and

lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section of

lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section of

the Owner's Manual.the Owner's Manual.

the Owner's Manual.

reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior

written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Modification of components may void the manufacturer's warrantyModification of components may void the manufacturer's warranty

Modification of components may void the manufacturer's warranty

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Modifications may adversely affect the safety, durability

and performance of your Hyundai. Components which are subjected to modification or are added to the

vehicle resulting in consequential damage are not covered by the vehicle manufacturer's warranty.

A070A01A-GAT

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.

These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherThis indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other

This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other

persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment ifThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if

This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if

the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

OWNER'S I.D.

ORIGINAL:

ADDRESS:

DATE OF SALE:

SUBSEQUENT:

ADDRESS:

TRANSFER DATE:

NAME:

STREET:

TOWN:

COUNTRY:

P.CODE:

NAME:

STREET:

TOWN:

COUNTRY:

P.CODE:

A000A01A-GAT

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of

the next owner.

TABLE OF CONTENTSTABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGESECTION PAGE

SECTION PAGE

1.1.

1.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI ...................................................................... 1-1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI ...................................................................... 1-1

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI ...................................................................... 1-1

2.2.

2.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI ................................................................................ 2-1DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI ................................................................................ 2-1

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI ................................................................................ 2-1

3.3.

3.

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY .................................................................. 3-1WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY .................................................................. 3-1

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY .................................................................. 3-1

4.4.

4.

CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE ...................................... 4-1CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE ...................................... 4-1

CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE ...................................... 4-1

5.5.

5.

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 5-1VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 5-1

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 5-1

6.6.

6.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE .................................................................. 6-1DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE .................................................................. 6-1

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE .................................................................. 6-1

7.7.

7.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ...................................................................... 7-1EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ...................................................................... 7-1

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ...................................................................... 7-1

8.8.

8.

CONSUMER INFORMATION ............................................................................ 8-1CONSUMER INFORMATION ............................................................................ 8-1

CONSUMER INFORMATION ............................................................................ 8-1

9.9.

9.

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................. 9-1VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................. 9-1

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................. 9-1

10.10.

10.

INDEX ............................................................................................................. 10-1INDEX ............................................................................................................. 10-1

INDEX ............................................................................................................. 10-1

11

1

22

2

33

3

44

4

55

5

66

6

77

7

88

8

99

9

1010

10

A100A01L-GAT

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE

PARTSPARTS

PARTS

1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same

parts used by Hyundai Motor Compa-

ny to manufacture vehicles. They are

designed and tested for the optimum

safety, performance, and reliability to

our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered

and built to meet rigid original manu-

facturing requirements. Using imita-

tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts

is not covered under the Hyundai

New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any

other Hyundai warranty. In addition,

any damage to or failure of Genuine

Hyundai Parts caused by the installa-

tion or failure of an imitation, counter-

feit or used salvage part is not cov-

ered by Hyundai Motor Company.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-

chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts

Logo on the package (see below).

The export specifications are written

in English only.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold

through authorized Hyundai

Dealerships.

A100A01L

A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 1

1. FEATURES OF

YOUR HYUNDAI

B010A01A-GAT

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS

Use Unleaded Gasoline

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Rating

of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher

must be used in Hyundai vehicle. If leaded gaso-

line is used, it will cause the catalytic converter to

become ineffective and the emission control

system to malfunction.

This can also result in increased maintenance

expense. To avoid accidental use of leaded fuel,

the larger nozzle used with leaded gasoline at

service stations can not be inserted into fuel tank

opening of Hyundai vehicle.

NOTE:

o For some countries, Hyundai vehicles are

designed to use leaded gasoline. When

you are going to use leaded gasoline, ask

to Hyundai dealer whether leaded gaso-

line in your vehicle is available or not.

o Octane Rating of leaded gasoline is same

with unleaded one.

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?

Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleaded gasoline

and 10% ethanol or grain alcohol) may be used

in your Hyundai. However, if your engine devel-

ops drive ability problems, the use of 100%

unleaded gasoline is recommended. Fuels with

unspecified quantities of alcohol, or alcohols

other than ethanol, should not be used.

B010D01S-AAT

Do not Use Methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should

not be used in your Hyundai. This type of fuel can

reduce vehicle performance and damage com-

ponents of the fuel system.

CAUTION:

Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited War-

ranty may not cover damage to the fuel sys-

tem and performance problems that are

caused by the use of methanol or fuels con-

taining methanol.

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner Air

To help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundai recom-

mends that you use gasolines treated with deter-

gent additives, which help prevent deposit for-

mation in the engine. These gasolines will help

the engine run cleaner and the Emission Control

System performance.

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign Countries

If you are going to drive your Hyundai in another

country, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regarding registra-

tion and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

B020A01X-GAT

BREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAI

During the First 2,000 km (1,200 Miles)

No formal "break-in" procedure is required with

your new Hyundai. However, you can contribute

to the economical operation and durability of your

Hyundai by observing the following recommen-

dations during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles).

o Don't drive faster than 88 km/h (55 mph).

o While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm,

or revolutions per minute) between 2000 and

4000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don't start quickly

or depress the accelerator pedal fully.

B010A01X

1

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 2

B880A01A-GAT

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(If Installed)

The immobilizer system is an anti-theft device,

designed to deter automobile theft.

B030B01A-AAT

Record Your Key Number

AS10040A

A code number is stamped on the number plate

that came with the keys to your Hyundai. This

key number plate should not be left with the keys

but kept in a safe place, not in the vehicle. The

key number should also be recorded in a place

where it can be found in an emergency.

If you need additional keys, or if you should lose

your keys, your authorized Hyundai dealer can

make new keys if you can supply the key num-

ber.

o For the first 300 km (200 miles), try to avoid

hard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words, don't

drive so slowly in too high a gear that the

engine "bucks" shift to a lower gear).

o Whether going fast or slow, vary your speed

from time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes

for a catalytic converter-equipped engine.

B030A01A-AAT

KEYS

For greater convenience, the same key operates

all the locks in your Hyundai. However, because

the doors can be locked without a key, carrying

a spare key is recommended in case you acci-

dentally lock one key inside the car.

AS10030A

B880B03A-GAT

Keys

All of the locks fitted to the vehicle are operated

by the same key. However, since it is possible to

lock the doors without the use of the key, care

should be exercised to ensure that the key does

not become locked inside the vehicle by mistake.

NOTE:

If you make your own duplicate key, you will

not be able to cancel the system or start the

engine.

AX10020A-1

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 3

B880C02A-GAT

Key Numbers

AX10030A-1

The vehicle key number is recorded upon a

metal tag attached to the keys when the vehicle

is first delivered to you.

The key number should be recorded and kept in

a safe place in case the need to order further

keys arises. New keys are available from any

Hyundai dealer by quoting the relevant key num-

ber.

In the interest of security, the metal tag attached

to the keys which bears the key number should

be removed from the key ring after you receive

your new vehicle. In addition, key numbers can-

not be provided by Hyundai for security reasons.

If you need additional keys or if you should lose

your keys, your authorized Hyundai dealer can

make new keys.

B880D02A-GAT

Limp home procedures

B880D01X

In case the immobilizer warning indicator blinks

for five seconds when the ignition key is turned to

"ON" position, this indicates that the immobilizer

system is out of order. And you cannot start the

engine without the limp home procedures with

ignition key.

The following procedure is how to start the en-

gine with the function of the limp home. (0, 1, 2,

3 as a sample password).

NOTE:

You can get the limp home password when

the vehicle is first delivered to you. If you do

not have the password, consult your autho-

rized Hyundai dealer.

1. To set the password you may turn the ignition

key "ON" and then turn it "OFF" according to

the digit numbers, then the immobilizer indi-

cator will blink along with the operation of the

ignition key. For example, turn the ignition key

once for digit number "1", and twice for "2",

and so on. However, for the digit number "0",

you must turn the ignition key for 10 times.

2. Wait for 3~10 seconds.

3. You may set the remaining number of digits

by following the same procedures 1 and 2.

4. If all of four digits have been tried success-

fully, turn the ignition key "ON" and check that

the immobilizer indicator illuminates. From

this time, you have to start your engine within

30 seconds. If you start your engine after 30

seconds, your engine will not start.

NOTE:

If the engine dies while driving after limp

home procedure, you can start your engine

within 8 seconds without limp home proce-

dure again.

5. If the immobilizer indicator blinks for five

seconds, you have to try the limp home

procedure again from the beginning.

After doing the limp home procedure, you have to

consult with your authorized Hyundai dealer as

soon as possible.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 4

B040B01A-AAT

Locking, Unlocking Front Doors With a

Key

LOCK

UNLOCK

o The door can be locked or unlocked with a

key.

o Lock the door by turning the key toward the

front of the vehicle and unlock it by turning the

key toward the rear.

B040B01A

CAUTION:

o If you fail to try the limp home procedure

with the sequence of three times, you

have to wait for about one hour to do the

limp home procedure again.

o If you cannot start your engine in spite of

limp home procedure, have your vehicle

towed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

B040A01A-AAT

DOOR LOCKS

WARNING:

o Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Be-

fore you drive away (especially if there are

children in the car), be sure that all the

doors are securely closed and locked so

that the doors cannot be inadvertently

opened from the inside. This helps ensure

that doors will not be opened accidentally.

Also, when combined with the proper use

of seat belts, locking the doors helps keep

occupants from being ejected from the

car in case of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always look for

and avoid oncoming traffic.

The doors can be locked without a key. First

depress the lock button, then close the door.

NOTE:

o When locking the door this way, be careful

not to lock the door with the ignition key

left in the vehicle.

o To prevent theft, always remove the igni-

tion key, close all windows, and lock all

doors when leaving your vehicle unat-

tended.

B040C01X-GAT

Locking from Outside

B040C01X

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 5

B040E03A-AAT

CHILD-PROTECTOR REAR DOOR

LOCK

Your Hyundai is equipped with a "child-protec-

tor" rear door lock assembly. When the lock

mechanism is engaged, the rear door cannot be

opened from the inside. It's use is recommended

whenever there are small children in the rear

seat.

To engage the child-protector feature so that the

door cannot be opened from the inside, move the

child-protector lever to the " " position and

close the door. Move the lever to the opposite

direction of " " position when normal door

operation is desired.

If you wish to be able to open the door from the

outside, the outside door handle will function

normally.

B040E02A-1

B040D01X-AAT

Locking from the Inside

To lock your Hyundai from the inside, simply

close the door and push the lock button down.

When this is done, the door cannot be opened

using either the inside or the outside door handle.

To unlock the car from the inside, pull up the lock

button and then pull the inside door handle.

AS10070A

B080A01A-AAT

ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS

WARNING:

Never attempt to adjust the seat while the

vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of

control, or an accident which may cause

death, serious injury, or property damage.

B080B01A-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

Adjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

To move the seat toward the front or rear, pull

the lock release lever upward. This releases the

seat on its track so you can move it forward or

rearward to the desired position. When you find

the position you want, release the lever and

slide the seat forward or rearward on its track

until it locks into the desired position and cannot

be moved further.

B080B01A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 6

To raise or lower the window, turn the window

regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise.

WARNING:

When opening or closing the windows, make

sure your passenger's arms, hands and body

are safely out of the way.

B050A01A-AAT

WINDOW GLASS

B050A01A

B080D02A-AAT

Adjustable Headrests (If installed)

Headrests are designed to help reduce the risk of

neck injuries.

To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it, push

it down while pressing the lock knob.

WARNING:

o For maximum effectiveness in case of an

accident the headrest should be adjusted

so the top of the headrest is at the same

height as the top of the occupant's ears.

For this reason, the use of a cushion that

holds the body away from the seatback is

not recommended.

o Do not operate vehicle with the headrests

removed as severe injury to an occupant

may occur in the event of an accident.

B080D01A

Lock knob

The seat belt cannot provide full pretection to

an occupant if the seat back is reclined.

Headrests may provide protection against

neck injuries when properly adjusted.

B080C01A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

To recline the seatback, lean forward to take your

weight off it, then pull up on the recliner control

lever at the outside edge of the seat. Now lean

back until the desired seatback angle is achieved.

To lock the seatback into position, release the

recliner control lever.

WARNING:

To minimize risk of severe injury in the event

of a collision or a sudden stop, both the driver

and passenger seatbacks should always be

in an upright position while the vehicle is in

motion. The protection provided by the seat

belts and airbags may be reduced signifi-

cantly when the seatbacks are reclined. There

is greater risk that the driver and passenger

will slide under the belt which may result in

serious injury if a crash occurs when the

seatbacks are reclined.

B080C01A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 7

B060A01V-GAT

POWER WINDOWS (If installed)

B060A01V

Open

Close

The power windows operate only when the igni-

tion key is in the "ON" position. The main switches

are located on the driver's armrest and control

the front windows.

The windows may be opened by depressing the

appropriate window switch and closed by pulling

up the switch.

WARNING:

o Be careful that head, hands and body are

not trapped by a closing window.

o If passengers remain in the car when you

leave, especially if a child remains alone,

always remove the ignition key for safety.

B060A02X-GAT

POWER WINDOWS (If installed)

The power windows operate only when the igni-

tion key is in the "ON" position. The main switches

are located on the driver's armrest and control

the front windows. The windows may be oper-

ated by depressing the desired switch.

WARNING:

o Be careful that head, hands and body are

not trapped by a closing window.

o If passengers remain in the car when you

leave, especially if a child remains alone,

always remove the ignition key for safety.

B060A01A

B040G01A-GAT

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM

(If Installed)

B040G01A

This system is controlled by the driver's door lock

and operates the passenger door locks. When

the driver's door is locked, the passenger doors

are locked automatically.

If a rear door is open when the latch in depressed,

it will remain locked when closed. If the front

passenger door is open when the latch is locked,

the outside door handle must be held in the raised

position. When the door is closed, the door will

remain locked. All doors will be unlocked auto-

matically whenever the driver's door is unlocked

whether by key or latch.

B150A01X-GAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

All occupants of the vehicle should wear their

seat belts at all times. Indeed, your local's laws

may require that some or all occupants of the

vehicle use seat belts.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 8

WARNING:

Sitting in a reclined position or lying down

when your vehicle is in motion can be dan-

gerous. Even if you buckle up, your seat belts

can't do their job when you're reclined.

The shoulder belt can't do its job because it

won't be against your body. Instead, it will be

in front of you. In a crash you could go into it

with great force, receiving serious neck or

other injuries.

The lap belt can't do its job either. In a crash

the belt could go up over your abdomen. The

belt forces would be applied there, not at your

pelvic bones.

This could cause serious internal injuries.

For proper protection when the vehicle is in

motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit

well back in the seat and wear your seat belt

properly.

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic Inspection

It is recommended that all seat belts be inspected

periodically for wear or damage of any kind.

Parts of the system that are damaged should be

replaced as soon as possible.

B160A01S-GAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTS

Seat belt systems should never be disassembled

or modified. In addition, care should be taken to

assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not

damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

B150E01A-AAT

Injured Person

A seat belt should be used when an injured

person is being transported. When this is neces-

sary, you should consult a physician for recom-

mendations.

B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per Belt

Two people (including children) should never

attempt to use a single seat belt. This could

increase the severity of injuries in case of an

accident.

B150G01A-AAT

Do Not Lie Down

To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an

accident, and to achieve maximum effective-

ness of the restraint system, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front seats should be

in an upright position when the car is moving. A

seat belt cannot operate properly if the person is

lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in

a reclined position.

B150D01A-AAT

Pregnant Women

The use of a seat belt is recommended for

pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in

an accident. When a seat belt is used, the lap belt

portion should be placed as low and snugly as

possible on the hips, not across the abdomen.

For specific recommendations, consult a physi-

cian.

The possibility of injury or the severity of injury in

an accident will be decreased if this elementary

safety precaution is observed. In addition, the

following recommendations are made:

B150B01A-GAT

Infant or Small Child

Some countries require the use of child restraint

systems for infants and small children. Whether

this is required by law or not, it is strongly

recommended that a child restraint seat or infant

restraint system be used for infants or small

children weighing less than 18 kilograms (40

pounds).

B150C01A-AAT

Larger Children

Children who are too large for child restraint

systems should occupy the rear seat and use

the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion

should be fastened snug on the hips and as low

as possible. Check belt fit periodically. A child's

squirming could move the belt out of position.

If the larger child (over age 13) is in the front seat,

the child should be securely restrained by the

seat belt. Under no circumstances should the

child be allowed to stand or kneel on the seat.

Children are afforded the most safety in the event

of an accident when they are restrained by a

proper restraint system in the rear seat. Never

allow children to ride in the front passenger seat.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 9

YR10301B

B180A01A-GAT

SEAT BELTS-Driver's 3-Point System

with Emergency Locking Retractor

To Fasten Your Belt

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat Belts

The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies

should be replaced if the vehicle has been in-

volved in an accident. This should be done even

if no damage is visible. Additional questions

concerning seat belt operation should be direct-

ed to your Hyundai Dealer.

B170A03X-GAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEAT

SHOULDER BELT (If installed)

B170A01X

You can adjust the height of the front seat shoul-

der belt anchor to one of 4 positions. The shoul-

der belt should be adjusted so that it fits midway

over the shoulder, and NEVER across the neck.

To adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor,

pull on the height adjuster knob and then lower or

raise the height adjuster into an appropriate. To

raise the height adjuster, pull it up. To lower it,

push it down while pressing the height adjuster

button. Release the knob to lock the anchor into

position. Try to slide the anchor upward and

downward after releasing the knob to make sure

that it has locked into position.

WARNING:

o The height adjuster must be in the locked

position whenever the vehicle is moving.

o The misadjustment of height of the shoul-

der belt could reduce the effectiveness of

the seat belt in a crash.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and Dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts

become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a

mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,

strong detergents or abrasives should not be

used because they may damage and weaken

the fabric.

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractor

and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will

be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the

buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper

length only after the lap belt is adjusted manually

so that it fits snugly around your hips.

If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt

will extend and let you move around. If there is a

sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock

into position. It will also lock if you try to lean

forward too quickly. Check to make sure that the

belt is properly locked and that the belt is not

twisted.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 10

SSA1090S

B220A01A-AAT

SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)

(Rear Seat Center)

To Fasten Your Seat Belt

To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert the

metal tab into the locking buckle. There will be an

audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.

Check to make sure the belt is properly locked

and that the belt is not twisted.

B200A01A-GAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

YR10311B

You should place the belt as low as possible on

your hips, not on your waist. If located too high on

your body, the chances of sliding out from under

it and suffering serious injury or death are in-

creased. Both arms should not be under or over

the belt. Rather, one should be over and the other

under, as shown in the illustration.

B210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

YR10321B

The seat belt is released by pressing the release

button in the locking buckle. When it is released,

the belt should automatically draw back into the

retractor.

If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure

it is not twisted, then try again.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 11

B230A02P-GAT

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

(If installed)

Children riding in the car should sit in the rear

seat and must always be restrained to minimize

the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or

sudden maneuver. According to accident statis-

tics, children are safer when properly restrained

in the rear seats than in the front seat. Larger

children should use one of the seat belts pro-

vided.

You are required by law to use safety restraints

for children. If small children ride in your vehicle

you must put them in a child restraint system

(safety seat).

Children could be injured in a crash if their

restraints are not properly secured. For small

children and babies, a child seat or infant seat

must be used. Before buying a particular child

restraint system, make sure it fits your car seat

and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow all the

instructions provided by the manufacturer when

installing the child restraint system.

WARNING:

o A child restraint system must be placed in

the rear seat. Never install a child or infant

seat on the front passenger's seat.

Should an accident occur and cause the

passenger side airbag to deploy, it could

severely injure or kill an infant or child

seated in an infant or child seat. Thus, only

use a child restraint in the rear seat of your

vehicle.

B220C01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

When you want to release the seat belt, press the

button in the locking buckle.

WARNING:

The center lap belt latching mechanism is

different from those for the rear seat shoul-

der belts. When fastening the rear seat shoul-

der belts or the center lap belt, make sure

they are inserted into the correct buckle to

obtain maximum protection from the seat

belt system and assure proper operation.

B220B01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

SSA1090T

With a 2-point static type seat belt, the length

must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly around

your body. Fasten the belt and pull on the loose

end to tighten. The belt should be placed as low

as possible on your hips, not on your waist. If the

belt is too high, it could increase the possibility of

your being injured in an accident.

Correct

Shorten

Too high

B220C01A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 12

After installation of the child restraint system, try

to move it in all directions to be sure the child

restraint system is securely installed.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull more webbing

toward the retractor. When you unbuckle the

seat belt and allow it to retract, the retractor will

automatically revert back to its normal seated

passenger emergency locking usage condition.

NOTE:

o Before installing the child restraint sys-

tem, read the instructions supplied by the

child restraint system manufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate as de-

scribed, have the system checked imme-

diately by your authorized Hyundai dealer.

WARNING:

Do not install any child restraint system in the

front passenger seat. Should an accident

occur and cause the passenger side airbag

to deploy, it could severely injure or kill an

infant or child seated in an infant or child

seat. Therefore, only use a child restraint

system in the rear seat of your vehicle.

o Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-

tem can become very hot if it is left in a

closed vehicle, be sure to check the seat

cover and buckles before placing a child

there.

o When the child restraint system is not in

use, fasten it with a safety belt so that it

will not be thrown forward in the case of a

sudden stop or an accident.

o Children who are too large to be in a child

restraint should sit in the rear seat and be

restrained with the available lap/shoulder

belts. Never allow children to ride in the

front passenger seat.

o Always make sure that the shoulder belt

portion of the outboard lap/shoulder belt

is positioned midway over the shoulder,

never across the neck. Moving the child

closer to the center of the vehicle may help

provide a good shoulder belt fit. The lap

belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the

center seat lap belt must always be posi-

tioned as low as possible on the child's

hips and as snug as possible.

o If the seat belt will not properly fit the

child, we recommend the use of an ap-

proved booster seat in the rear seat in

order to raise the child's seating height so

that the seat belt will properly fit the child.

o Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on

the seat.

o Never use an infant carrier or child safety

seat that "hooks" over a seatback; it may

not provide adequate security in an acci-

dent.

o Never allow a child to be held in a person's

arms while they are in a moving vehicle, as

this could result in serious injury to the

child in the event of an accident or a

sudden stop. Holding a child in a moving

vehicle does not provide the child with

any means of protection during an acci-

dent, even if the person holding the child

is wearing a seat belt.

B230G01A-GAT

Installation on Outboard Rear Seats

YR10400B

To install a child restraint system in the outboard

rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap belt from its

retractor. Install the child restraint system, buckle

the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any

slack. Make sure that the lap portion of the belt is

tight around the child restraint system and the

shoulder portion of the belt is positioned so that

it cannot interfere with the child's head or neck.

On outboard rear seats

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 13

B240A03F-AAT

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

(AIRBAG) SYSTEM (If installed)

AS10356A

Your Hyundai is equipped with a Supplemental

Restraint (Airbag) System. The indications of the

system's presence are the letters "SRS AIRBAG"

embossed on the airbag pad cover in the steering

wheel and the passenger's side front panel pad

above the glove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags installed

under the pad covers in the center of the steering

wheel and the passenger's side front panel above

the glove box. The purpose of the SRS is to

provide the vehicle's driver and the front passen-

ger with additional protection when used to-

gether with the seat belt, in case of a frontal

impact.

NOTE:

Be sure to read information about the SRS on

the labels provided on the backside of the

sun visor and in the glove box.

B180B01X-GAT

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt (If installed)

Ordinarily the pre-tensioner seat belt operates in

the same way as E.L.R (Emergency Locking

Retractor) type (When vehicles stop suddenly,

the belt will lock into the position. It will also

lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.).

However, when vehicles crash, the retractor

rewinds the belt webbing. This will restrain the

passenger movement quickly and also reduce

the slack between passenger and belt webbing.

NOTE:

o When the pre-tensioner seat belt is acti-

vated, there may be an explosion noise.

This noise is normal and is not hazardous.

o Pre-tensioner seat belt is designed to op-

erate only when a sufficiently severe im-

pact occurs and it will be only operated

once.

WARNING:

If the pre-tensioner seat belt was activated,

never attempt to replace it by yourself. It must

be replaced by an authorized Hyundai Dealer.

Age Group

Seating Position

Front

Passenger

Rear

Outboard

Rear

Center

0 : Up to 10 kg

(0 ~ 9 months)

0+ : Up to 13 kg

(0 ~ 2 years)

I : 9kg to 18kg

(9 months ~

4 years)

II & III : 15kg to 36kg

(4 ~ 12 years)

XUX

UF U UF

UF UF UF

U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints

approved for use in this mass group

UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" cat-

egory restraints approved for use in this

mass group

X : Seat position not suitable for children in this

mass group

B230H01X-GAT

Child Seat Restraint Suitability For Seat Po-

sition

Use child safety seats that have been officially

approved and are appropriate for your children.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 14

B240B03A-AAT

SRS Components and Functions

o For maximum safety protection in all types

of crashes, all occupants including the

driver should always wear their seat belts

whether or not an airbag is also provided

at their seating position to minimize the

risk of severe injury or death in the event

of a crash. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily

close to the airbag while the vehicle is in

motion.

o The SRS airbag system must deploy very

rapidly to provide protection in a crash. If

an occupant is out of position because of

not wearing a seat belt, the airbag may

forcefully contact the occupant causing

serious or fatal injuries.

B240C01X

WARNING:

o As its name implies, the SRS is designed

to work with, and be supplemental to, the

driver's and the passenger's three point

seat belt systems and is not a substitute

for them. Therefore, your seat belts must

be worn at all times while the vehicle is in

motion. The airbags deploy only in certain

frontal impact conditions severe enough

to likely cause significant injury to the

vehicle occupants.

o The SRS is designed to deploy the airbags

only when an impact is sufficiently severe

and when the impact angle is less than 30°

from the forward longitudinal axis of the

vehicle and will not deploy in side, rear or

rollover impacts. Additionally, the airbags

will only deploy once. Thus, seat belts

must be worn at all times.

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

o Front airbags are not intended to deploy

in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover

crashes. In addition, airbags will not de-

ploy in frontal crashes below the deploy-

ment threshold speed.

o The driver should sit back as far as possi-

ble while still maintaining control of the

vehicle. If you are sitting too close to the

airbag, it can cause death or serious injury

when it inflates.

o No objects should be placed over or near

the airbag modules on the steering wheel,

instrument panel, and the front passen-

ger's panel above the glove box, because

any such object could cause harm if the

vehicle is in a crash severe enough to

cause the airbags to deploy.

o If the airbags deploy, they must be re-

placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS

wiring, or other components of the SRS

system. Doing so could result in injury,

due to accidental firing of the airbags or

by rendering the SRS inoperative.

o Do not install a child restraint system in

the front passenger seat position. A child

restraint system must never be placed in

the front seat. The infant or child could be

severely injured or killed by an airbag

deployment in case of an accident.

Do not allow children to ride in the front

passenger seat. If also children(teenagers

and older) must ride in the front seat,

make sure they are always properly belted

and that the seat is moved back as far as

possible.

FUA1111B

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 15

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) on the

instrument panel will blink for about 6 seconds

after the ignition key is turned to the "ON"

position or after the engine is started, after which

the SRI should go out.

The airbag modules are located both in the

center of the steering wheel and in the front

passenger's panel above the glove box. When

the SRSCM detects a considerable impact to the

front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the

airbags.

The SRS consists of the following components:

- Driver's Airbag Module

- Passenger's Airbag Module

- SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI)

- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)

The SRSCM continually monitors all elements

while the ignition is "ON" to determine if a frontal

or near-frontal impact is severe enough to re-

quire airbag deployment.

Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly

into the pad covers will separate under pressure

from the expansion of the airbags. Further open-

ing of the covers then allows full inflation of the

airbags.

A fully inflated airbag in combination with a prop-

erly worn seat belt slows the driver's or the

passenger's forward motion, thus reducing the

risk of head or chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag immediately

starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain

forward visibility.

CAUTION:

When installing a container of liquid air fresh-

ener inside a vehicle, do not place it near the

instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel

pad surface. If there is any leakage from the

air freshener onto these areas (Instrument

FUA1112A

FUA1113A

B240B04X

FUA1115A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 16

to the body structure, can adversely affect

SRS performance and lead to possible

injury.

o For cleaning the airbag pad covers, use

only a soft, dry cloth or one which has

been moistened with plain water. Solvents

or cleaners could adversely affect the

airbag covers and proper deployment of

the system.

o No objects should be placed over or near

the airbag modules on the steering wheel,

instrument panel, and the front passen-

ger's panel above the glove box, because

any such object could cause harm if the

vehicle is in a crash severe enough to

cause the airbags to inflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must be re-

placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS

wiring, or other components of the SRS

system. Doing so could result in injury,

due to accidental firing of the airbags or

by rendering the SRS inoperative.

o Do not install a child restraint system in

the front passenger seat position.

A child restraint system must never be

placed in the front seat. The infant or child

could be severely injured by an airbag

deployment in case of an accident.

o If components of the airbag system must

be discarded, or if the vehicle must be

scrapped, certain safety precautions must

be observed. Your Hyundai dealer knows

these precautions and can give you the

YT10355A

cluster, instrument panel pad or air ventila-

tor), it may damage these parts. If the liquid

from the air freshener does leak onto these

areas, wash them with water immediately.

WARNING:

o When the SRS is activated, there may be a

loud noise and fine dust will be released

through out the vehicle. These conditions

are normal and are not hazardous. How-

ever, the fine dust generated during airbag

deployment may cause skin irritation. Be

sure to wash your hands and face thor-

oughly with lukewarm water and a mild

soap after an accident in which the airbags

were deployed.

o The SRS can function only when the igni-

tion key is in the "ON" position. If the SRS

SRI does not come on, or continuously

remains on, after flashing for about 6 sec-

onds when the ignition key is turned to

the "ON" position, or after the engine is

started, or comes on while driving, the

SRS is not working properly. If this oc-

curs, have your vehicle immediately in-

spected by your Hyundai dealer.

o Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a

battery terminal, turn the ignition key to

the "LOCK" position or remove the igni-

tion key. Never remove or replace the air

bag related fuse(s) when the ignition key

is in the "ON" position. Failure to heed this

warning will cause the SRS SRI to illumi-

nate.

B240C01Y-GAT

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so

there are no parts you can safely service by

yourself. The entire SRS system must be in-

spected by an authorized Hyundai dealer in 10

years after the date that the vehicle was manu-

factured.

Any work on the SRS system, such as removing,

installing, repairing, or any work on the steering

wheel must be performed by a qualified Hyundai

technician. Improper handling of the SRS sys-

tem may result in serious personal injury.

WARNING:

o Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward

facing child restraint on a seat protected

by an airbag in front of it!

o Modification to SRS components or wir-

ing, including the addition of any kind of

badges to the pad covers or modifications

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 17

necessary information. Failure to follow

these precautions and procedures could

increase the risk of personal injury.

o If you sell your vehicle, be sure to inform

the new owner of these important points

and make certain that this manual is trans-

ferred to the new owner.

o If your car was flooded and has soaked

carpeting or water on flooring, you

shouldn't try to start engine; have the car

towed to authorized Hyundai dealer.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 18

B250A02X-GAT

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

1. Multi-Function Light Switch

2. Headlight Leveling Device (If installed)

3. Horn Button

4. Driver's Airbag (If installed)

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch

6. Rear Wiper Switch/Rear Washer Switch

(If installed)

7. Rear Defroster Switch

8. Center Air Vent Louver

9. Digital Clock (If installed)

10. Hazard Warning Switch

11. Defroster Ventilation Outlet

12. Front Fog Light Switch (If installed)

13. Rear Fog Light Switch (If installed)

14. Passenger's Airbag (If installed)

15. Side Air Vent Louver

16. Hood Release Lever

17. Ignition Switch and Keys

18. Air Conditioning Switch

19. Cigarette Light

20. Ashtray

21. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel

22. Audio System

CAUTION:

When installing a container of liquid air fresh-

ener inside a vehicle, do not place it near the

instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel

pad surface. If there is any leakage from the

air freshener onto these areas (Instrument

cluster, instrument panel pad or air ventila-

tor), it may damage these parts. If the liquid

from the air freshener does leak onto these

areas, wash them with water immediately.

151 3 4 5,6 11 12 13 14

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

2 738

9

810

B250A02X

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 19

B260B01X-GAT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATORINSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR

1. Temperature Gauge

2. Turn Signal Indicator Light

3. Speedometer

4. Odometer

5. Trip Odometer

6. Trip Odometer Reset button

7. Fuel Gauge

8. Immobilizer Warning Indicator Light

9. Door Ajar Warning Light

10. Seat Belt Warning Light

11. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (If installed)

12. Low Fuel Warning Light

13. High Beam Indicator Light

14. ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If installed)

15. Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level Warning

Light

16. SRS Service Reminder Indicator (If installed)

17. Charging System Warning Light

18. Oil Pressure Warning Light

19. Overdrive Off Indicator Light (Auto T/A only)

1356

98 10 11 12 13

B260A03X

2 4 2 7

14 15 16 17 18 19

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 20

B260P02Y-AAT

ABS Service Reminder Indica-

tor (SRI) (If installed)

When the key is turned to the "ON" position, the

ABS SRI will come on and then go off in a few

seconds. If the ABS SRI remains on, comes on

while driving, or does not come on when the key

is turned to the "ON" position, this indicates that

there may be a problem with the ABS.

If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by your

Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. The normal

braking system will still be operational, but with-

out the assistance of the anti-lock brake system.

B260D01A-AAT

Turn Signal Indicator Lights

The blinking green arrows on the instrument

panel show the direction indicated by the turn

signals. If the arrow comes on but does not

illuminate, blinks more rapidly than normal, or

does not illuminate at all, a malfunction in the turn

signal system is indicated. Your dealer should be

consulted for repairs.

B260G01A-AAT

Oil Pressure Warning Light

CAUTION:

If the oil pressure warning light stays on

while the engine is running, serious engine

damage may result. The oil pressure warning

light comes on whenever there is insufficient

oil pressure. In normal operation, it should

come on when the ignition switch is turned

on, then go out when the engine is started. If

the oil pressure warning light stays on while

the engine is running, there is a serious

malfunction.

If this happens, stop the car as soon as it is

safe to do so, turn off the engine and check

the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine

oil to the proper level and start the engine

again. If the light stays on with the engine

running, turn the engine off immediately. In

any instance where the oil light stays on

when the engine is running, the engine should

be checked by an Hyundai dealer before the

car is driven again.

B260E02A-GAT

Seat Belt Reminder Light

The seat belt reminder light comes on until your

seat belt is fastened when the ignition key is

turned from the "OFF" position to "ON" or

"START".

B260H03A-AAT

Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level

Warning Light

WARNING:

If you suspect brake trouble, have your brakes

checked by a Hyundai dealer as soon as

possible. Driving your car with a problem in

either the brake electrical system or brake

B260F01A-AAT

High Beam Indicator Light

The high beam indicator light comes on when-

ever the headlights are switched to the high

beam or flash position.

B260C01A-AAT

O/D OFF IndicatorO/D OFF Indicator

O/D OFF Indicator

(If installed)

When the overdrive switch is turned on, the

overdrive off indicator will go out. This amber

indicator will be illuminated when the overdrive

switch is turned off. (Auto T/A only)

CAUTION:

If the both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brake

fluid level warning lights remain "ON" or

come on while driving, there may be a prob-

lem with E.B.D (Electronic Brake Force Dis-

tribution).

If this occurs, avoid sudden stops and have

your vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealer

as soon as possible.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 21

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING SOUND

The front disc brake pads have wear indicators

that should make a high-pitched squealing or

scraping noise when new pads are needed. The

sound may come and go or be heard all the time

when the vehicle is moving. It may also be heard

B260M01A-AAT

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

The low fuel level warning light comes on when the

fuel tank is approaching empty. When it comes on,

you should add fuel as soon as possible. Driving

with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel

level below "E" can cause the engine to misfire

and damage the catalytic converter.

hydraulic system is dangerous, and could

result in serious injury or death.

Warning Light Operation

The parking brake/brake fluid level warning light

should come on when the parking brake is ap-

plied and the ignition switch is turned to "ON" or

"START". After the engine is started, the light

should go out when the parking brake is re-

leased.

If the parking brake is not applied, the warning

light should come on when the ignition switch is

turned to "ON" or "START", then go out when the

engine starts. If the light comes on at any other

time, you should slow the vehicle and bring it to

a complete stop in a safe location off the road-

way.

The brake warning light indicates that the brake

fluid level in the brake master cylinder is low and

hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or

DOT 4 specifications should be added. After

adding fluid, if no other trouble is found, the car

should be immediately and carefully driven

to a Hyundai dealer for inspection. If further

trouble is experienced, the vehicle should not be

driven at all but taken to a dealer by a profes-

sional towing service or some other safe method.

Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonal

braking systems. This means you still have brak-

ing on two wheels even if one of the dual systems

should fail. With only one of the dual systems

working, more than normal pedal travel and

greater pedal pressure are required to stop the

car. Also, the car will not stop in as short a

B260J01S-GAT

Charging System Warning Light

The charging system warning light should come

on when the ignition is turned on, then go out

when the engine is running. If the light stays on

while the engine is running, there is a malfunction

in the electrical charging system. If the light

comes on while you are driving, stop, turn off the

engine and check under the hood. First, make

certain the generator drive belt is in place. If it is,

check the tension of the belt.

And then, have the system checked by your

Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION:

If the drive belt (generator belt) is loosen,

broken, or mission while the vehicle is driv-

ing, there may be a serious malfunction, en-

gine could overheat because this belt also

drives the water pump.

B260L01A-GAT

Door Ajar Warning Light

The door ajar warning light warns you that a door

is not completely closed.

B260B01S-GAT

SRS (Airbag) Service Reminder

Indicator (SRI) (If installed)

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) comes

on and flashes for about 6 seconds after the

ignition key is turned to the "ON" position or after

the engine is started, after which it will go out.

This light also comes on when the SRS is not

working properly. If the SRI does not come on, or

continuously remains on after flashing for about

6 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the

"ON" position or started the engine, or if it comes

on while driving, have the SRS inspected by an

authorized Hyundai Dealer.

distance with only half of the brake system work-

ing. If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to

a lower gear for additional engine braking and

stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 22

B300A01A-GAT

SPEEDOMETER

Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibrated in

kilometers per hour or miles per hour.

B280A01A-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

The needle on the gauge indicates the approxi-

mate fuel level in the fuel tank. The fuel capacity

is given in Section 9.

B900A01A-GAT

ACOUSTIC WARNING SOUND

(If installed)

The acoustic warning chime sounds when the

tail lights are on and the door in driver side is

open. This prevents the battery from discharging

when the car is left with the tail lights on. The

chime sounds until the tail lights are turned off.

B260N02A-AAT

Malfunction Indicator Light

(If installed)

This light illuminates when there is a malfunction

of an exhaust gas related component, and the

system is not functioning properly so that the

exhaust gas regulation values are not satisfied.

This light will also illuminate when the ignition key

is turned to the "ON" position, and will go out in a

few seconds. If it illuminates while driving, or

does not illuminate when the ignition key is

turned to the "ON" position, take your car to your

nearest authorized Hyundai dealer and have the

system checked.

when the brake pedal is pushed down firmly.

Excessive rotor damage will result if the worn

pads are not replaced. See your Hyundai dealer

immediately.

B280A01X

B290A02A-AAT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGE

WARNING:

Never remove the radiator cap when the en-

gine is hot. The engine coolant is under pres-

sure and could erupt and cause severe burns.

Wait until the engine is cool before removing

the radiator cap.

The needle on the engine coolant temperature

gauge should stay in the normal range. If it

moves across the dial to "H" (Hot), pull over and

stop as soon as possible and turn off the engine.

Then open the hood and check the coolant level

and the water pump drive belt. If you suspect

cooling system trouble, have your cooling sys-

tem checked by Hyundai dealer as soon as

possible.

B290A01X

B300A01X

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 23

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or

down to a point where it begins flashing.

The lever will automatically return to the center

position when released.

B340A01A-AAT

COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,

HEADLIGHT AND HIGH-BEAM SWITCH

Turn Signal Operation

Pulling down on the lever causes the turn signals

on the left side of the car to blink. Pushing upward

on the lever causes the turn signals on the right

side of the car to blink. As the turn is completed,

the lever will automatically return to the center

position and turn off the turn signals at the same

time. If either turn signal indicator light blinks

more rapidly than usual, goes on but does not

blink, or does not go on at all, there is a malfunc-

tion in the system. Check for a burned-out fuse or

bulb or see your Hyundai dealer.

B340B01X

B310A01A-GAT

ODOMETER

The odometer records the total driving distance

in kilometers or miles, and is useful for keeping a

record for maintenance intervals.

NOTE:

Any alteration of the odometer may void your

warranty coverage.

B320A01A-GAT

TRIP ODOMETER

The trip odometer may be used to conveniently

record trip distances. Push the reset knob to set

the counter to zero.

B340C01A-AAT

Headlight Switch

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel on the

end of the multi-function switch. The first position

turns on the parking lights, sidelights, tail lights

and instrument panel lights. The second position

turns on the headlights.

B340C01X

B340F01A-GAT

Daytime Running Lights (If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with daytime running

lights. The daytime running lights are used to

improve visibility for oncoming traffic. Your vehi-

cle daytime running lights are designed to remain

on continuously when the engine is operating

even though the headlight switch is in the "OFF"

position. However, the daytime running lights will

be off while the parking brake is applied.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 24

B350B01A-AAT

Windshield Washer Operation

B350B01X

To use the windshield washer, pull the wiper/

washer lever toward the steering wheel. When

the washer lever is operated, the wipers auto-

matically make two passes across the wind-

shield. The washer continues to operate until the

lever is released.

NOTE:

o Do not operate the washer more than 15

seconds at a time or when the fluid reser-

voir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be sure the

wiper blades are not frozen to the glass

prior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in winter, use

windshield washer antifreeze.

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

To flash the headlights, pull the switch lever

toward you, then release it. The headlights can

be flashed even though the headlight switch is in

the "OFF" position.

B340E01X

B350A01A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH

B350A01X

OFF

1

2

3

The windshield wiper switch has three positions:

1. Intermittent wiper operation

2. Low-speed operation

3. High-speed operation

NOTE:

To prevent damage to the wiper system, do

not attempt to wipe away heavy accumula-

tions of snow or ice. Accumulated snow and

ice should be removed manually. If there is

only a light layer of snow or ice, operate the

heater in the defrost mode to melt the snow or

ice before using the wiper.

B340D01A-AAT

High-Beam Switch

To turn on the headlight high beams, push the

lever forward (away from you). The high beam

indicator light will come on at the same time. For

low beams, pull the lever back toward you.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 25

wiper blade wear. For the same reason, do not

operate the washer when the washer fluid reser-

voir is empty.

B340G02X-GAT

HEADLIGHT LEVELING DEVICE SYS-

TEM (If installed)

To adjust the headlight beam level according to

the number of the passengers and the loading

weight in the luggage area, turn the beam level-

ing switch.

The higher the number of the switch position, the

lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the

headlight beam at the proper leveling position, or

headlights may dazzle other road users.

Listed below are the examples of proper switch

settings. For loading conditions other than those

listed below, adjust the switch position so that the

beam level may be the nearest as the condition

obtained according to the list.

B390A01X-GAT

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER

(If installed)

B390A01X

3

2

1

To operate the rear wiper and washer, turn the

barrel on the end of the multifunction switch.

1. OFF

2. When the point indicates the , the rear

windshield wiper starts to operate continu-

ously.

3. The washer fluid will be spray onto the rear

winshield by indicating the point onto the .

The wiper operates continuously after the

washer fluid is sprayed.

Do not operate the washer continuously for more

than 15 seconds or when the fluid reservoir is

empty; this could damage the system.

Do not operate the wiper when the window is dry;

this can result in scratching as well as premature

B370A01A-AAT

HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM

The hazard warning system should be used

whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in

a hazardous location. When you must make

such an emergency stop, always pull off the road

as far as possible.

The hazard warning lights are turned on by

pushing in on the hazard switch. This causes all

Loading condition

Driver only

Driver + front passenger

Full passengers

(including driver)

Full passengers (including

driver) + Permissible load

Driver + Permissible load

Switch position

0

1

2

B340G01X

HMX404D

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 26

B420A02A-AAT

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

For the cigarette lighter to work, the key must be

in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position.

To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the way into

its socket. When the element has heated, the

lighter will pop out to the "ready" position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in. This

can damage the heating element and create a

fire hazard.

If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter,

use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or its

approved equivalent.

CAUTION:

Do not use electric accessories or equipment

other than the Hyundai genuine parts in the

socket.

B420A01A-1

B400A01A-AAT

DIGITAL CLOCK (If Installed)

There are three control buttons for the digital

clock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hour indicated.

MIN - Push "M" to advance the minute indicated.

RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" to

facilitate resetting the clock to the correct time.

When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29 changes

the readout to 11 : 00.

Pressing "R" between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29 changes

the readout to 12 : 00.

NOTE:

The engine must be running for the rear

window defroster to operate.

B400A01A

turn signal lights to blink. The hazard warning

lights will operate even though the key is not in

the ignition.

To turn the hazard warning lights off, push in on

the switch a second time.

B380A01A-AAT

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER

SWITCH

The rear window defroster is turned on by push-

ing in on the switch. To turn the defroster off, push

in on the switch a second time. The rear window

defroster automatically turns itself off after about

15 minutes. To restart the defroster cycle, push

in on the switch again after it has turned itself off.

CAUTION:

Do not clean the inner side of the rear window

glass with an abrasive type of glass cleaner

or use a scraper to remove the foreign depos-

its from the inner surface of the glass as this

may cause damage to the defroster elements.

HMX404C

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 27

B510A01A-AAT

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR

Manual Type

The outside rearview mirrors are equipped with

a remote control for your convenience. It is

operated by the control lever in the bottom front

corner of the window.

Before driving away, always check that your

mirrors are positioned so you can see behind

The interior courtesy light has a 3-position switch.

The three positions are:

o " • " In the "MIDDLE" position, the interior

courtesy light comes on when any door is

opened, then goes out when it is closed.

o "OFF" In the "LEFT" position, the light stays

off even though a door is open.

o "ON" In the "RIGHT" position, the light stays

on at all times.

B510A01A

B430A01X-GAT

FRONT ASHTRAY

B430A01X

The front ashtray may be opened by pulling it out

by its grip. To remove the ashtray to empty or

clean it, press down on the spring-loaded tab

inside the ashtray and pull it all the way out.

B490A01X-GAT

INTERIOR LIGHT

B490A01X

B510C01A-AAT

FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REARVIEW

MIRRORS

To fold the outside rear view mirrors, push them

towards the rear.

you, both to the left and right sides, as well as

directly behind your vehicle. When using the

mirror, always exercise caution when attempting

to judge the distance of vehicles behind or along

side of you.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

If the mirror control is jammed with ice, do not

attempt to break it free using the control

handle or by manipulating the face of the

mirror. Use an approved spray deicer (not

radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen

mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm

place and allow the ice to melt.

B510C01A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 28

B550A01F B550A01V

<PRIME>

B550A01S-GAT

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOP LIGHT

(If Installed)

In addition to the lower-mounted rear stoplights

on either side of the car, the high mounted rear

stoplight in the center of the rear window or

installed in the rear spoiler also lights when the

brakes are applied.

Always engage the parking brake before leaving

the car. This also turns on the parking brake

indicator light when the key is in the "ON" or

"START" position. Before driving away, be sure

that the parking brake is fully released and the

indicator light is off.

o To engage the parking brake, pull the lever up

as far as possible.

o To release the parking brake, pull up the lever

and press the thumb button. Then, while

holding the button in, lower the brake lever.

B530A01A-AAT

PARKING BRAKE

B530A01A

B520A01A-AAT

DAY/NIGHT INSIDE REARVIEW MIR-

ROR

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/night inside

rearview mirror. The "night" position is selected

by flipping the tab at the bottom of the mirror

toward you. In the "night" position, the glare of

headlights of cars behind you is reduced.

The outside rear view mirrors can be folded

rearward for parking in narrow areas.

WARNING:

Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview

mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This

could result in loss of control, and an acci-

dent which could cause death, serious inju-

ry or property damage.

B520A01A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 29

For greater convenience, the entire seatback

and seat cushion may be folded down and up.

B110A02X

B110A03X

o To unlock the seatback, pull up on the

seatback locking knob, then pull forward on

the seatback.

o After being folded down rear seat back, fold-

up the seat cushion.

B110A01X-GAT

FOLDING REAR SEATBACK AND

SEAT CUSHION

B110A01X

WARNING:

The purpose of the fold-down rear seat back

and the fold-up rear seat cushion is to allow

you to carry more objects than could other-

wise be accommodated. Do not allow pas-

sengers to sit on the cargo area while the car

is moving as this is not a proper seating

position and no seat belts are available for

use when the seat back is folded down. This

could result in serious injury or death in case

of an accident or a sudden stop. Objects

should not extend higher than the top of the

front seats. This could allow cargo to slide

forward and cause injury or damage during

sudden stops.

o When you return the rear seat to its upright

position, always be sure it has locked into

position by pulling and pushing on the top of

the seatback.

WARNING:

When you return the rear seat to its upright

position after being folded down and folded

up, be careful not to damage the seat belt

webbing or buckle. In addition, do not allow

the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught

or pinched in the rear seat.

B110B01X-GAT

Folding rear seatback and seat

cushion individually (If installed)

B110B01X

The entire seatback and seat cushion may be

folded down and up individually.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 30

B540D01X-GAT

Remote Tail Gate Release (If installed)

The tail gate is opened by pulling the lever to

release the lock, then raising the tail gate manu-

ally.

To close, lower the tail gate, then press down on

it until it locks. To be sure the tail gate is securely

fastened, always try to pull it up again.

WARNING:

The tail gate should always be kept com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.

If it is left open or ajar, exhaust gases may

enter the car and serious illness may result.

B540D01V

B540D02X/

<PRIME>

B540A01X-GAT

TAIL GATE

B540A01V

B540A02X/

<PRIME>

WARNING:

The tail gate should always be kept com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.

If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust

gases may enter the car resulting in serious

injury or death to the occupants. See addi-

tional warnings concerning exhaust gases

on page 2-1.

o The tail gate is opened by first turning the key

clockwise to release the lock, then raising the

door manually.

o To close, lower the tail gate, then press down

on it until it locks. To be sure the tail gate is

securely fastened, always try to pull it up

again.

o To unlock the seatback, pull up on the

seatback locking knob, then pull forward on

the seatback.

o After being folded down rear seat, pull the

lever on the rear side of the seat cushion to

fold-up the seat cushion.

B110B02X

WARNING:

o When you return the rear seat to its up-

right position, always be sure it has locked

into position by pulling and pushing on

the top of the seatback.

o When you return the rear seat to its up

right position after being folded down and

folded up, be careful not to damage the

seat belt webbing or buckle. In addition,

do not allow the seat belt webbing or

buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear

seat.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 31

B560A01X-AAT

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RELEASE

(If installed)

The fuel-filler lid may be opened from inside the

vehicle by pulling up on the fuel-filler lid opener

located on the front floor area on the left side of

the car.

NOTE:

If the fuel-filler lid will not open because ice

has formed around it, tap lightly or push on

the lid to break the ice and release the lid. Do

not pry on the lid. If necessary, spray around

the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not

use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle

to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

To turn on the rear fog lights, push the switch.

They will come on when the headlights are

turned on.

B560A01V

<PRIME>

B560A01X/

B360A01A-GAT

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

(If Installed)

To turn on the front fog lights, push the switch.

They will light when the headlight switch is in the

first or second position.

B360B01A-GAT

Rear Fog Light Switch (If installed)

B360A01X

B360B01X

WARNING:

Gasoline vapors are dangerous. Before refu-

eling, always stop the engine and never allow

sparks or open flames near the filler area. If

you need to replace the filler cap, use a

genuine Hyundai replacement part.

If you open the fuel filler cap during high

ambient temperatures, a slight "pressure

sound" may be heard. This is normal and not

a cause for concern.

Whenever you open the fuel filler cap, turn it

slowly.

B560A02A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 32

B580A01A-AAT

SUNVISOR

Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors to give

the driver and front passenger either frontal or

sideward shade. The sun visors are fitted on both

sides on all models. To reduce glare or to shut out

direct rays of the sun, turn the sun visor down to

block the annoyance.

A vanity mirror is provided on the back of the sun

visor for the front passenger.

NOTE:

The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

label containing useful information can be

found on the back of each sun visor.

WARNING:

Do not place the sun visor in such a manner

that it obscures visibility of the roadway,

traffic or other objects.

B580A01A

WARNING:

Make sure that the support rod has been

released prior to closing the hood. Always

double check to be sure that the hood is

firmly latched before driving away. If it is not

latched, the hood could fly open while the

vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of

visibility, which might result in an accident.

The support rod must be inserted completely

into the hole provided in the hood whenever

you inspect the engine compartment. This

will prevent the hood from falling and possi-

bly injuring you. Do not move the vehicle with

the hood in the raised position, as vision is

obstructed and the hood could fall or be

damaged.

B570A02A

B570A01A-GAT

HOOD RELEASE

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood.

2. Press the safety catch lever up and lift the

hood.

3. Hold the hood open with the support rod.

Before closing the hood, return the support rod to

its clip to prevent it from rattling. Lower the hood

until it is about 30 cm (1 ft.) above the closed

position and let it drop. Make sure that it locks into

place.

B570A01A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 33

o Always drive your vehicle at a moderate

speed.

o To use the roof rails as a roof rack, you

must fit the roof rails with two or more

crossrails or equivalent.

WARNING:

o In case of hectical steering movements or

bad fixation the luggage can fall from the

vehicle and injure persons or property.

Make sure that the luggage is properly

fixed and avoid sudden movement

(e.g.dashing start, fast turning

manoeuvres, hard cornering, sudden brak-

ing) Check frequently whether the roof

rack is properly fastened.

o Voluminous, large, long or flat objects can

change the aerodynamic drag of vehicle

or can suddenly been lifted by the wind.

The driver could lose control of the car

and provoke an accident and injuries. For

this reason, drive at reduced speed when

you transport such objects.

o The maximum load limit of the roof rack

including luggage load is 30 kg.

B630A02X-GAT

ROOF RACK (If installed)

ROOF RACK

If your Hyundai has a roof rack, you can load

things on top of your vehicle. Crossrails and

fixing components to adapt the roof rack on your

vehicle may be obtained from an authorized

Hyundai dealer.

Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high

quality service that may be required.

CAUTION:

o The following specifications are recom-

mended when loading cargo or luggage.

30 kg (66 lb)

B630A01X

o Loading cargo or luggage above 30 kg (66

lb) on the roof rack may damage your

vehicle.

o When you carry large objects, never let

them hang over the rear or the sides of

your vehicle.

B610B01A-GAT

HORN (Without Airbag)

Press the center hub of the steering wheel to

sound the horn.

B610B01A

B610A01A-GAT

HORN (With Airbag) (If installed)

Press either of the side buttons on the steering

wheel to sound the horn.

HNV.OM057

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 34

This is used to select fresh outside air or recircu-

lation of inside air.

Fresh

Recirculation

With the " " mode selected, air enters the

vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled

according to the other functions selected.

With the " " mode selected, air from within

the passenger compartment is drawn through

the heating system and heated or cooled accord-

ing to the other functions selected.

B670C02A-AAT

Air Intake Control

B670C02A-1

B670B02X-GAT

Fan Speed Control (Blower Control)

This is used to turn the blower fan on and off and

to select the fan speed.

The blower fan speed, and therefore the volume

of air delivered from the system, may be con-

trolled manually by setting the blower control

between the "1" and "4" position.

B670B01X-1

B680A01X-GAT

HEATING AND VENTILATION

(If installed)

There are four controls for the heating and cool-

ing system. They are:

1. Fan Speed Control.

This is used to turn the fan on and select the

fan speed.

2. Air Flow Control.

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can be

directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or

windshield. Five symbols are used to repre-

sent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and

Defrost air positions.

3. Air Intake Control.

This allows you to select fresh outside air or

to circulate inside air.

4. Temperature Control.

This is used to turn the heating system on and

off and to select the degree of heating de-

sired.

B680A01X-1

12

4

3

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 35

B670D02A-AAT

Air Flow Control

NOTE:

It should be noted that prolonged operation

of the heating system in " " mode will give

rise to misting of the windshield and side

windows and the air within the passenger

compartment will become stale. In addition

prolonged use of the air conditioning with the

" " mode selected may result in the air

within the passenger compartment becom-

ing excessively dry.

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can be

directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-

shield. Five symbols are used to represent Face,

Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air

position.

B670D02A-1

Face-Level

Selecting the "Face" mode will cause air to be

discharged through the face level vents.

Bi-Level

Air is discharged through the face vents and the

floor vents. This makes it possible to have cooler

air from the dashboard vents and warmer air

from the floor outlets at the same time.

B670D01X

B670D02X

Floor-Level

Air is discharged through the floor vents.

Floor-Defrost Level

Air is discharged through the windshield defrost

vents and the floor vents.

B670D03X

B670D04X

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 36

B700A01A-AAT

BI-LEVEL HEATING

Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-level heating

controls. This makes it possible to have cooler air

from the dashboard vents and warmer air from

the floor outlets at the same time. To use this

feature:

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air

( ) position.

o Set the air flow control at the bi-level ( )

position.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"

and "Warm".

B700A01A-1

For normal heating operation, set the air intake

control to the fresh air ( ) position and the air

flow control to the floor ( ) position.

For faster heating, the air intake control should

be set in the recirculate ( ) position.

If the windows fog up, set the air flow control to

the defrost ( ) position and the air intake control

to the fresh air ( ) position.

For maximum heat, move the temperature con-

trol to "Warm".

B690A01A-AAT

HEATING CONTROLS

B680A01X-1

B670E02A-AAT

Temperature Control

This is used to turn the heating system on and off

and to select the degree of heating desired.

B670E02A-1

Defrost-Level

Air is discharged through the windshield defrost

vents.

B670D05X

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 37

B710B01S-AAT

Center Ventilator

The center ventilators are located in the middle of

the dashboard. The direction of air flow from the

vents in the center of dashboard is adjustable. To

control the direction of the air flow, move the knob

in the center of vent up-and-down and side-to-

side.

B710B01X

B710A01A-AAT

VENTILATION

To operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control at the fresh air

( ) position.

o To direct all intake air to the dashboard vents,

set the airflow control to the face ( )

position.

o Adjust the fan speed control to the desired

speed.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"

and "Warm".

B680A01X-1

The side ventilators are located on each side of

the dashboard.

To change the direction of the air flow, move the

knob in the center of vent up-and-down and side-

to-side.

B710C01X-GAT

Side Ventilator

B710C02X

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 38

B740B01X-GAT

Air Conditioning Operation (If installed)

Cooling

To use the air conditioning to cool interior:

o Turn on the fan control switch.

o Turn on the air conditioning switch by pushing

in on the switch.

o Set the air intake control to the position.

o Set the temperature control to "Cool". ("Cool"

provides maximum cooling. The temperature

may be moderated by moving the control

toward "Warm".)

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.

For greater cooling, turn the fan control to one

of the higher speeds or temporarily select the

position on the air intake control.

B740B01X-1

B730A01A-AAT

OPERATION TIPS

o To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from enter-

ing the car through the ventilation system,

temporarily set the air intake control at the

position.

Be sure to return the control to the

position when the irritation has passed to

keep fresh air in the vehicle. This will help

keep the driver alert and comfortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in

through the grilles just ahead of the wind-

shield. Care should be taken that these are

not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other

obstructions.

B740A01X-GAT

AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH

(If installed)

The air conditioning is turned on by pushing the

A/C button in the fan control rotary switch.

B740A01X-1

B720A02X-GAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

To use the heating/ventilation system to defrost

or defog the windshield:

o Set the air intake control to the position.

o Set the air flow control to the position.

o Set the temperature control to a comfortably

warm position.

o Set the fan speed control to position 3 or 4.

o If vehicle is so equipped, push on the A/C for

increased defogging action.

NOTE:

In high humidity areas the A/C can be used

with the air intake in the position

for increased defogging action.

B720A01X-1

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 39

B740D01A-AAT

Operation Tips

o If the interior of the car is hot when you first

get in, open the windows for a few minutes to

expel the hot air.

o When you are using the air conditioning sys-

tem, keep all windows closed to keep hot air

out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavy traffic, shift

to a lower gear. This increases engine speed,

which in turn increases the speed of the air

conditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air conditioner off

to avoid the possibility of the engine over-

heating.

o During winter months or in periods when the

air conditioning is not used regularly, run the

air conditioning once every month for a few

minutes. This will help circulate the lubricants

and keep your system in peak operating

condition.

For dehumidified heating:

o Turn on the fan control switch.

o Turn on the air conditioning switch.

o Set the air intake control to the position.

o Set the air flow control to the position.

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.

o For more rapid action, set the fan at one of the

higher speeds.

o Adjust the temperature control to provide the

desired amount of warmth.

B740C01X-GAT

De-Humidified Heating

B680A01X-1

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 40

Ionosphere

SSAR011A

AM reception

AM broadcasts can be received at greater dis-

tances than FM broadcasts. This is because AM

radio waves are transmitted at low frequency.

These long, low frequency radio waves can

follow the curvature of the earth rather than

travelling straight out into the ionosphere. In

addition, they curve around obstructions so that

they can provide better signal coverage.

B750A02A-AAT

STEREO SOUND SYSTEM

How Car Audio Works

Ionosphere

FM reception

SSAR010A

AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from

transmitter towers located around your city. They

are intercepted by the radio antenna on your car.

This signal is then received by the radio and sent

to your car speakers.

When a strong radio signal has reached your

vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio

system ensures high quality reproduction. How-

ever, in some cases the signal coming to your

vehicle is not strong and clear. This can be due

to factors such as the distance from the radio

station, closeness of other strong radio stations

or the presence of buildings, bridges or other

large obstructions in the area.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequency

and do not bend to follow the earth's surface.

Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin

to fade at short distances from the station. Also,

FM signals are easily affected by buildings, moun-

tains, or other obstructions. These can result in

certain listening conditions which might lead you

to believe a problem exists with your radio. The

following conditions are normal and do not indi-

cate radio trouble:

Mountains

Buildings

Obstructed area

Iron bridges

Unobstructed

area

FM radio station

SSAR012A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 41

B750B02Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-way

radio

When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle,

noise may be produced from the audio equip-

ment. This does not mean that something is

wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case,

use the cellular phone at a place as far as

possible from the audio equipment.

CAUTION:

When using a communication system such

as a cellular phone or a radio inside the

vehicle, a separate external antenna must be

fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is

used with an internal antenna alone, it may

interfere with the vehicle's electrical system

and adversely affect safe operation of the

vehicle.

WARNING:

Don't use a cellular phone when you are

driving, you must stop at a safe place to use

a cellular phone.

SSAR013A

o Fading - As your car moves away from the

radio station, the signal will weaken and sound

will begin to fade. When this occurs, we

suggest that you select another stronger sta-

tion.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large

obstructions between the transmitter and your

radio can disturb the signal causing static or

fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble

level may lessen this effect until the distur-

bance clears.

SSAR014A

o Station Swapping - As a FM signal weakens,

another more powerful signal near the same

frequency may begin to play. This is because

your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest

signal. If this occurs, select another station

with a stronger signal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being

received from several directions can cause

distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by

a direct and a reflected signal from the same

station, or by signals from two stations with

close frequencies. If this occurs, select anoth-

er station until the condition has passed.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 42

B901A01X

B901A02X-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (HMR 90) (If installed)

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

5. PRESET Buttons

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

3. BAND Selector

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 43

B901B02X-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME CON-

TROL KNOB

The radio unit may be operated when the ignition

key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Rotate

the knob clockwise to switch the radio unit on,

and to increase the volume.

The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio

mode. Turn the knob counterclockwise to reduce

the volume, and to switch the radio unit off.

BAL (Balance Control) Knob

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise to em-

phasize right speaker sound. (Left speaker sound

will be attenuated). When the control knob is

turned counterclockwise, left speaker sound will

be emphasized. (Right speaker sound will be

attenuated).

2. BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left or

right for the desired bass tone.

TREBLE Control Knob

Further pull-lock position of popped-up knob.

Turn to the left or right for the desired treble tone.

3. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1

and FM2 bands. The mode selected is displayed

on LCD.

4. TUNE (manual) Select Button

Press the (+) side or (-) side to increase or to

decrease the frequency. With the button held

down for 0.5 sec. or more, the stop signal (broad-

casting radio wave) is ignored and channel se-

lection continues.

SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel

Selection)

Press the TUNE select button 1 sec. or more.

When the (+) side is pressed, the unit will auto-

matically tune to the next higher frequency and

when the (-) side is pressed, it will automatically

tune to the next lower frequency.

5. PRESET STATION SELECT

Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respectively

can be preset in the electronic memory circuit on

this unit.

FM

AM

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-

grammed into the memory of the radio. Then, by

simply pressing the band select button and/or

one of the six station select buttons, you may

recall any of these stations instantly. To program

the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,

FM and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored by

seek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select button

you wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more than

two seconds. A select button indicator will

show in the display indicating which select

button you have depressed. The frequency

display will flash after it has been stored into

the memory. You should then release the

button, and proceed to program the next

desired station. A total of 18 stations can be

programmed by selecting one AM and two

FM stations per button.

o When completed, any preset station may be

recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 band

and the appropriate station button.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 44

B900A01X

B900A02X-GAT

STEREO RADIO AND CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H900A) (If installed)

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

5. PRESET Buttons

8. FADER Control Knob

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

3. BAND Selector

6. TAPE EJECT Button

7. TAPE PROGRAM Button

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 45

B900B02X-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME CON-

TROL KNOB

The radio unit may be operated when the ignition

key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Rotate

the knob clockwise to switch the radio unit on and

to increase the volume.

The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio

mode, or the tape direction indicator in the tape

mode. Turn the knob counterclockwise to reduce

the volume and to switch the radio unit off.

BAL (Balance Control) Knob

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise to em-

phasize right speaker sound. (Left speaker sound

will be attenuated) When the control knob is

turned counterclockwise, left speaker sound will

be emphasized. (Right speaker sound will be

attenuated)

2. BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left or

right for the desired bass tone.

TREBLE Control Knob

Further pull-lock position of popped-up knob.

Turn to the left or right for the desired treble tone.

3. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1

and FM2 bands. The mode selected is displayed

on LCD.

4. TUNE (manual) Select Button

Press the (+) side or (-) side to increase or to

decrease the frequency. With the button held

down for 0.5 sec. or more, the stop signal (broad-

casting radio wave) is ignored and channel se-

lection continues.

SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel

Selection)

Press the TUNE select button 1 sec. or more.

When the (+) side is pressed, the unit will auto-

matically tune to the next higher frequency and

when the (-) side is pressed, it will automatically

tune to the next lower frequency.

5. PRESET STATION SELECT Button

Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respectively

can be preset in the electronic memory circuit on

this unit.

FM

AM

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-

grammed into the memory of the radio. Then, by

simply pressing the band select button and/or

one of the six station select buttons, you may

recall any of these stations instantly. To program

the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,

FM, and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored by

seek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select button

you wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more than

two seconds. A select button indicator will

show in the display indicating which select

button you have depressed. The frequency

display will flash after it has been stored into

the memory. You should then release the

button, and proceed to program the next

desired station. A total of 18 stations can be

programmed by selecting one AM and one

FM station per button.

o When completed, any preset station may be

recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 band

and the appropriate station button.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 46

6. TAPE EJECT Button

To elect the tape, press the button.

7. TAPE PROGRAM

When you press the button whose arrow is in the

same direction as the tape play arrow in the

display the tape will advance at high speed.

When you press the button whose arrow is in the

opposite direction to the tape play arrow in the

display the tape will rewind at high speed.

To stop FF or REW action, press the opposite

button. When you press two buttons simulta-

neously you play the reverse side of the tape and

an arrow will appear in the display to show tape

direction.

8. FAD (Fader Control) Knob

Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize

front speaker sound (Rear speaker sound will be

attenuated). When the control knob is turned

counterclockwise, rear speaker sound will be

emphasized (Front speaker sound will be atten-

uated).

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 47

B922A01X

B922A02X-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H922M) (If installed)

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. FADER Control Knob

6. PRESET Buttons

5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

4. BAND Selector

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 48

B922B03X-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME

CONTROL KNOB

The radio unit may be operated when the ignition

key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. The clock

will be displayed automatically, although the ra-

dio unit has gone out. Press the button to switch

the power on. The LCD shows the radio fre-

quency in the radio mode or the CD track indica-

tor in the CD mode. To switch the power off,

press the button again.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-

ume and turn the knob counterclockwise to re-

duce the volume.

BALANCE Control

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise to em-

phasize right speaker sound. (Left speaker sound

will be attenuated) When the control knob is

turned counterclockwise, left speaker sound will

be emphasized. (Right speaker sound will be

attenuated)

2. FAD (Fader Control) Knob

Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-

phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speaker

sound will be attenuated) When the control knob

is turned clockwise, rear speaker sound will be

emphasized. (Front speaker sound will be atten-

uated)

FM/AM

6. PRESET STATION SELECT Button

Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respectively

can be preset in the electronic memory circuit on

this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-

grammed into the memory of the radio. Then, by

simply pressing the band select button and/or

one of the six station select buttons, you may

recall any of these stations instantly. To program

the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,

FM, and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored by

seek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select button

you wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more than

two seconds. A select button indicator will

show in the display indicating which select

button you have depressed. The frequency

display will flash after it has been stored into

the memory. You should then release the

button, and proceed to program the next

desired station. A total of 18 stations can be

programmed by selecting one AM and one

FM station per button.

o When completed, any preset station may be

recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 band

and the appropriate station button.

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left or

right for the desired bass tone.

TREBLE Control Knob

Further pull-lock position of popped-up knob.

Turn to the left or right for the desired treble tone.

4. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1

and FM2 bands. The mode selected is displayed

on LCD.

5. TUNE (Manual) Select Button

Press the (+) side or (-) side to increase or to

decrease the frequency. With the button held

down for 0.5 sec. or more, the stop signal (broad-

casting radio wave) is ignored and channel se-

lection continues.

SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel

Selection)

Press the TUNE select button 1 sec. or more,

and releasing will automatically tune the next

available station. When the (+) side is pressed

longer than 1 second and releasing will automat-

ically tune the next higher frequency and when

the (-) side is pressed longer than 1 second and

releasing will automatically tune the next lower

frequency.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 49

B922A01X

B922E02X-GAT

COMPACT DISK PLAYER OPERATION (H922M) (If installed)

4. REPEAT

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

5. EJECT Button

2. FF/REW

1. STOP

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 50

B922F01X-GAT

1. STOP

o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during the

radio operation.

o Press the button to stop CD playback

and to change the source to the radio.

2. FF/REW

While the disc is playing, press and hold FF

button to quickly move forward until you reach

the desired section of the track and vice versa.

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

o The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-

ber.

o Pressing the button once increases the

track number by one and pressing the

button decreases it.

4. REPEAT

o To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button and to cancel music

repeat, press again.

FM/AM

5. EJECT Button

When the EJECT button is pressed with the CD

loaded, the CD is ejected.

NOTE:

o To ensure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperature with-

in a normal range by using the vehicle's air

conditioning or heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it with a

fuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are all

erased when the car battery is discon-

nected. Therefore, all data will have to be

set again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.

o This equipment is designed to be used

only in a 12 volt DC battery system with

negative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Do

not attempt to disassemble or adjust any

parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure to keep

the volume of the unit set low enough to

allow you to hear sounds coming from the

outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (including

the speakers and tape) to water or exces-

sive moisture.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 51

B922G01A-GAT

AUDIO FAULT CODE

If you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear the error indication, take

the car to your Hyundai dealer.

INDICATION

CAUSE SOLUTION

Er2

Er3

Er6

CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR

(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)

FOCUS ERROR

DATA READ ERROR

DISC ERROR

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.

IF DISC IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.

PRESS THE EJECT BUTTON AND PULL OUT THE DISC. THEN

INSERT A NORMAL CD DISC.

CHECK IF THE DISC IS INSERTED CORRECTLY IN THE CD PLAYER.

MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 52

B850A01F-AAT

CARE OF DISC

Proper Handling

YL11240B

YL11250B

Handle your disc as shown. Do not drop the disc.

Hold the disc so you will not leave fingerprints on

the surface. If the surface is scratched,

it may cause the pickup to skip signal tracks. Do

not affix tape, paper, or gummed labels on the

disc. Do not write on the disc.

Damaged Disc

Do not attempt to play damaged, warped or

cracked discs. These could severely damage

the playback mechanism.

Storage

When not in use, place your discs in their indi-

vidual case and store them in a cool place away

from the sun, heat, and dust.

Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand

while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the

self loading mechanism.

Do not pull the unit from the dash immediately

after a disc is inserted or the eject switch has

been pressed. If the unit is pulled out before an

operation is completed, the disc will be unstable

in the unit and may be damaged. Do not attempt

to insert a disc into the unit when the unit is out of

the dash or the power is off.

Keep Your Discs Clean

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface of a disc

could cause the pickup to skip signal tracks.

Wipe the surface clean with a clean soft cloth. If

the surface is heavily soiled, dampen a clean soft

cloth in a solution of mild neutral detergent to wipe

it clean. See drawing.

B860A01A-AAT

CARE OF CASSETTE TAPES

SSAR040B

Proper care of your cassette tapes will extend

the tape life and increase your listening enjoy-

ment. Always protect your tapes and cassette

cases from direct sunlight, severely cold and

dusty conditions. When not in use, cassettes

should always be stored in the original protective

cassette case. When the vehicle is very hot or

cold, allow the interior temperature to become

more comfortable before listening to your cas-

settes.

o Never leave a cassette inserted in the player

when not being played. This could damage

the tape player unit and the cassette tape.

o We strongly recommend against the use of

tapes longer than C-60 (60 minutes total).

Tapes such as C-120 or C-180 are very thin

and do not perform as well in the automotive

environment.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 53

B860A02X

o Be sure that the cassette label is not loose or

peeling off or tape ejection may be difficult.

o Never touch or soil the actual audio tape

surfaces.

o Keep all magnetized objects, such as electric

motors, speakers or transformers away from

your cassette tapes and tape player unit.

o Store cassettes in a cool, dry place with the

open side facing down to prevent dust from

settling in the cassette body.

o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage to replay

one given tune or tape section. This can

cause poor tape winding to occur, and even-

tually cause excessive internal drag and poor

audio quality in the cassette. If this occurs, it

can sometimes be corrected by fast winding

the tape from end to end several times. If this

does not correct the problem, do not continue

to use the tape in your vehicle.

SSAR042B

Head

Cotton applicator

o The playback head, capstan and pinch rollers

will develop a coating of tape residue that can

result in deterioration of sound quality, such

as a wavering sound. They should be cleaned

monthly using a commercially available head

cleaning tape or special solution available

from audio specialty shops. Follow the suppli-

er's directions carefully and never oil any part

of the tape player unit.

o Always be sure that the tape is tightly wound

on its reel before inserting in the player.

Rotate a pencil in the drive sprockets to wind

up any slack.

SSAR053B

NOTE:

Look at a tape before you insert it. If the tape

is loose, tighten it by turning one of the hubs

with a pencil or your finger. If the label is

peeling off, do not put it in the drive mecha-

nism.

Do not leave tapes sitting where they are

exposed to hot, warm, or high humidity, such

as on top of the dashboard or in the player. If

a tape is exposed to extreme heat or cold, let

it reach a moderate temperature before put-

ting it in the player.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAIFEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 54

B870C01X-GAT

ANTENNA

Your car uses a manual stainless steel antenna

to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals.

Pull up the antenna using your fingers, as shown

in the drawing.

NOTE:

Before entering an automatic car wash or a

place with a low height clearance, turn off the

radio and be sure that the antenna is fully

retracted.

B870C02X

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 1

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

C010A01A-AAT

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the

windows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.

Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by

asphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear

a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have the

exhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your

garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.

If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open area

with the air intake set at "Fresh" and the fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:

1. Close all windows.

2. Open side vents.

3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield

are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

22

2

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 2

C020A01A-AAT

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

Before you start the engine, you should always:

1. Look around the vehicle to be sure there are

no flat tires, puddles of oil, water or other

indications of possible trouble.

2. After entering the car, check to be sure the

parking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lights are clean.

4. Check that the interior and exterior mirrors

are clean and in position.

5. Check your seat, seatback and headrest to

be sure they are in their proper positions.

6. Lock all the doors.

7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all

other occupants have fastened theirs.

8. Turn off all lights and accessories that are

not needed.

9. When you turn the ignition switch to "ON",

check that all appropriate warning lights are

operating and that you have sufficient fuel.

10.Check the operation of warning lights and all

bulbs when key is in the "ON" position.

o To start the engine, insert the ignition key

and turn it to the "START" position. Release

it as soon as the engine starts. Do not hold

the key in the "START" position for more

than 15 seconds.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

For safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if the

For safety, the engine will not start if the

shift lever is not shift lever is not

shift lever is not

in "P" or "N" Positionin "P" or "N" Position

in "P" or "N" Position

(Automatic Transaxle).(Automatic Transaxle).

(Automatic Transaxle).

C040A01A-AAT

KEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONS

KEY POSITIONS

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

The engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or the

The engine should not be turned off or the

key removed from key removed from

key removed from

the ignition key cylinderthe ignition key cylinder

the ignition key cylinder

while the vehicle is in motion. The steeringwhile the vehicle is in motion. The steering

while the vehicle is in motion. The steering

wheel wheel

wheel

is locked by removing the key.is locked by removing the key.

is locked by removing the key.

oo

o

"START""START"

"START"

The engine is started in this position. It will

crank until you release the key.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Do not hold the key in the "START" positionDo not hold the key in the "START" position

Do not hold the key in the "START" position

for more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.

for more than 15 seconds.

oo

o

"ON""ON"

"ON"

When the key is in the "ON" position, the

ignition is on and all accessories may be turned

on. If the engine is not running, the key should

not be left in the "ON" position. This will dis-

charge the battery and may also damage the

ignition system.

oo

o

"ACC""ACC"

"ACC"

With the key in the "ACC" position, the some

electrical accessories (radio etc.) may be oper-

ated.

oo

o

"LOCK""LOCK"

"LOCK"

The key can be removed or inserted in this

position. To protect against theft, the steering

wheel locks by removing the key.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,

To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,

and then turn the and then turn the

and then turn the

steering wheel and keysteering wheel and key

steering wheel and key

simultaneously.simultaneously.

simultaneously.

C030A02X-GAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH

To Start the EngineTo Start the Engine

To Start the Engine

o If your Hyundai is equipped with a manual

transaxle, place the shift lever in neutral and

depress the clutch pedal fully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle,

place the shift lever in "P" (park).

C040A01E

LOCKLOCK

LOCK

ACCACC

ACC

ONON

ON

STARTSTART

START

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 3

C050A01X-GAT

STARTINGSTARTING

STARTING

Normal starting with either a cold or warm

engine is obtained without pumping or depress-

ing the accelerator pedal. Simply turn the key to

the "START" position and release when the

engine starts. After the engine has started,

allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds

prior to placing the vehicle in gear.

The starter should not be operated for more

than 15 seconds at a time. Wait 15-30 seconds

between starting attempts to protect the starter

from overheating.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Never run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorly

Never run the engine in a closed or poorly

ventilated area ventilated area

ventilated area

any longer than is needed toany longer than is needed to

any longer than is needed to

move your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. The

move your car in or out of the area. The

carbon carbon

carbon

monoxide gas emitted is odorlessmonoxide gas emitted is odorless

monoxide gas emitted is odorless

and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.

and can cause serious injury or death.

C050B02X-GAT

Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:

Normal Conditions:

The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.

2. Depress the clutch pedal fully (manual

transaxle) and place the gearshift lever in

neutral (manual transaxle) or the selector

lever (automatic transaxle) in "P" (park)

position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the "ON"

position, make certain all warning lights and

gauges are functioning properly before start-

ing the engine.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Be sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressed

Be sure that the clutch is fully depressed

when starting a when starting a

when starting a

manual transaxle vehicle.manual transaxle vehicle.

manual transaxle vehicle.

Otherwise, there is the potential to causeOtherwise, there is the potential to cause

Otherwise, there is the potential to cause

damage damage

damage

to the vehicle or injury to someoneto the vehicle or injury to someone

to the vehicle or injury to someone

inside or outside the vehicle as a result inside or outside the vehicle as a result

inside or outside the vehicle as a result

ofof

of

the forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of the

the forward or backward movement of the

vehicle that will occur if the vehicle that will occur if the

vehicle that will occur if the

clutch is notclutch is not

clutch is not

depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.

depressed when the vehicle is started.

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" position

and release it when the engine starts.

C070A04X-GAT

OPERATING THE MANUAL TRANSAXLEOPERATING THE MANUAL TRANSAXLE

OPERATING THE MANUAL TRANSAXLE

C070A01X

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has a con-

ventional shift pattern. This shift pattern is also

imprinted on the shift knob. The transaxle is

fully synchronized in all forward gears so shift-

ing to either a higher or a lower gear is easily

accomplished.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

oo

o

Do not attempt to engage reverse gearDo not attempt to engage reverse gear

Do not attempt to engage reverse gear

when the when the

when the

car is moving.car is moving.

car is moving.

oo

o

To avoid damaging the selector mecha-To avoid damaging the selector mecha-

To avoid damaging the selector mecha-

nism, do not use the gear nism, do not use the gear

nism, do not use the gear

shift lever as ashift lever as a

shift lever as a

hand rest. Release the lever immediatelyhand rest. Release the lever immediately

hand rest. Release the lever immediately

the shift is completed.the shift is completed.

the shift is completed.

oo

o

To avoid premature clutch wear, do notTo avoid premature clutch wear, do not

To avoid premature clutch wear, do not

use the clutch pedal as use the clutch pedal as

use the clutch pedal as

a foot rest, anda foot rest, and

a foot rest, and

do not hold the vehicle on a gradientdo not hold the vehicle on a gradient

do not hold the vehicle on a gradient

using the clutch.using the clutch.

using the clutch.

C050A01E

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 4

C070B01X-GAT

Using the Clutch of Manual transaxleUsing the Clutch of Manual transaxle

Using the Clutch of Manual transaxle

The clutch should be pressed all the way to the

floor before shifting, then released slowly. The

clutch pedal should be always used after fully

returning to the original position. Do not rest

your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This

can cause unnecessary wear. Do not partially

engage the clutch to hold the car on an incline.

This causes unnecessary wear. Use the park-

ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Do not

operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

o Slow down when you encounter cross winds.

This gives you much better control of your

car.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-

fore you attempt to shift into reverse. The

transaxle can be damaged if you do not. To

shift into reverse, depress the clutch (manual

transaxle), move the shift lever to neutral,

wait three seconds, then shift to the reverse

position.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on a

slippery surface. Be especially careful when

braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change in ve-

hicle speed can cause the drive wheels to

lose traction and the vehicle to go out of

control.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

oo

o

The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

The risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you you

you

lose control of your vehicle at high-lose control of your vehicle at high-

lose control of your vehicle at high-

way speeds.way speeds.

way speeds.

oo

o

Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two or

Loss of control often occurs if two or

more wheels drop off the more wheels drop off the

more wheels drop off the

roadway androadway and

roadway and

the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-

the driver oversteers to reenter the road-

way.way.

way.

oo

o

In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-

In the event your vehicle leaves the road-

way, do not steer sharply. way, do not steer sharply.

way, do not steer sharply.

Instead, slowInstead, slow

Instead, slow

down before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travel

down before pulling back into the travel

lanes.lanes.

lanes.

oo

o

In a collision crash, on unbelted personIn a collision crash, on unbelted person

In a collision crash, on unbelted person

is significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than a

is significantly more likely to die than a

person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

person wearing a seatbelt.

oo

o

Ensure that the engine is not over-revvedEnsure that the engine is not over-revved

Ensure that the engine is not over-revved

by upshifting.by upshifting.

by upshifting.

oo

o

Do not coast with the shift lever at theDo not coast with the shift lever at the

Do not coast with the shift lever at the

neutral position.neutral position.

neutral position.

oo

o

When descending long gradients, makeWhen descending long gradients, make

When descending long gradients, make

use of the engine braking use of the engine braking

use of the engine braking

to assist theto assist the

to assist the

footbrake to avoid brake fade or over-footbrake to avoid brake fade or over-

footbrake to avoid brake fade or over-

heating.heating.

heating.

oo

o

When slippery conditions are encoun-When slippery conditions are encoun-

When slippery conditions are encoun-

tered, increased caution should tered, increased caution should

tered, increased caution should

be ex-be ex-

be ex-

ecuted when gear changing, braking orecuted when gear changing, braking or

ecuted when gear changing, braking or

accelerating. Abrupt changes in accelerating. Abrupt changes in

accelerating. Abrupt changes in

speedspeed

speed

may cause a loss of traction.may cause a loss of traction.

may cause a loss of traction.

oo

o

To shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever in

To shift into reverse, rest the lever in

neutral for at least neutral for at least

neutral for at least

3 seconds after your3 seconds after your

3 seconds after your

car is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then move

car is completely stopped. Then move

the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.

the lever into the reverse position.

oo

o

During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-

During cold weather, shifting may be dif-

ficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant has

ficult until the transaxle lubricant has

warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-

warmed up. This is normal and not harm-

ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.

ful to the transaxle.

oo

o

If you 've come to a complete stop andIf you 've come to a complete stop and

If you 've come to a complete stop and

it's hard to shift into 1it's hard to shift into 1

it's hard to shift into 1

stst

st

or R(Reverse), or R(Reverse),

or R(Reverse),

put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionput the shift lever in N(Neutral) position

put the shift lever in N(Neutral) position

and let up on the clutch. Press the clutchand let up on the clutch. Press the clutch

and let up on the clutch. Press the clutch

pedal back down, and then shift into 1pedal back down, and then shift into 1

pedal back down, and then shift into 1

stst

st

or R(Reverse) gear position.or R(Reverse) gear position.

or R(Reverse) gear position.

oo

o

Do not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrest

Do not use the shift lever as a handrest

during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-

during driving, as this can result in pre-

mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.

mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.

C070D01X-GAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving Practices

Good Driving Practices

o Never take the car out of gear and coast

down a hill. This is extremely hazardous.

Always leave the car in gear.

o Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause

them to overheat and malfunction. Instead,

when you are driving down a long hill, slow

down and shift to a lower gear. When you do

this, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.

This will help avoid over-revving the engine,

which can cause damage.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

When downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourth

When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth

gear, caution should gear, caution should

gear, caution should

be taken not to inad-be taken not to inad-

be taken not to inad-

vertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sideways

vertently press the gear shift lever sideways

in such in such

in such

a manner that second gear is en-a manner that second gear is en-

a manner that second gear is en-

gaged. Such over revving of the engine maygaged. Such over revving of the engine may

gaged. Such over revving of the engine may

possibly cause engine damage.possibly cause engine damage.

possibly cause engine damage.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 5

Shift

from-to

Recommended

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

20 km/h (15 mph)

40 km/h (25 mph)

55 km/h (35 mph)

75 km/h (45 mph)

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Depress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push the

Depress the brake pedal and push the

button when shifting.button when shifting.

button when shifting.

Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.

Push the button when shifting.

The selector lever can be shifted free-The selector lever can be shifted free-

The selector lever can be shifted free-

ly.ly.

ly.

For optimum fuel economy, accelerate gradual-

ly. The transaxle will automatically shift to the

second, third and overdrive gears.

C090B01A-AAT

The function of each position is asThe function of each position is as

The function of each position is as

follows:follows:

follows:

o P (Park):o P (Park):

o P (Park):

Use to hold the vehicle in place when parking or

while starting the engine; shift the selector lever

to the "P" (Park) position. Whenever parking

the car, apply the parking brake and shift the

selector lever to the "P" (Park) position.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"

Never place the selector lever in the "P"

(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully

(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully

stopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution will

stopped. Failure to observe this caution will

cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.

cause severe damage to the transaxle.

C090A01A-GAT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxle

has four forward speeds and one reverse speed.

It has a conventional shift pattern as shown in

the illustration. At night, with the first position of

the multi-function switch, the appropriate sym-

bol on the shift pattern indicator will be illuminat-

ed according to the range selected.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Never shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position while

Never shift into "R" or "P" position while

the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.

the vehicle is moving.

C090B01X

C070C01A-AAT

To Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition Key

To Remove the Ignition Key

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.

2. Simultaneously push and turn the ignition

key counterclockwise from the "ACC" posi-

tion to the "LOCK" position.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"

position.

C070E02A-GAT

Recommended Shift PointsRecommended Shift Points

Recommended Shift Points

C070C01E

LOCKLOCK

LOCK

ACCACC

ACC

ONON

ON

STARTSTART

START

The shift points as shown are recommended for

optimum fuel economy and performance.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 6

C090G01S-GAT

o L (Low gear):o L (Low gear):

o L (Low gear):

Use for driving up a very steep grade or for

engine braking when descending steep hills.

When downshifting to "L", the transaxle will

temporarily remain in second gear until the

vehicle has slowed enough for low gear to

engage. Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) in low

gear.

"L" shifts to 1st gear only. However, shift up to

2nd is performed when the car exceeds a

certain speed and, as speed increases, the

transaxle will shift up to 3rd gear to prevent

over-revving the engine.

C090H01E-GAT

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

oo

o

For smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depress

For smooth and safe operation, depress

the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-

the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-

tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-

tral" position or "Park" position to a for-

ward or reverse gear.ward or reverse gear.

ward or reverse gear.

oo

o

The brake pedal fully depressed in orderThe brake pedal fully depressed in order

The brake pedal fully depressed in order

to move the shift lever from the "P"to move the shift lever from the "P"

to move the shift lever from the "P"

(Park) position to any of the other posi-(Park) position to any of the other posi-

(Park) position to any of the other posi-

tions.tions.

tions.

oo

o

It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R",

It is always possible to shift from "R",

"N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-"N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-

"N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-

tion. The vehicle must be fully stopped totion. The vehicle must be fully stopped to

tion. The vehicle must be fully stopped to

avoid transaxle damage.avoid transaxle damage.

avoid transaxle damage.

C090I01E-AAT

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

oo

o

Shift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only when

Shift into "R" and "P" position only when

the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.

the vehicle has completely stopped.

When the overdrive switch is turned on, the

transaxle will automatically upshift to the sec-

ond, third and overdrive gears. When the over-

C090P01A-GAT

Overdrive SwitchOverdrive Switch

Overdrive Switch

C090P01X

oo

o

Do not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverse

Do not accelerate the engine in reverse

or any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with the

or any of the forward positions with the

brakes applied.brakes applied.

brakes applied.

oo

o

Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-

Always apply the footbrake when shift-

ing from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" oring from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" or

ing from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" or

"L" position."L" position.

"L" position.

oo

o

Do not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position in

Do not use the "P" (Park) position in

place of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always set

place of the parking brake. Always set

the parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle into

the parking brake, shift the transaxle into

"P" (Park) position and turn off the igni-"P" (Park) position and turn off the igni-

"P" (Park) position and turn off the igni-

tion when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, even

tion when you leave the vehicle, even

momentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehicle

momentarily. Never leave the vehicle

unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.

unattended while the engine is running.

oo

o

Check the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid level

Check the automatic transaxle fluid level

regularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.

regularly, and add fluid as necessary.

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):

o R(Reverse):

Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring the car to

a complete stop before shifting the selector

lever to "R" position.

C090E01A-GAT

o D (Drive):o D (Drive):

o D (Drive):

Use for normal driving. The transaxle will auto-

matically shift through a four-gear sequence,

giving best economy and power. Never down-

shift manually to "2" position or "L" position

when vehicle speed is more than 95 km/h (60

mph).

C090D02A-AAT

o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):

o N (Neutral):

In the "N" position, the transaxle is in neutral

position, which means that no gears are en-

gaged. The engine can be started with the shift

lever in "N" position, although this is not recom-

mended except if the engine stalls while the car

is moving.

C090F01A-AAT

o 2 (Second gear):o 2 (Second gear):

o 2 (Second gear):

Use for driving on a slippery road, hill climbing

or engine braking downhill. "2" automatically

shifts between first and second gears.

This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear is

performed. However, the shift-up to third gear is

done when the car speed exceeds a certain

value to prevent the engine from over-revving.

Manually move the selector to "D" returning to

normal driving condition.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 7

C130A01A-AAT

GOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICES

GOOD BRAKING PRACTICES

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Do not allow passengers to sit on the cargoDo not allow passengers to sit on the cargo

Do not allow passengers to sit on the cargo

area while the area while the

area while the

car is moving as this is not acar is moving as this is not a

car is moving as this is not a

proper seating position and no seat beltsproper seating position and no seat belts

proper seating position and no seat belts

are are

are

available for use when the seat back isavailable for use when the seat back is

available for use when the seat back is

folded down. This could result in folded down. This could result in

folded down. This could result in

seriousserious

serious

injury or death in case of an accident or ainjury or death in case of an accident or a

injury or death in case of an accident or a

sudden stop. Objects should sudden stop. Objects should

sudden stop. Objects should

not extendnot extend

not extend

higher than the top of the front seats. Thishigher than the top of the front seats. This

higher than the top of the front seats. This

could allow cargo could allow cargo

could allow cargo

to slide forward and causeto slide forward and cause

to slide forward and cause

injury or damage during sudden stops.injury or damage during sudden stops.

injury or damage during sudden stops.

o After being parked, check to be sure the

parking brake is not engaged and that the

parking brake indicator light is out before

driving away.

o Driving through water may get the brakes

wet. They can also get wet when the car is

washed. Wet brakes can be dangerous!

Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes

are wet and it may also pull to one side. To

dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until

the braking action returns to normal, taking

care to keep the car under control at all

times. If the braking action does not return to

normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so

and call your Hyundai dealer for assistance.

o Don't coast down hills with the car out of

gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the

car in gear at all times, use the brakes to

slow down, then shift to a lower gear so that

engine braking will help you maintain a safe

speed.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on a

slippery surface. Be especially careful when

braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a

slippery surface, an abrupt change in ve-

hicle speed can cause the drive wheels to

lose traction and the vehicle to go out of

control.

o Turn the overdrive switch on for good fuel

economy and smooth driving. If engine brak-

ing is needed in the "D" range or if repeated

upshifting and downshifting between 3rd and

4th gear is needed when climbing a gentle

slope, it is recommended that the overdrive

switch be turned off. Turn the overdrive

switch back on immediately afterward.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

oo

o

The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

The risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-

you lose control of your vehicle at high-

way speeds.way speeds.

way speeds.

oo

o

Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two or

Loss of control often occurs if two or

more wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway and

more wheels drop off the roadway and

the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-

the driver oversteers to reenter the road-

way.way.

way.

oo

o

In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-

In the event your vehicle leaves the road-

way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow

way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow

down before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travel

down before pulling back into the travel

lanes.lanes.

lanes.

oo

o

In a collision crash, on unbelted personIn a collision crash, on unbelted person

In a collision crash, on unbelted person

is significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than a

is significantly more likely to die than a

person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

person wearing a seatbelt.

C090N02A-AAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving Practices

Good Driving Practices

o Never move the gear selector lever from "P"

or "N" to any other position with the acceler-

ator pedal depressed.

o Never move the gear selector lever into "P"

when the vehicle is in motion.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-

fore you attempt to shift into "R".

o Never take the car out of gear and coast

down a hill. This may be extremely hazard-

ous. Always leave the car in gear when

moving.

o Do not "ride" the brakes. This can cause

them to overheat and malfunction. Instead,

when you are driving down a long hill, slow

down and shift to a lower gear. When you do

this, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.

Otherwise, the lower gear may not be en-

gaged.

o Always use the parking brake. Do not de-

pend on placing the transaxle in "P" to keep

the car from moving.

drive switch is turned off, the transaxle will not

upshift to the overdrive gear. For normal driv-

ing, the selector lever should be left in the "D"

position and the overdrive switch turned on.

If you need to accelerate rapidly, press the

accelerator pedal all the way to the floor. The

transaxle will automatically shift to a lower gear,

depending on the vehicle speed and load.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 8

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Your ABS will not prevent accidents due toYour ABS will not prevent accidents due to

Your ABS will not prevent accidents due to

improper or dangerous improper or dangerous

improper or dangerous

driving maneuvers.driving maneuvers.

driving maneuvers.

Even though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improved

Even though vehicle control is improved

during emergency during emergency

during emergency

braking, always maintainbraking, always maintain

braking, always maintain

a safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objects

a safe distance between you and objects

ahead. Vehicle ahead. Vehicle

ahead. Vehicle

speeds should always bespeeds should always be

speeds should always be

reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.

reduced during extreme road conditions.

The braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped with

The braking distance for cars equipped with

an anti-lock braking system an anti-lock braking system

an anti-lock braking system

may be longermay be longer

may be longer

than for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the following

than for those without it in the following

road conditions.road conditions.

road conditions.

oo

o

Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-

Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.ered roads.

ered roads.

oo

o

Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.

Driving with tire chains installed.

oo

o

Driving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surface

Driving on roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different is pitted or has different

is pitted or has different

surface height.surface height.

surface height.

During these conditions the vehicleDuring these conditions the vehicle

During these conditions the vehicle

should should

should

be driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safety

be driven at reduced speeds. The safety

features features

features

of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldof an ABS equipped vehicle should

of an ABS equipped vehicle should

not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-

not be tested by high speed driving or cor-

nering. nering.

nering.

This could endanger the safety ofThis could endanger the safety of

This could endanger the safety of

yourself or others.yourself or others.

yourself or others.

C120A02A-AAT

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

(If installed)(If installed)

(If installed)

The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is designed

to prevent wheel lock-up during sudden braking

or on hazardous road surfaces. The ABS con-

trol module monitors the wheel speed and con-

trols the pressure applied to each brake. Thus,

in emergency situations or on slick roads, ABS

will increase vehicle control during braking.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

During ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsation

During ABS operation, a slight pulsation

may be felt in the brake may be felt in the brake

may be felt in the brake

pedal when thepedal when the

pedal when the

brakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may be

brakes are applied. Also, a noise may be

heard in the engine heard in the engine

heard in the engine

compartment while brak-compartment while brak-

compartment while brak-

ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-

ing. These conditions are normal and indi-

cate that the cate that the

cate that the

anti-lock brake system is func-anti-lock brake system is func-

anti-lock brake system is func-

tioning properly.tioning properly.

tioning properly.

put the gear selector lever in "P" (automatic)

or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle)

and block the rear wheels so the car cannot

roll. Then release the parking brake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with

the accelerator pedal. This can cause the

transaxle to overheat. Always use the brake

pedal or parking brake.

o Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting your

foot on the brake pedal while driving can be

dangerous because it can result in the brakes

overheating and losing their effectiveness. It

also increases the wear of the brake compo-

nents.

o If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply

the brakes gently and keep the car pointed

straight ahead while you slow down. When

you are moving slowly enough for it to be

safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a

safe place.

o If your car is equipped with an automatic

transaxle, don't let your car creep forward.

To avoid creeping forward, keep your foot

on the brake pedal when the car is stopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill. Engage

the parking brake and place the gear selec-

tor lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or in

first or reverse gear (manual transaxle). If

your car is facing downhill, turn the front

wheels into the curb to help keep the car

from rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turn

the front wheels away from the curb to help

keep the car from rolling. If there is no curb

or if it is required by other conditions to keep

the car from rolling, block the wheels.

o Under some conditions your parking brake

can freeze in the engaged position. This is

most likely to happen when there is an

accumulation of snow or ice around or near

the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. If

there is a risk that the parking brake may

freeze, apply it only temporarily while you

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 9

resulting in the engine bucking. If this hap-

pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revving is

racing the engine beyond its safe limit. This

can be avoided by shifting at the recom-

mended speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly. The air

conditioning system is operated by engine

power so your fuel economy is reduced

when you use it.

C150A01A-AAT

SMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERING

SMOOTH CORNERING

Avoid braking or gear changing in corners,

especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners

should always be taken under gentle accelera-

tion. If you follow these suggestions, tire wear

will be held to a minimum.

C160A01A-AAT

WINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVING

WINTER DRIVING

The more severe weather conditions of winter

result in greater wear and other problems. To

minimize the problems of winter driving, you

should follow these suggestions:

C160B01A-GAT

Snowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy Conditions

Snowy or Icy Conditions

To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be

necessary to use snow tires or to install tire

chains on your tires. If snow tires are needed,

it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size

and type to the original equipment tires.

o Be sure that the wheels are aligned correct-

ly. Improper alignment can result from hitting

curbs or driving too fast over irregular sur-

faces. Poor alignment causes faster tire

wear and may also result in other problems

as well as greater fuel consumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. For better

fuel economy and reduced maintenance

costs, maintain your car in accordance with

the maintenance schedule in Section 5. If

you drive your car in severe conditions,

more frequent maintenance is required (see

Section 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximum service,

your Hyundai should be kept clean and free

of corrosive materials. It is especially impor-

tant that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to

accumulate on the underside of the car. This

extra weight can result in increased fuel

consumption and also contribute to corro-

sion.

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weight

in your car. Weight reduces fuel economy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than neces-

sary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic),

turn off your engine and restart only when

you're ready to go.

o Remember, your Hyundai does not require

extended warm-up. As soon as the engine is

running smoothly, you can drive away. In

very cold weather, however, give your en-

gine a slightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Lugging

is driving too slowly in too high a gear

C140A01A-AAT

DRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMY

DRIVING FOR ECONOMY

You can save fuel and get more kilometers from

your car if you follow these suggestions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate

rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-

throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising

speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to

adjust your speed to that of the other traffic

so you don't have to change speeds unnec-

essarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-

sible. Always maintain a safe distance from

other vehicles so you can avoid unneces-

sary braking. This also reduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The faster you

drive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving at

a moderate speed, especially on the high-

way, is one of the most effective ways to

reduce fuel consumption.

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. This

can increase fuel consumption and also

increase wear on these components. In ad-

dition, driving with your foot resting on the

brake pedal may cause the brakes to over-

heat, which reduces their effectiveness and

may lead to more serious consequences.

o Take care of your tires. Keep them inflated

to the recommended pressure. Incorrect in-

flation, either too much or too little, results in

unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pres-

sures at least once a month.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 10

ice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may be

able to thaw it out by using a heated key.

Handle the heated key with care to avoid burn-

ing your fingers.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

The proper temperature for using the immo-The proper temperature for using the immo-

The proper temperature for using the immo-

bilizer key is from -40°C to 80°C. If you heatbilizer key is from -40°C to 80°C. If you heat

bilizer key is from -40°C to 80°C. If you heat

the immobilizer key over 80°C to open thethe immobilizer key over 80°C to open the

the immobilizer key over 80°C to open the

frozen lock, frozen lock,

frozen lock,

it may cause damage to theit may cause damage to the

it may cause damage to the

transponder in its head.transponder in its head.

transponder in its head.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in Window

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in Window

Washer SystemWasher System

Washer System

To keep the water in the window washer sys-

tem from freezing, add an approved anti-freeze

solution in accordance with instructions on the

container. Window washer anti-freeze is avail-

able from Hyundai dealers and most auto parts

outlets. Do not use engine coolant or other

types of anti-freeze as these may damage the

finish.

C160I01X-GAT

Don't Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon't Let Your Parking Brake Freeze

Don't Let Your Parking Brake Freeze

Under some conditions your parking brake can

freeze in the engaged position. This is most

likely to happen when there is an accumulation

of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or

if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk the

parking brake may freeze, apply it only tempo-

C160F01A-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and Ignition

Check Spark Plugs and Ignition

SystemSystem

System

Inspect your spark plugs as described in Sec-

tion 6 and replace them if necessary. Also

check all ignition wiring and components to be

sure they are not cracked, worn or damaged in

any way.

C160D01A-AAT

Check Battery and CablesCheck Battery and Cables

Check Battery and Cables

Winter puts additional burdens on the battery

system. Visually inspect the battery and cables

as described in Section 6. The level of charge

in your battery can be checked by your Hyundai

dealer or a service station.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil if

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil if

NecessaryNecessary

Necessary

In some climates it is recommended that a

lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used dur-

ing cold weather. See Section 9 for recommen-

dations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you

should use, consult your Hyundai dealer.

C160G01A-GAT

To Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from Freezing

To Keep Locks from Freezing

To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an

approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key

opening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt it

with an approved de-icing fluid to remove the

Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety

and handling of your car. Speeding, rapid accel-

eration, sudden brake applications, and sharp

turns are potentially very hazardous practices.

During deceleration, use engine braking to the

fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on

snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur.

You need to keep sufficient distance between

the vehicle in front and your vehicle. Also, apply

the brake gently.

It should be noted that installing tire chains on

the tire will provide a greater driving force, but

will not prevent side skids.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Tire chains are not legal in all provinces.Tire chains are not legal in all provinces.

Tire chains are not legal in all provinces.

Check Check

Check

province laws before fitting tireprovince laws before fitting tire

province laws before fitting tire

chains.chains.

chains.

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene Glycol

Use High Quality Ethylene Glycol

CoolantCoolant

Coolant

Your Hyundai is delivered with high quality

ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It

is the only type of coolant that should be used

because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-

ing system, lubricates the water pump and

prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replen-

ish your coolant in accordance with the main-

tenance schedule in Section 5. Before winter,

have your coolant tested to assure that its

freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures

anticipated during the winter.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 11

C190A01A-GAT

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWING

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWING

If you are considering towing with your car, you

should first check with your Province Depart-

ment of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal

requirements.

Since laws vary from province to province the

requirements for towing trailers, cars, or other

types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask

your Hyundai dealer for further details before

towing.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Do not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car during

Do not do any towing with your car during

its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) in order toits first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) in order to

its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) in order to

allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-

allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-

ure to heed this caution may result in seri-ure to heed this caution may result in seri-

ure to heed this caution may result in seri-

ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.

ous engine or transaxle damage.

C190B01S-AAT

Trailer HitchesTrailer Hitches

Trailer Hitches

Select the proper hitch and ball combination,

making sure that it's location is compatible with

that of the trailer or vehicle being towed.

Use a quality non-equalizing hitch which distrib-

utes the tongue load uniformly throughout the

chassis.

The hitch should be bolted securely to the car

and installed by a qualified technician. DO NOT

USE A HITCH DESIGNED FOR TEMPORARY

INSTALLATION AND NEVER USE ONE THAT

ATTACHES ONLY TO THE BUMPER.

C170A01A-AAT

HIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORING

HIGHER SPEED MOTORING

Pre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip Inspections

Pre-Trip Inspections

1. Tires:

Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specifica-

tion driving. Low tire inflation pressures will

result in overheating and possible failure of the

tires.

Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may

result in reduced traction or tire failure.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Never exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflation

Never exceed the maximum tire inflation

pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.

pressure shown on the tires.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil:

High speed travel consumes 1.5 times more

fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check

both engine coolant and engine oil.

3. Drive belt:

A loose or damaged drive belt may result in

overheating of the engine.

C180A01A-AAT

USE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTS

USE OF LIGHTS

Check your lights regularly for correct operation

and always keep them clean. When driving

during the day in conditions of poor visibility, it

is helpful to drive with headlights on low beam.

This enables you to be seen as well as to see.

rarily while you put the gear selector lever in

"P" (automatic transaxle) or in first or reverse

gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear

wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the

parking brake.

C160J01A-AAT

Don't Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon't Let Ice and Snow Accumulate

Don't Let Ice and Snow Accumulate

UnderneathUnderneath

Underneath

Under some conditions, snow and ice can build

up under the fenders and interfere with the

steering. When driving in severe winter condi-

tions where this may happen, you should peri-

odically check underneath the car to be sure

the movement of the front wheels and the

steering components are not obstructed.

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency Equipment

Carry Emergency Equipment

Depending on the severity of the weather where

you drive your car, you should carry appropri-

ate emergency equipment. Some of the items

you may want to carry include tire chains, tow

straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares,

sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window

scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blan-

ket, etc.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 12

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

1.1.

1.

Never load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight in

Never load the trailer with more weight in

the back the back

the back

than in the front. About 60% ofthan in the front. About 60% of

than in the front. About 60% of

the trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front half

the trailer load should be in the front half

on the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% in

on the trailer and the remaining 40% in

the rear.the rear.

the rear.

2.2.

2.

The total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailer

The total gross vehicle weight with trailer

must not exceed the must not exceed the

must not exceed the

Gross Vehicle WeightGross Vehicle Weight

Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating (GVWR) shown on the vehicle iden-Rating (GVWR) shown on the vehicle iden-

Rating (GVWR) shown on the vehicle iden-

tification plate tification plate

tification plate

(see page 8-1). The total(see page 8-1). The total

(see page 8-1). The total

gross vehicle weight gross vehicle weight

gross vehicle weight

is the combinedis the combined

is the combined

weight of the vehicle, driver, all passen-weight of the vehicle, driver, all passen-

weight of the vehicle, driver, all passen-

gers and their luggage, gers and their luggage,

gers and their luggage,

cargo, hitch, trailercargo, hitch, trailer

cargo, hitch, trailer

tongue load and other optional equip-tongue load and other optional equip-

tongue load and other optional equip-

ment.ment.

ment.

3.3.

3.

The front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must not

The front or rear axle weight must not

exceed the Gross Axle Weight exceed the Gross Axle Weight

exceed the Gross Axle Weight

RatingRating

Rating

(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-

(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-

tion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possible

tion plate (see page 8-1). It is possible

that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-

that your towing package does not ex-

ceed ceed

ceed

the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.

the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.

Improper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too much

Improper trailer loading and/or too much

luggage in the trunk can overload luggage in the trunk can overload

luggage in the trunk can overload

thethe

the

rear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and check

rear axle. Redistribute the load and check

the axle weight again.the axle weight again.

the axle weight again.

4.4.

4.

The maximum permissible overhang ofThe maximum permissible overhang of

The maximum permissible overhang of

the coupling point is 570 mm.the coupling point is 570 mm.

the coupling point is 570 mm.

(ATOS VAN : 568mm)(ATOS VAN : 568mm)

(ATOS VAN : 568mm)

C190D01A-GAT

Safety ChainsSafety Chains

Safety Chains

Should the hitch connection between your car

and the trailer or vehicle you are towing fail, the

trailer or vehicle could wander dangerously

across other lanes of traffic and ultimately col-

lide with another vehicle. To eliminate this po-

tentially dangerous situation, safety chains, at-

tached between your car and the trailer or

towed vehicle, are required in most provinces.

C190E04X-GAT

Trailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight Limit

Trailer Weight Limit

Tongue load Total trailer weight

SSA2200B

Tongue loads can be increased or decreased

by redistributing the load in the trailer. This can

be verified by checking the total weight of the

loaded trailer and then checking the load on the

tongue.

C190C01X-GAT

Trailer BrakesTrailer Brakes

Trailer Brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,

make sure it conforms to federal and/or local

regulations and that it is properly installed and

operating correctly.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

If you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car will

If you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car will

require more frequent require more frequent

require more frequent

maintenance due tomaintenance due to

maintenance due to

the additional load. See "Maintenance Un-the additional load. See "Maintenance Un-

the additional load. See "Maintenance Un-

der Severe der Severe

der Severe

Usage Conditions" on page 5-4.Usage Conditions" on page 5-4.

Usage Conditions" on page 5-4.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

oo

o

Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-

Never connect a trailer brake system di-

rectly rectly

rectly

to the vehicle brake system.to the vehicle brake system.

to the vehicle brake system.

oo

o

When towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (in

When towing a trailer on steep grades (in

excess of 12%) pay close excess of 12%) pay close

excess of 12%) pay close

attention to theattention to the

attention to the

engine coolant temperature gauge toengine coolant temperature gauge to

engine coolant temperature gauge to

ensure the engine does ensure the engine does

ensure the engine does

not overheat. Ifnot overheat. If

not overheat. If

the needle of the coolant temperaturethe needle of the coolant temperature

the needle of the coolant temperature

gauge moves across gauge moves across

gauge moves across

the dial towardsthe dial towards

the dial towards

"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as

"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as

it is safe to do it is safe to do

it is safe to do

so, and allow the engine toso, and allow the engine to

so, and allow the engine to

idle until it cools down. You may proceedidle until it cools down. You may proceed

idle until it cools down. You may proceed

once once

once

the engine has cooled sufficiently.the engine has cooled sufficiently.

the engine has cooled sufficiently.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 13

4. To maintain engine braking efficiency and

electrical charging performance, do not use

fifth gear (manual transaxle) or overdrive

(automatic transaxle).

5. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent

load shift while driving.

6. Check the condition and air pressure of all

tires on the trailer and your car. Low tire

pressure can seriously affect the handling.

Also check the spare tire.

7. The vehicle/trailer combination is more af-

fected by crosswind and buffeting.

When being passed by a large vehicle, keep

a constant speed and steer straight ahead.

If there is too much wind buffeting slow

down to get out of the other vehicle's air

turbulence.

8. When parking your car and trailer, especial-

ly on a hill, be sure to follow all the normal

precautions. Turn your front wheel into the

curb, set the parking brake firmly, and put

the transaxle in 1st or Reverse (manual) or

Park (automatic). In addition, place wheel

chocks at each of the trailer's tires.

9. If the trailer has electric brakes, start your

vehicle and trailer moving, and then apply

the trailer brake controller by hand to be

sure the brakes are working. This lets you

check your electrical connection at the same

time.

10.During your trip, check occasionally to be

sure that the load is secure, and that the

lights and any trailer brakes are still working.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

oo

o

The tongue load should never exceed;The tongue load should never exceed;

The tongue load should never exceed;

Auto: 25kgAuto: 25kg

Auto: 25kg

Manual : 28kgManual : 28kg

Manual : 28kg

oo

o

Maximun permissible mass of the cou-Maximun permissible mass of the cou-

Maximun permissible mass of the cou-

pling device (ATOS VAN only) : 20kgpling device (ATOS VAN only) : 20kg

pling device (ATOS VAN only) : 20kg

oo

o

Improperly loading your car and trailerImproperly loading your car and trailer

Improperly loading your car and trailer

can seriously affect its steering and brak-can seriously affect its steering and brak-

can seriously affect its steering and brak-

ing performance causing a crash whiching performance causing a crash which

ing performance causing a crash which

could cause serious injury or death.could cause serious injury or death.

could cause serious injury or death.

kg.

Maximum Towable Weight

Trailer

Manual

Transaxle

Auto

Transaxle

With

Brake Type

Without

Brake Type

400

C190F01A-GAT

Trailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing Tips

Trailer or Vehicle Towing Tips

1. Before towing, check hitch and safety chain

connections as well as proper operation of

the trailer running lights, brake lights, and

turn signals.

2. Always drive your vehicle at a moderate

speed (Less than 100 km/h)

3. Trailer towing requires more fuel than nor-

mal conditions.

Gross axle weight Gross vehicle weight

SSA2200D

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-

The following specifications are recommend-

ed when towing a ed when towing a

ed when towing a

trailer. The loaded trailertrailer. The loaded trailer

trailer. The loaded trailer

weight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values in

weight cannot safely exceed the values in

the the

the

chart.chart.

chart.

Coupling point

C190E03X

é

700

400

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 14

11.Avoid jerky starts, sudden acceleration or

sudden stops.

12.Avoid sharp turns and rapid lane changes.

13.Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long

or too frequently. This could cause the brakes

to overheat, resulting in reduced braking

efficiency.

14.When going down a hill, shift into a lower

gear and use the engine braking effect.

When ascending a long grade, downshift the

transaxle to a lower gear and reduce speed

to reduce chances of engine overloading

and/or overheating.

15.If you have to stop while going uphill, do not

hold the vehicle in place by pressing on the

accelerator. This can cause the automatic

transaxle to overheat. Use the parking brake

or footbrake.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

When towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid more

When towing check transaxle fluid more

frequently.frequently.

frequently.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,

If overheating should occur when towing,

(temperature gauge reads near red zone),(temperature gauge reads near red zone),

(temperature gauge reads near red zone),

taking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce or

taking the following action may reduce or

eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.

eliminate the problem.

1. Turn off the air conditioner.

2. Reduce highway speed.

3. Select a lower gear when going uphill.

4. While in stop and go traffic, place the gear

selector in park or neutral and idle the en-

gine at a higher speed.

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-1

D010B01A-AAT

If Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns

If Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns

Over SlowlyOver Slowly

Over Slowly

3.3.

3.

WHAWHA

WHA

T T

T

TT

T

O DO IN ANO DO IN AN

O DO IN AN

EMERGENCYEMERGENCY

EMERGENCY

D010A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

If the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push or

If the engine will not start, do not push or

pull the car to pull the car to

pull the car to

start it. This could result in astart it. This could result in a

start it. This could result in a

collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-

collision or cause other damage. In addi-

tion, tion,

tion,

push or pull starting may cause thepush or pull starting may cause the

push or pull starting may cause the

catalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded and

catalytic converter to be overloaded and

create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.

create a fire hazard.

1. If your car has an automatic transaxle, be

sure the gear selector lever is in "N" or "P"

and the emergency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to be sure

they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or

goes out when you operate the starter, the

battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to be sure

they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See

instructions for "Jump Starting" on the fol-

lowing pages.

D010C01A-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but Does

If Engine Turns Over Normally but Does

Not StartNot Start

Not Start

1. Check fuel level.

2. Check all connectors at ignition, coil and

spark plugs. Reconnect any that may be

disconnected or loose.

D010D01A-AAT

If the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While Driving

If the Engine Stalls While Driving

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a

straight line. Move cautiously off the road to

a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle

will not start, contact a Hyundai dealer or

seek other qualified assistance.

D010B01A

3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.

4. If the engine still refuses to start, call a

Hyundai dealer or seek other qualified as-

sistance.

D020A02A-AAT

JUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTING

JUMP STARTING

AX30030A

Negative to the engine

not to the battery

Booster battery

Positive to positive

Dead battery

D010C01X-1

Spark Plug

33

3

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-2

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights and acces-

sories in both vehicles.

3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in the

exact order shown in the illustration. That is,

first, attach one clamp of the jumper cable to

the positive (+) post or cable of the dis-

charged battery. Then attach the other end

of the same cable to the positive (+) post or

cable of the booster battery. Next, using the

other cable, attach one clamp to the nega-

tive (-) post or cable of the booster battery.

Then attach the other end of that cable to a

solid metal part of the engine away from the

battery. Do not connect the cable to any

moving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with the booster

battery and let it run for a few minutes. This

will help to assure that the booster battery is

fully charged. During the jumping operation,

run the engine in this vehicle at about 2,000

rpm.

5. Start your engine using the normal starting

procedure. After the engine starts, leave the

jumper cables connected and let the engine

run at fast idle or about 2,000 rpm for sev-

eral minutes.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cables in the

reverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your battery became

discharged (because the lights were left on,

etc.), have the charging system checked by

your Hyundai dealer.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

The gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during the

The gas produced by the battery during the

jump start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump start operation is highly explosive. If

jump start operation is highly explosive. If

these instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,

these instructions are not followed exactly,

serious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to the

serious personal injury and damage to the

vehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure how

vehicle may occur! If you are not sure how

to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-

to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-

sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-

sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-

furic acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highly

furic acid. This is poisonous and highly

corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-

corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-

tive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid on

tive glasses and be careful not to get acid on

yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.

yourself, your clothing or on the car.

o If you should accidentally get acid on your

skin or in your eyes, immediately remove

any contaminated clothing and flush the

area with clear water for at least 15 minutes.

Then promptly obtain medical attention. If

you must be transported to an emergency

facility, continue to apply water to the affect-

ed area with a sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the battery during the

jump start operation is highly explosive. Do

not smoke or allow a spark or an open flame

in the vicinity.

o The battery being used to provide the jump

start must be 12-volt. If you cannot deter-

mine that it is a 12-volt battery, do not

attempt to use it for the jump start.

o To jump start a car with a discharged bat-

tery, follow this procedure exactly:

1. If the booster battery is installed in another

vehicle, be sure the two vehicles are not

touching.

D030A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates overheat-

ing, you experience a loss of power, or hear

loud pinging or knocking, the engine is probably

too hot. If this happens to you, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is

safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P" (auto-

matic transaxle), or neutral (manual

transaxle) and set the parking brake. If the

air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out under the car

or steam is coming out from the hood, stop

the engine. Do not open the hood until the

engine coolant has stopped running or the

steaming has stopped. If there is no visible

loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave

the engine running and check to be sure the

engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is

not running, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is

missing. If it is not missing, check to see that

it is tight. If the drive belt seems to be

satisfactory, check for engine coolant leak-

ing from the radiator, hoses or under the car.

(If the air conditioning had been in use, it is

normal for cold water to be draining from it

when you stop).

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-3

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

While the engine is running, keep hands,While the engine is running, keep hands,

While the engine is running, keep hands,

long hair long hair

long hair

and clothing away from movingand clothing away from moving

and clothing away from moving

parts such as the fan and drive belts toparts such as the fan and drive belts to

parts such as the fan and drive belts to

prevent prevent

prevent

injury.injury.

injury.

5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or

engine coolant is leaking out, stop the en-

gine immediately and call the nearest

Hyundai dealer for assistance.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when the

Do not remove the radiator cap when the

engine is hot. This may allowengine is hot. This may allow

engine is hot. This may allow

coolant to be coolant to be

coolant to be

blown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause serious

blown out of the opening and cause serious

burns.burns.

burns.

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheat-

ing, wait until the engine temperature has

returned to normal. Then, if engine coolant

has been lost, carefully remove the radiator

cap and add engine coolant to bring the fluid

level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for fur-

ther signs of overheating. If overheating hap-

pens again, call a Hyundai dealer for assis-

tance.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Serious loss of engine coolant indicatesSerious loss of engine coolant indicates

Serious loss of engine coolant indicates

there is a leak in there is a leak in

there is a leak in

the cooling system and thisthe cooling system and this

the cooling system and this

should be checked as soon as possible by ashould be checked as soon as possible by a

should be checked as soon as possible by a

Hyundai Hyundai

Hyundai

dealer.dealer.

dealer.

D040A01A-GAT

SPARE TIRESPARE TIRE

SPARE TIRE

The following instructions for the FULL SIZE

spare tire should be observed:

Check inflation pressure as soon as practical

after installing the spare tire, and adjust to the

specified pressure. The tire pressure should be

periodically checked and maintained at the

specified pressure while the tire is stored.

Tire Size

Inflation Pressure

Full Size

210 kPa (30 psi)

Spare Tire Pressure

D040B01A-AAT

Handling the Spare TireHandling the Spare Tire

Handling the Spare Tire

Remove the installation bolt to remove the spare

tire. To replace the spare tire in its storage

D050A01A-AAT

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

If a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and

let the car slow down while driving straight

ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately

or attempt to pull off the road as this may

cause a loss of control. When the car has

slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do

so, brake carefully and pull off the road.

Drive off the road as far as possible and

park on firm, level ground. If you are on a

divided highway, do not park in the median

area between the two traffic lanes.

2. When the car is stopped, turn on your emer-

gency hazard flashers, set the parking brake

and put the transaxle in "P" (automatic

transaxle) or reverse (manual transaxle)

3. Have all passengers get out of the car. Be

sure they all get out on the side of the car

that is away from traffic.

4. Change the tire according to the instructions

provided as following.

compartment, tighten the bolt firmly with your

fingers until there is no more play in the spare

tire.

D040B01X

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-4

D060A01A-AAT

CHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRE

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

The procedure described on the following pages

can be used to rotate tires as well as to change

a flat tire. When preparing to change a flat tire,

check to be sure the gear selector lever is in "P"

(automatic transaxle) or reverse gear (manual

transaxle) and that the parking brake is set,

then:

D060B01FC-GAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

Remove the spare tire and take out the jack and

tool bag from the luggage room.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

The jack is located beneath the luggage matThe jack is located beneath the luggage mat

The jack is located beneath the luggage mat

in the vehicle.in the vehicle.

in the vehicle.

Block the wheel that is diagonally opposite from

the flat to keep the vehicle from rolling when the

car is raised on the jack.

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel

2. Block the Wheel

SSA3050D

Flat tire

D060D01A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

D060A01X

HNVOM096

D040B01X

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-5

Wheel nut

Wrench

The wheel nuts should be loosened slightly

before raising the car. To loosen the nuts, turn

the wrench handle counterclockwise. When

doing this, be sure that the socket is seated

completely over the nut so it cannot slip off. For

maximum leverage position the wrench so the

handle is to the right as shown in the drawing.

Then, while holding the wrench near the end of

the handle, pull up on it with steady pressure.

Do not remove the nuts at this time. Just loosen

them about one-half turn.

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place

4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placed on firm,

level ground. The jack should be positioned as

shown in the drawing.

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car

5. Raising the Car

D060G01A-AAT

6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels

6. Changing Wheels

AS30120A

After inserting a wrench bar into the wheel nut

wrench, install the wrench bar into the jack as

shown in the drawing. To raise the vehicle, turn

the wheel nut wrench clockwise. As the jack

begins to raise the vehicle, double check that it

is properly positioned and will not slip. If the

jack is on soft ground or sand, you may find it

necessary to place a board, brick, flat stone or

other object under the base of the jack to keep

it from sinking.

Raise the car high enough so that the fully

inflated spare tire can be installed. To do this,

you will need more ground clearance than is

required to remove the flat tire.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Do not get under the car when it is sup-Do not get under the car when it is sup-

Do not get under the car when it is sup-

ported by the jack. This is very dangerousported by the jack. This is very dangerous

ported by the jack. This is very dangerous

as the vehicle could fall and cause seriousas the vehicle could fall and cause serious

as the vehicle could fall and cause serious

injury or death. No one should stay in theinjury or death. No one should stay in the

injury or death. No one should stay in the

car while the jack is being used.car while the jack is being used.

car while the jack is being used.

Use the wrench to loosen the wheel nuts, then

remove them with your fingers. Remove the

wheel cover (if installed) from the wheel and

slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it

cannot roll away. To put the wheel on the hub,

pick up the spare tire, line up the holes with the

studs and slide the wheel onto them. If this is

difficult, tip the wheel slightly and get the top

hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud.

Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the

wheel can be slid over the other studs.

D060E01A

<PRIME>

D060E01V

HFC4022

Wrench bar

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-6

AS30130A

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Wheel covers may have sharp edges. Han-Wheel covers may have sharp edges. Han-

Wheel covers may have sharp edges. Han-

dle them carefully to avoid possible severedle them carefully to avoid possible severe

dle them carefully to avoid possible severe

injury.injury.

injury.

Before putting the wheel into place, be sureBefore putting the wheel into place, be sure

Before putting the wheel into place, be sure

that there is nothing on the hub or wheelthat there is nothing on the hub or wheel

that there is nothing on the hub or wheel

(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-

(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-

feres with the wheel fitting solidly againstferes with the wheel fitting solidly against

feres with the wheel fitting solidly against

the hub. If there is, remove it. If there is notthe hub. If there is, remove it. If there is not

the hub. If there is, remove it. If there is not

good contact on the mounting surface be-good contact on the mounting surface be-

good contact on the mounting surface be-

tween the wheel and hub, the wheel nutstween the wheel and hub, the wheel nuts

tween the wheel and hub, the wheel nuts

could come loose and cause the loss of acould come loose and cause the loss of a

could come loose and cause the loss of a

wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss ofwheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of

wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of

control of the vehicle. This may cause seri-control of the vehicle. This may cause seri-

control of the vehicle. This may cause seri-

ous injury or death.ous injury or death.

ous injury or death.

D060I01E-GAT

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

D060H01A-AAT

7. Re-install Wheel Nuts7. Re-install Wheel Nuts

7. Re-install Wheel Nuts

To reinstall the wheel cover, hold it on the wheel

and put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten

them finger tight. The nuts should be installed

with their small diameter ends directed inward.

Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated,

then tighten the nuts with your fingers again.

Lower the car to the ground by turning the

wheel nut wrench counterclockwise. Then posi-

tion the wrench as shown in the drawing and

tighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket is

seated completely over the nut. Do not stand on

the wrench handle or use an extension pipe

over the wrench handle.

Go around the wheel tightening every other unt

until they are all tight. Then double-check each

nut for tightness. After changing wheels, have a

technician tighten the wheel nuts to their proper

torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:

Wheel nut tightening torque:

Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:

900-1,100 kg.cm (65-80 lb.ft)

D060H01A

HNVOM098

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-7

D060J01FC-GAT

After Changing WheelsAfter Changing Wheels

After Changing Wheels

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap

and check the air pressure. If the pressure is

lower than recommended, drive slowly to the

nearest service station and inflate to the correct

pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it is

correct. Always reinstall the valve cap after

checking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is

not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you

lose a valve cap, buy another and install it as

soon as possible.

After you have changed wheels, always secure

the flat tire in its place in the luggage room and

return the jack and tools to their proper storage

locations.

D080A01A-GAT

IF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWED

IF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWED

D080B01A-AAT

Towing a Car With a Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With a Manual Transaxle

Towing a Car With a Manual Transaxle

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

WITH NO DAMAGE

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-

Your car can be damaged if towed incor-

rectly!rectly!

rectly!

If your car has to be towed, it should be done by

your Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truck

service. This will help assure that your car is

not damaged in towing. Also, professionals are

generally aware of state and local laws govern-

ing towing. In any case, rather than risk dam-

age to your car, it is suggested that you show

this information to the tow truck operator. Be

sure that a safety chain system is used and that

local laws are observed.

o If the car is being towed with the rear wheels

on the ground, be sure the parking brake is

released.

o If the car is being towed with the front

wheels on the ground, be sure that the

transaxle is in neutral. Also, be sure that the

ignition key is in the "ACC" position. This is

necessary to prevent damage to the steer-

ing lock mechanism, which is not designed

to hold the front wheels straight while the car

is being towed.

o If any of the loaded wheels or suspension

components are damaged, a towing dolly

must be used.

D080A01A

D080B01A

D060J01X

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-8

D080C02A-GAT

Towing a Car With Automatic TransaxleTowing a Car With Automatic Transaxle

Towing a Car With Automatic Transaxle

o NOT OK FOR AUTOMATIC

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

o OK FOR MANUAL TRANSAXLE

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

A car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle should

A car with an automatic transaxle should

never be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the front

never be towed from the rear with the front

wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-

wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-

ous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car must

ous damage to the transaxle. If the car must

be towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly must

be towed from the rear, a towing dolly must

be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.

be used under the front wheels.

If the car is being towed with the rear wheels on

the ground, be sure the parking brake is re-

leased.

D080D02X-GAT

Emergency TowingEmergency Towing

Emergency Towing

For emergency towing when no commercial

tow vehicle is available, attach a tow cable,

chain or strap to the two hooks under the front

of your car. Do not attempt to tow your vehicle

in this manner on any unpaved surface. This

could result in serious damage to your car.

Nor should it be attempted if the wheels, drive

train, axles, steering or brakes are damaged.

Before towing, be sure the transaxle is in neu-

tral and the key is in "ACC" (with the engine off)

or in the "ON" position (with the engine run-

ning). A driver must be in the towed car to steer

it and operate the brakes.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

If the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheels

If the car is being towed with all four wheels

on the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from the

on the ground, it can be towed only from the

front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.

front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.

Do not tow at speeds greater than 50 km/hDo not tow at speeds greater than 50 km/h

Do not tow at speeds greater than 50 km/h

(30 mph) and for more than 25 km (15 miles).(30 mph) and for more than 25 km (15 miles).

(30 mph) and for more than 25 km (15 miles).

Be sure the steering is unlocked by placingBe sure the steering is unlocked by placing

Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing

the key in the "ACC" position. A driver mustthe key in the "ACC" position. A driver must

the key in the "ACC" position. A driver must

be in the towed vehicle to operate the steer-be in the towed vehicle to operate the steer-

be in the towed vehicle to operate the steer-

ing and brakes.ing and brakes.

ing and brakes.

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

D080C01A

D080C02A

D080D01X

D120A01A-GAT

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS

If you lose your keys, many Hyundai dealers

can make you a new key if you have your key

number. If you lock the keys inside your car and

you cannot obtain a new key, many Hyundai

dealers can use special tools to open the door

for you.

Information about the key of immobilizer sys-

tem (If installed) will be found on page 1-2.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Before towing, check the level of theBefore towing, check the level of the

Before towing, check the level of the

transaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" rangetransaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" range

transaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" range

on the dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addon the dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot add

on the dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot add

fluid, a towing dolly must be used.fluid, a towing dolly must be used.

fluid, a towing dolly must be used.

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-1

4.4.

4.

CORRCORR

CORR

OSION PRE-OSION PRE-

OSION PRE-

VENTION & AP-VENTION & AP-

VENTION & AP-

PEARANCE CAREPEARANCE CARE

PEARANCE CARE

E020A01A-AAT

TO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSION

TO HELP PREVENT CORROSION

You can help prevent corrosion from getting

started by observing the following:

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car Clean

Keep Your Car Clean

The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep

your car clean and free of corrosive materials.

Attention to the underside of the car is particu-

larly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area — where

road salts are used, near the ocean, areas

with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.— you

should take extra care to prevent corrosion.

In winter, hose off the underside of your car

at least once a month and be sure to clean

the underside thoroughly when winter is

over.

o When cleaning underneath the car, give

particular attention to the components under

the fenders and other areas that are hidden

from view. Do a thorough job; just dampen-

ing the accumulated mud rather than wash-

ing it away will accelerate corrosion rather

than prevent it. Water under high pressure

and steam are particularly effective in re-

moving accumulated mud and corrosive

materials.

o When cleaning lower door panels, rocker

panels and frame members, be sure that

drain holes are kept open so that moisture

can escape and not be trapped inside to ac-

celerate corrosion.

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of Corrosion

Common Causes of Corrosion

The most common causes of corrosion on your

car are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed

to accumulate underneath the car.

o Removal of paint or protective coatings by

stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes

and dents which leave unprotected metal

exposed to corrosion.

E010A01A-AAT

CORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTION

CORROSION PROTECTION

Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-

Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-

sionsion

sion

By using the most advanced design and con-

struction practices to combat corrosion, Hyundai

produces cars of the highest quality. However,

this is only part of the job. To achieve the long

term corrosion resistance your Hyundai can

deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance

is also required.

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion Areas

High-Corrosion Areas

If you live in an area where your car is regularly

exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion pro-

tection is particularly important. Some of the

common causes of accelerated corrosion are

road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air

and industrial pollution.

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds Corrosion

Moisture Breeds Corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions in which corro-

sion is most likely to occur. For example, cor-

rosion is accelerated by high humidity, particu-

larly when temperatures are just above freez-

ing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is

kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois-

ture that is slow to evaporate.

Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow

to dry and holds moisture in contact with the

vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it

can still retain the moisture and promote corro-

sion.

High temperatures can also accelerate corro-

sion of parts that are not properly ventilated so

the moisture can be dispersed. For all these

reasons, it is particularly important to keep your

car clean and free of mud or accumulations of

other materials. This applies not only to the

visible surfaces but particularly to the underside

of the car.

44

4

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-2

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage Dry

Keep Your Garage Dry

Don't park your car in a damp, poorly ventilated

garage. This creates a favorable environment

for corrosion. This is particularly true if you

wash your car in the garage or drive it into the

garage when it is still wet or covered with snow,

ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contrib-

ute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so

moisture is dispersed.

E020D01A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in Good ConditionKeep Paint and Trim in Good Condition

Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condition

Scratches or chips in the finish should be cov-

ered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible

to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare

metal is showing through, the attention of a

qualified body and paint shop is recommended.

E020E01A-AAT

Don't Neglect the InteriorDon't Neglect the Interior

Don't Neglect the Interior

Moisture can collect under the floor mats and

carpeting to cause corrosion. Check under the

mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.

Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, clean-

ing materials or chemicals in the car.

These should be carried only in proper contain-

ers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned

up, flushed with clear water and thoroughly

dried.

E030A01A-AAT

WASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXING

WASHING AND WAXING

Washing Your HyundaiWashing Your Hyundai

Washing Your Hyundai

Never wash your car when the surface is hot

from being in the sun. Always wash your car in

the shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasive and

can scratch the paint if it is not removed. Air

pollution or acid rain may damage the paint and

trim through chemical action if pollutants are

allowed to remain in contact with the surface. If

you live near the ocean or in an area where

road salts or dust control chemicals are used,

you should pay particular attention to the under-

side of the car. Start by rinsing the car to

remove dust and loose dirt. In winter, or if you

have driven through mud or muddy water, be

sure to thoroughly clean the underside as well.

Use a hard direct stream of water to remove

accumulations of mud or corrosive materials.

Use a good quality car-washing solution and

follow the manufacturer's directions on the pack-

age. These are available at your Hyundai deal-

er or auto parts outlet. Don't use strong house-

hold detergents, gasoline, strong solvents or

abrasive cleaning powders as these may dam-

age the finish.

Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse it frequently

and don't damage the finish by rubbing too

hard. For stubborn spots, dampen them fre-

quently and remove them a little at a time.

To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brush or

soapy steel-wool scouring pad.

To clean plastic wheel covers, use a clean

sponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels, use a

mild soap or neutral detergent. Do not use

abrasive cleaners. Protect the bare-metal sur-

faces by cleaning, polishing and waxing. Be-

cause aluminum is subject to corrosion, be sure

to give aluminum alloy wheels special attention

in winter. If you drive on salted roads, clean the

wheels thoroughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thoroughly. If

soapy water dries on the finish, streaking will

result.

When the weather is warm and the humidity

low, you may find it necessary to rinse each

section immediately after washing to avoid

streaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a damp chamois

or soft, absorbent cloth. The reason for drying

the car is to remove water from the car so it will

dry without water spots. Don't rub, this can

damage the finish.

If you find any nicks or scratches in the paint,

use touch-up paint to cover them to prevent

corrosion. To protect the paintwork of the car

against corrosion, you must clean your Hyundai

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-3

(at least once a month). Give special attention

to the removal of salt, mud and other substanc-

es on the underside of the splashboards of the

car. Make sure that the outlets and the under-

side of the doors are open. Paint damage can

be caused by small accumulation of tar, indus-

trial precipitation, tree resin, insects and bird

droppings, when not removed immediately.

If water alone is not strong enough to remove

the accumulated dirt, use a mild car washing

solution. Be sure to rinse the surface after

washing to remove the solution. Never allow

the solution to dry on the painted surfaces.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and WaxingPolishing and Waxing

Polishing and Waxing

Always wash and dry the car before polishing

or waxing or using a combination cleaner and

wax. Use a good quality commercial product

and follow the manufacturer's directions on the

container. Polish and wax the bright trim pieces

as well as the paint.

E030B01A-AAT

Spot CleaningSpot Cleaning

Spot Cleaning

Don't use gasoline, strong solvents or corrosive

cleaning agents. These can damage the finish

of the car. To remove road tar, use turpentine

on a clean, soft cloth or commercially available

bug and tar remover. Be gentle.

To remove dead insects or tree sap, use warm

water and mild soap or car-washing solution.

Soak the spot and rub gently. If the paint has

lost its luster, use a commercial car-cleaning

polish.

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax AgainWhen to Wax Again

When to Wax Again

You should polish and wax the car again when

water no longer beads on a clean surface but

spreads out over a larger area.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining BumpersMaintaining Bumpers

Maintaining Bumpers

Special precautions must be observed to pre-

serve the appearance of the bumpers on your

Hyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery electrolyte or

hydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers. If you

do, wash it off immediately with clean water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper sur-

faces. They are made of soft plastic and the

surface can be damaged if mistreated. Do

not use abrasive cleaners. Use warm water

and mild soap or car-washing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to high tem-

peratures. For example, if you have your

car repainted, do not leave the bumpers on

the car if the car is going to be placed in a

high temperature paint booth.

E040A01A-AAT

CLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIOR

CLEANING THE INTERIOR

To Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl Upholstery

To Clean the Vinyl Upholstery

To clean the vinyl upholstery, first remove loose

dirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner. Then apply

a solution of mild soap or detergent and water

using a clean sponge or soft cloth. Allow this to

stay on the surface to loosen the dirt, then wipe

with a clean damp sponge or cloth. If all the dirt

stains are not removed, repeat this procedure

until the upholstery is clean. Do not use gaso-

line, solvent, paint thinner or other strong clean-

ers.

E040B01A-AAT

To Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather Upholstery

To Clean the Leather Upholstery

(If Installed)(If Installed)

(If Installed)

In the normal course of use, leather upholstered

surfaces will, like any material, pick-up dust and

dirt. This dust and dirt must be cleaned off or it

may work into the surface of the leather, caus-

ing damage.

Fine leather needs care, and should be cleaned

when necessary. Washing leather thoroughly

with soap and water will keep your leather

lustrous, beautiful and ensure you have many

years of wear.

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-4

Take a piece of cheese cloth and using any

mild soap and lukewarm water, work up a good

lather. Thoroughly wash the leather. Wipe clean

with a slightly damp cloth and dry with soft

cloth. Do this as often as the leather becomes

soiled.

During tanning operations, sufficient oils are

incorporated through processing that none need

be applied during the life of the leather. Oil

applied to the finished surface will in no way

help the leather and may do more harm than

good. Varnishes and furniture polishes should

never be used under any conditions.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the CarpetsCleaning the Carpets

Cleaning the Carpets

Use a foam-type carpet cleaner. Cleaners of

this type are available in aerosol cans in liquid

form or powder. Read the instructions and fol-

low them exactly. Using a vacuum cleaner with

the appropriate attachment, remove as much

dirt from the carpets as possible. Apply the

foam following the manufacturer's directions,

then rub in overlapping circles. Do not add

water. These cleaners work best when the

carpet is kept as dry as possible.

E050A01A-AAT

ANY QUESTIONS?ANY QUESTIONS?

ANY QUESTIONS?

If you have any questions about the care of

your car, consult your Hyundai dealer.

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat Belts

Cleaning the Seat Belts

To clean the seat belts, use a cloth or sponge

with mild soap or detergent and warm water. Do

not use strong detergents, dye, bleach or abra-

sive materials on the seat belts as this may

weaken the fabric.

While cleaning the belts, inspect them for ex-

cessive wear, cuts, fraying or other signs of

damage and replace them if necessary.

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the WindowsCleaning the Windows

Cleaning the Windows

You may use any household window cleaner on

the windows. However, when cleaning the in-

side of the rear window be careful not to dam-

age the rear window defroster wiring.

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-1

5.5.

5.

VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-

VEHICLE MAINTE-

NANCE REQNANCE REQ

NANCE REQ

UIRE-UIRE-

UIRE-

MENTSMENTS

MENTS

F010A01A-GAT

MAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE INTERVALS

Service requirementsService requirements

Service requirements

To assure that you receive the greatest number

of kilometers of satisfying operation from your

Hyundai, certain maintenance procedures must

be performed. Although careful design and en-

gineering have reduced these to a minimum,

those that are required are of the utmost impor-

tance.

It is your responsibility to have these mainte-

nance procedures performed to comply with the

terms of the warranties covering your new

Hyundai. The Service Passport supplied with

your new vehicle provides further information

about these warranties.

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance RequirementsMaintenance Requirements

Maintenance Requirements

The maintenance required for your Hyundai

can be divided into three main areas:

o Specified scheduled procedures

o General everyday checks

o Do-it-yourself maintenance

F010C01A-GAT

Specified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled Procedures

Specified Scheduled Procedures

These are the procedures such as inspections,

adjustments and replacements that are listed in

the maintenance charts starting on page 5-2.

These procedures must be performed at the

intervals shown in the maintenance schedule to

assure that your warranty remains in effect.

Although it is strongly recommended that they

be performed by the factory-trained or distribu-

tor-trained technicians at your Hyundai dealer,

these procedures may be performed at any

qualified service facility.

It is suggested that genuine Hyundai service

parts be used for any required repairs or re-

placements. Other parts of equivalent quality

such as engine oil, engine coolant, manual or

auto transaxle oil, brake fluid and so on which

are not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company or

its distributor may be used without affecting

your warranty coverage but you should always

be sure these are equivalent to the quality of the

original Hyundai parts. Your Service Passport

provides further information about your warran-

ty coverage.

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself Maintenance

Do-It-Yourself Maintenance

If you are mechanically inclined, own a few

tools that are required and want to take the time

to do so, you can inspect and service a number

of items. For more information about doing it

yourself, see Section 6.

F010F01A-AAT

A Few TipsA Few Tips

A Few Tips

o Whenever you have your Hyundai serviced,

keep copies of the service records in your

glovebox. This will help ensure that you can

document that the required procedures have

been performed to keep your warranties in

effect. This is especially important when

service is not performed by an authorized

Hyundai dealer.

o If you choose to do your own maintenance

and repairs, you may find it helpful to have

an official Hyundai Shop Manual. A copy of

this publication may be purchased at your

Hyundai dealer's parts department.

F020A02X-GAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-

QUIREMENTSQUIREMENTS

QUIREMENTS

Inspection should be performed any time a

malfunction is experienced or suspected. Re-

ceipts for all emission control system services

should be retained to demonstrate compliance

with conditions of the emissions system war-

ranty. For severe usage maintenance require-

ments, see page 5-4 of this section.

F010D01A-AAT

General ChecksGeneral Checks

General Checks

These are the regular checks you should per-

form when you drive your Hyundai or you fill the

fuel tank. A list of these items will be found on

page 6-2.

55

5

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 2

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

1 ENGINE OIL & FILTER (SG OR ABOVE) See Note (1)

2 DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP & GENERATOR)

3 FUEL FILTER (MFI)

4 FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES & CONNECTIONS

5 TIMING BELT

6 VAPOR HOSE & FUEL FILLER CAP

7 VACUUM CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES

8 AIR CLEANER FILTER

9 SPARK PLUGS

10 VALVE CLEARANCE

F030A01A-GAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

The following maintenance services must be performed to assure good

vehicle control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to

protect your warranty.

Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is

determined by whichever occurs first.

No. DESCRIPTION

105

84

R

I

120

96

R

I

R

I

90

72

R

I

R

I

R

I

75

60

R

I

60

48

R

I

R

I

45

36

R

I

R

30

24

R

I

R

I

15

12

R

I

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

F030B01X-GAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

Note : (1) SF OR LOWER : EVERY 10,000 KM OR 6 MONTHS : "R"

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-3

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE COOLANT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

BRAKE FLUID

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

REAR WHEEL BEARING GREASE

F030C06X-GAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

120

96

I

105

84

I

90

72

I

R

I

75

60

I

60

48

I

45

36

I

30

24

I

15

12

I

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

NO. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

See Note (2)

Note : (2) FOR EVERY 24 MONTHS OR 45,000 KM, WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"

European Community Only

Except European Community

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 4

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

TIMING BELT

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS,

PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE

& BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

FLUID

European community Only

Except European community

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate

maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

F040A05X-GAT

DRIVING

CONDITION

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

R

I

R

EVERY 7,500 KM OR 6 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 60,000 KM OR 48 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 15,000 KM OR 12 MONTHS

EVERY 100,000 KM

EVERY 45,000 KM

EVERY 40,000 KM

MAINTENANCE ITEM

A, B, C, F, H

C, E

B, H

D, E, F, G

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeated short distance driving

B - Extensive idling

C - Driving in dusty, rough roads

D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very

cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areas

F - More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather

above 32°C (90°F)

G - Driving in mountainous areas

H - Towing a trailer

I - Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing

J - Driving over 170 km/h

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-5

F060A01A-AAT

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-

TENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMS

TENANCE ITEMS

F060M01A-AAT

oo

o

Engine oil and filterEngine oil and filter

Engine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should be changed at

the intervals specified in the maintenance sched-

ule. If the car is being driven in severe condi-

tions, more frequent oil and filter changes are

required.

F060B01A-AAT

oo

o

Drive beltsDrive belts

Drive belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,

cracks, excessive wear or oil and replace if

necessary. Drive belts should be checked pe-

riodically for proper tension and adjusted as

necessary.

F060C01A-GAT

oo

o

Fuel filterFuel filter

Fuel filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the

vehicle may be driven, damage the emission

system and cause hard starting. If an exces-

sive amount of foreign matter accumulates in

the fuel tank, the filter may require replacement

more frequently.

After installing a new filter, run the engine for

several minutes, and check for leaks at the

connections.

F060D01A-GAT

oo

o

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-

tionstions

tions

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-

tions for leakage and damage. Replace any

damaged or leaking parts immediately.

Inspect the hose routing to assure that the

hoses do not come in contact with any heat

source, sharp edges or moving component

which might cause heat damage or mechanical

wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as

clamps and couplings, to make sure they are

secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses

should be replaced immediately if there is any

evidence of deterioration or damage.

F060H01A-AAT

oo

o

Air cleaner filterAir cleaner filter

Air cleaner filter

A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom-

mended when filter is replaced.

F060J01A-AAT

oo

o

Spark plugsSpark plugs

Spark plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs of the

correct heat range.

F060E01A-AAT

oo

o

Timing beltTiming belt

Timing belt

Inspect all parts related to the timing belt for

damage and deformation. Replace any dam-

aged parts immediately.

F060G01A-AAT

oo

o

Vapor hose and fuel filler capVapor hose and fuel filler cap

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be

inspected at those intervals specified in the

maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new

vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re-

placed.

F060F01A-AAT

o Vacuum, crankcase ventilation hos-o Vacuum, crankcase ventilation hos-

o Vacuum, crankcase ventilation hos-

eses

es

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of

heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brit-

tle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and

excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Par-

ticular attention should be paid to examine

those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sourc-

es, such as the exhaust manifold.

F060N01X-GAT

oo

o

Valve clearancesValve clearances

Valve clearances

Incorrect valve clearance will not only result in

unsteady engine operation, but will also cause

excessive noise and reduced engine perfor-

mance. Inspect valve clearance and adjust as

required while the engine is hot.

Valve-to-rocker arm clearance

Intake valves ..... 0.2 mm (0.008 in.)

Exhaust valves .... 0.25 mm (0.010 in.)

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 6

F070B01A-GAT

oo

o

Cooling SystemCooling System

Cooling System

Check the cooling system part, such as radia-

tor, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections

for leakage and damage. Replace any dam-

aged parts.

F070C01A-AAT

oo

o

Engine coolantEngine coolant

Engine coolant

The coolant should be changed at the

intervals specified in the maintenance sched-

ule.

F070D02X-GAT

oo

o

Manual transaxle oilManual transaxle oil

Manual transaxle oil

Inspect the manual transaxle oil according to

the maintenance schedule.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

If the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possible

If the oil level is low, check for possible

leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

F070E01X-GAT

oo

o

Automatic transaxle fluidAutomatic transaxle fluid

Automatic transaxle fluid

The fluid level should be in the "HOT" range of

the dipstick, after the engine and transaxle are

at normal operating temperature. Check the

Automatic Transaxle Fluid level with the engine

running and the transaxle in neutral, with the

parking brake properly applied. Use ESSO JWS-

3314 when adding or changing fluid.

F070F01A-AAT

oo

o

Brake hoses and linesBrake hoses and lines

Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation, chafing,

cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace

any deteriorated or damaged parts immediate-

ly.

F070G01A-AAT

oo

o

Brake fluidBrake fluid

Brake fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser-

voir. The level should be between "MIN" and

"MAX" marks on the side of the reservoir. Use

only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3

or DOT 4.

F070H01A-AAT

oo

o

Rear brake drums/linings, parkingRear brake drums/linings, parking

Rear brake drums/linings, parking

brakebrake

brake

Check the rear brake drums and linings for

scoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken parts,

and excessive wear. Inspect the parking brake

system including the parking brake lever and

cables. For detailed service procedures, refer

to the Shop Manual.

F070J01A-AAT

oo

o

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsBrake pads, calipers and rotors

Brake pads, calipers and rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for

run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

F070L01A-AAT

oo

o

Suspension mounting boltsSuspension mounting bolts

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections for loose-

ness or damage. Retighten to the specified

torque.

F070K01A-AAT

oo

o

Exhaust pipe and mufflerExhaust pipe and muffler

Exhaust pipe and muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and

hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage.

Start the engine and listen carefully for any

exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or

replace parts as necessary.

F070M01A-AAT

oo

o

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

lower lower

lower

arm ball jointarm ball joint

arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off, check

for excessive free-play in the steering wheel.

Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check

the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration,

cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

F070N01A-AAT

oo

o

Power steering pump, belt andPower steering pump, belt and

Power steering pump, belt and

hoseshoses

hoses

Check the power steering pump and hoses for

leakage and damage. Replace any damaged or

leaking parts immediately. Inspect the power

steering belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, ex-

cessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Re-

place or adjust it if necessary.

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-7

F070P01A-AAT

oo

o

Driveshafts and bootsDriveshafts and boots

Driveshafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for

cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any

damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

F070Q01A-AAT

oo

o

Air conditioning refrigerantAir conditioning refrigerant

Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and connec-

tions for leakage and damage. Check air condi-

tioning performance according to the relevant

shop manual if necessary.

F070R02X-GAT

oo

o

Rear wheel bearing greaseRear wheel bearing grease

Rear wheel bearing grease

Check rear wheel bearing grease whenever the

brake drums are removed to inspect the rear

brake system.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-1

G010A02X-GAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For Multiport Fuel Injection)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For Multiport Fuel Injection)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For Multiport Fuel Injection)

1. Engine oil level dipstick

2. Air cleaner

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake booster

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Spark plug

9. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick

(Automatic T/A only)

10. Radiator cap

11. Battery

12. Relay box

13. Engine coolant reservoir

6.6.

6.

DO-ITDO-IT

DO-IT

-Y-Y

-Y

OURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCE

OURSELF MAINTENANCE

12 45 6

HNVOM113

81011131279

3

66

6

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-2

G020A01A-AAT

GENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKS

GENERAL CHECKS

Engine CompartmentEngine Compartment

Engine Compartment

The following should be checked regularly:

o Engine oil level and condition

o Transaxle fluid level and condition

o Brake fluid level

o Clutch fluid level

o Engine coolant level

o Windshield washer fluid level

o Accessory drive belt condition

o Engine coolant hose condition

o Fluid leaks (on or below components)

o Power steering fluid level

o Battery Condition

G020C01X-GAT

Vehicle InteriorVehicle Interior

Vehicle Interior

The following should be checked each time

when the vehicle is driven:

o Lights operation

o Windshield wipers operation

o Horn operation

o Defroster, heating system operation (and air

conditioning, if installed)

o Steering operation and condition

o Mirror condition and operation

o Turn signal operation

o Accelerator pedal operation

o Brake operation, including parking brake

o Manual transaxle operation, including clutch

operation

o Automatic transaxle operation, including

"Park" mechanism operation

o Seat control condition and operation

o Seat belt condition and operation

o Sunvisor operation

If you notice anything that does not operate

correctly or appears to be functioning in cor-

rectly, inspect it carefully and seek assistance

from your Hyundai dealer if service is needed.

G030A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OIL

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL

Engine oil is essential to the performance and

service of the engine. It is suggested that you

check the oil level at least once a week in

normal use and more often if you are on a trip

or driving in severe conditions.

G030B01A-GAT

Recommended OilRecommended Oil

Recommended Oil

SSA6030B

°C

°F

-25

-13

20W-40 20W-50

15W-40 15W-50

10W-30

10W-40 10W-50

5W-40

5W-30

5W-20

40

104

20

68

10

50

0

32

-15

5

-10

-14

SH, SG or SG/CD (API) multi-grade and fuel

efficient oil is recommended.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

SAE 5W-20 is not recommended for sus-SAE 5W-20 is not recommended for sus-

SAE 5W-20 is not recommended for sus-

tained high speed vehicle operation.tained high speed vehicle operation.

tained high speed vehicle operation.

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle ExteriorVehicle Exterior

Vehicle Exterior

The following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and condition

o Wheel condition and wheel nut torque

o Exhaust system condition

o Light condition and operation

o Windshield glass condition

o Wiper blade condition

o Paint condition and body corrosion

o Fluid leaks

o Door and hood lock condition

o Tire pressure and condition

(including spare tire)

o Air filter condition

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-3

G030C01A-AAT

To Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil Level

To Check the Oil Level

G030D01A-GAT

Adding OilAdding Oil

Adding Oil

AS60050A

LF

Before checking the oil, warm up the engine to

the normal operating temperature and be sure

your car is parked on level ground. Turn the

engine off.

Wait a minute, then remove the dipstick, wipe it

off, fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw it

again. Then note the highest level the oil has

reached on the dipstick. It should be between

the upper ("FULL") and lower ("LOW") range.

If the oil level is close to or below the "L" mark,

add oil until it reaches the "F" mark. To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counter-

clockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Do not

overfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise.

The distance between the "F" and "L" marks is

equal to about 1 liter of oil.

G350A01A-GAT

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTIONENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

Function of Engine OilFunction of Engine Oil

Function of Engine Oil

Engine oil has the primary function of lubricat-

ing and cooling the inside of the engine.

Engine oil consumptionEngine oil consumption

Engine oil consumption

It is normal that an engine should consume

some engine oil while normal driving. The cause

of oil consumption in a normal engine are as

follows;

o Engine oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston

rings and cylinders.

A thin film of oil is left on the cylinder wall

when a piston moves downwards in the

cylinder. High negative pressure generated

during engine operation sucks some of the

oil into the combustion chamber.

This oil with some oil of the cylinder wall is

burned by the high temperature combustion

gases during the combustion process.

o The engine oil consumption is strongly ef-

fected by the viscosity and quality of oil,

engine rpm and driving condition etc. The

engine oil is more consumed under severe

driving conditions such as high speeds and

frequent acceleration and deceleration than

normal driving condition.

G030D01A

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-4

G040A03X-GAT

CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER

CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER

3. Slide underneath the car and loosen the

drain plug by turning it counterclockwise

with a wrench of the proper size. Be sure

that a drain pan is in position to catch the oil

as it drains out, then remove the drain plug.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Be very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oil

Be very careful when draining the engine oil

as it may be hot as it may be hot

as it may be hot

enough to burn you!enough to burn you!

enough to burn you!

4. When the oil has stopped draining, replace

the drain plug using a new washer and

retighten by turning it clockwise.

6. First, remove the vehicle number plate. Un-

screw the tapping screws (4EA) and re-

move the front bumper grille.

Oil filler cap

Oil filter

Drain plug

The engine oil and filter should be changed at

those intervals specified in the maintenance

schedule in Section 5. If the car is being driven

in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter

changes are required.

The procedure for changing the oil and filter is

as follows:

1. Park the car on level ground and set the

parking brake. Start the engine and let it

warm up until the needle on the coolant

temperature gauge moves above the lowest

mark. Turn the engine off and place the gear

selector lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or

reverse gear (manual transaxle).

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil

filler cap.

G040A01X

G040A02X

SST (09263-02000)

5. Before removing the oil filter, prepare the

special tool (oil filter wrench), extension bar

and ratchet handle.

G040A03X

SST (09263-02000)

G040A04X

Extension bar

7. Using the special tool (09263-02000), re-

move the oil filter through the bumper hole.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-5

G050A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-

CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-

GINE COOLANTGINE COOLANT

GINE COOLANT

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when the

Do not remove the radiator cap when the

engine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, the

engine is hot. When the engine is hot, the

engine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and may

engine coolant is under pressure and may

erupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap is

erupt through the opening if the cap is

removed. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned if

removed. You could be seriously burned if

you do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do not

you do not observe this precaution. Do not

remove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator is

remove the radiator cap until the radiator is

cool to the touch.cool to the touch.

cool to the touch.

8. Before installing the new oil filter on the

engine, apply clean engine oil to the surface

of the rubber gasket.

Temporarily tighten the oil filter by hand.

G040A05X

G040A06X

9. Using the special tool (09263-02000) and

torque wrench, tighten the oil filter to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque .............. 12-16 Nm

(120-160 kg.cm, 9-12 lb.ft)

SST (09263-02000)

G040A04X

Extension bar

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

oo

o

Be careful not to drop the engine oil onBe careful not to drop the engine oil on

Be careful not to drop the engine oil on

the rubber the rubber

the rubber

parts of the engine mountingparts of the engine mounting

parts of the engine mounting

insulator.insulator.

insulator.

oo

o

You can purchase the SST from yourYou can purchase the SST from your

You can purchase the SST from your

Hyundai dealer.Hyundai dealer.

Hyundai dealer.

oo

o

If you aren't sure how to use, consultIf you aren't sure how to use, consult

If you aren't sure how to use, consult

your Hyundai dealer.your Hyundai dealer.

your Hyundai dealer.

10.Refill the crankcase with the recommended

engine oil. Refer to the specification in chap-

ter 9 for engine oil capacity.

11.Start the engine and check to be sure no oil

is leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.

12.Shut off the engine and recheck the oil level.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Always dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in an

Always dispose of used engine oil in an

environmentally acceptable environmentally acceptable

environmentally acceptable

manner. It is sug-manner. It is sug-

manner. It is sug-

gested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed container

gested that it be placed in a sealed container

and taken and taken

and taken

to a service station for reclama-to a service station for reclama-

to a service station for reclama-

tion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground or

tion. Do not pour the oil on the ground or

put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.

put it into the household trash.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-

Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-

cer of the skin if cer of the skin if

cer of the skin if

left in contact with the skinleft in contact with the skin

left in contact with the skin

for prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash your

for prolonged periods of time. Wash your

hands hands

hands

thoroughly with soap and warm wa-thoroughly with soap and warm wa-

thoroughly with soap and warm wa-

ter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling used

ter as soon as possible after handling used

oil.oil.

oil.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-6

-15 (5)

-25 (-13)

-35 (-31)

-45 (-49)

G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine Coolant

Recommended Engine Coolant

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coolant in a

50/50 mix with water. The engine coolant should

be compatible with aluminum engine parts. Ad-

ditional corrosion inhibitors or additives should

not be used. The cooling system must be main-

tained with the correct concentration and type

of engine coolant to prevent freezing and corro-

sion.

Never allow the concentration of antifreeze to

exceed the 60% level or go below the 35% level

or damage to the coolant system may result. For

proper concentration when adding or replacing

the coolant, refer to the following table.

35%

40%

50%

60%

G050C01A-AAT

To Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant Level

To Check the Coolant Level

The coolant level can be seen on the side of the

plastic coolant reservoir. The level of the cool-

ant should be between the "LOW" and "FULL"

lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.

If the level is below the "LOW" mark, add

engine coolant to bring it up between "LOW"

and "FULL". If the level is low, inspect for

coolant leaks and recheck the fluid level fre-

quently. If the level drops again, visit your

Hyundai dealer for an inspection and diagnosis

of the reason.

G050D02A-AAT

To Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine Coolant

To Change the Engine Coolant

The engine coolant should be changed at those

intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance

schedule in Section 5.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Engine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish of

Engine coolant can damage the finish of

your car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on the

your car. If you spill engine coolant on the

car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.

car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.

1. Park the car on level ground, set the parking

brake and remove the radiator cap when

cool.

2. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place.

Open the drain cock on the radiator. Allow

all the engine coolant to drain from the

cooling system, then securely close the drain

cock.

3. Check Section 9 for the capacity of the

cooling system in your car. Then, following

the manufacturer's directions on the engine

coolant container, add the appropriate quan-

tity of engine coolant to the radiator.

G050C01A

65%

60%

50%

40%

Water

Antifreeze

solution

Ambient

temperature

°C ( °F)

Engine coolant concentration

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-7

4. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise with-

out pressing down on it, until it stops. This

relieves any pressure remaining in the cool-

ing system. And remove the radiator cap by

pushing down and turning counterclockwise.

Now fill the radiator with clean demineral-

ized or distilled water. Continue to add clean

demineralized or distilled water in small quan-

tities until the fluid level stays up in the

radiator neck.

SSA6060A

Unleaded: 1.0 ~ 1.1 mm (0.039 ~ 0.043 in.)

Leaded: 0.8 ~ 0.9 mm (0.031 ~ 0.035 in.)

G060B02A-GAT

REPLACING THE SPARK PLUGSREPLACING THE SPARK PLUGS

REPLACING THE SPARK PLUGS

The spark plugs should be changed at the

intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance

schedule in Section 5 or whenever engine per-

formance indicates they should be changed.

Symptoms that suggest poor spark plug perfor-

mance include engine misfiring under load, loss

of fuel economy, poor acceleration, etc. When

spark plugs are replaced, always use spark

plugs recommended by Hyundai. The use of

other spark plugs can result in loss of perfor-

mance, radio interference or engine damage.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

When replacing the spark plug, always useWhen replacing the spark plug, always use

When replacing the spark plug, always use

the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.

the genuine parts recommended.

G050D02X

5. Start the engine, top off the radiator with

water and then add engine coolant to the

reservoir until the level is between "LOW"

and "FULL".

6. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps and

check to be sure the drain cocks are fully

closed and not leaking.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-

ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-

ant temperature and may sometimes oper-

ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.

ate even when the engine is not running.

Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near the

Use extreme caution when working near the

blades of the cooling fan so that you are notblades of the cooling fan so that you are not

blades of the cooling fan so that you are not

injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-

injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-

gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fan

gine coolant temperature decreases, the fan

will automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normal

will automatically shut off. This is a normal

condition.condition.

condition.

G050B01A

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-8

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-

Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-

tightening can damage tightening can damage

tightening can damage

the threads in thethe threads in the

the threads in the

aluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving them

aluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving them

too loose can too loose can

too loose can

cause the spark plug to getcause the spark plug to get

cause the spark plug to get

very hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage to

very hot and possibly result in damage to

the the

the

engine.engine.

engine.

6. Replace the cable by pushing the insulated

connector directly down onto the electrode.

Check to be sure it has snapped into place

and can't fall off.

G060C03A

G060C02A-AAT

Changing the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark Plugs

Changing the Spark Plugs

Unleaded

RC9YC4

RC10YC4

BKR5ES-11

NGK

Leaded

RC9YC

RC10YC

BKR5ES

CHAMPION

G060C01A

You will find it easier to change spark plugs if

the engine is cold. Always change one spark

plug at a time. This helps avoid getting the wires

mixed up.

1. Using a clean cloth, remove any dirt that has

accumulated around the base of the spark

plug so it cannot fall into the cylinder when

the spark plug is removed.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

It is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be cool

It is recommended that the engine be cool

or cold when changing or cold when changing

or cold when changing

the spark plugs. Ifthe spark plugs. If

the spark plugs. If

the engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourself

the engine is hot, you could burn yourself

on the insulated on the insulated

on the insulated

connector, the spark plugconnector, the spark plug

connector, the spark plug

or the engine itself.or the engine itself.

or the engine itself.

3. When preparing to remove the old spark

plug, guide the socket down over the spark

plug, being careful not to damage the ce-

ramic insulator.

4. To remove the old spark plug, turn the

wrench handle in a counterclockwise direc-

tion.

5. To install the new spark plug, guide the

socket down over the spark plug, being

careful not to damage the ceramic insulator.

G060C02A

Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:

Recommended Spark Plugs: 2. To remove the spark plug cable, pull straight

up on the insulated connector, not the cable.

Pulling on the cable may damage the carbon

core conductor.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-9

G090A01X-GAT

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR

The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluid to the

windshield washer system.

A good quality washer fluid should be used to fill

the washer reservoir. The fluid level should be

checked more frequently during bad weather or

whenever the washer system is in more fre-

quent use.

The capacity of the washer reservoir is 2.5

liters (2.63 U.S. quarts).

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

oo

o

Radiator antifreeze (engine coolant)Radiator antifreeze (engine coolant)

Radiator antifreeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer system

should not be used in the washer system

because it will damage the car's finish.because it will damage the car's finish.

because it will damage the car's finish.

oo

o

The washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulled

The washer lever should not be pulled

and the washer should not be operated ifand the washer should not be operated if

and the washer should not be operated if

the washer reservoir is empty. This canthe washer reservoir is empty. This can

the washer reservoir is empty. This can

damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.

damage the washer fluid pump.

G070A01X-GAT

CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-

CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-

TERTER

TER

G080A02A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

The wiper blades should be carefully inspected

from time to time and cleaned to remove accu-

mulations of road film or other debris. To clean

the wiper blades and arms, use a clean sponge

or cloth with a mild soap or detergent and water.

If the wipers continue to streak or smear the

glass, replace them with Genuine Hyundai

Replacement Parts or their equivalent.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

oo

o

Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.

Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.

This can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of the

This can result in more rapid wear of the

wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.

wiper blades and may scratch the glass.

oo

o

Keep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contact

Keep the blade rubber out of contact

with petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as engine

with petroleum products such as engine

oil, gasoline etc.oil, gasoline etc.

oil, gasoline etc.

To change the filter, loosen the clamps (1) on

the cover. When this is done, the cover can be

lifted off, the old filter removed and the new filter

put in its place. Genuine Hyundai replacement

parts are recommended.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Operating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper air

Operating your vehicle without a proper air

filter in place filter in place

filter in place

can result in excessive enginecan result in excessive engine

can result in excessive engine

wear.wear.

wear.

G070A01X

(1)

AS60160A

G090A01X

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-10

G110A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUID

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUID

(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)

(AUTOMATIC)

Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle should

be checked at those intervals specified in the

vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

G110B01X-AAT

Recommended FluidRecommended Fluid

Recommended Fluid

Your Hyundai automatic transaxle is specially

designed to operate with ESSO JWS3314. Dam-

age caused by a nonspecified fluid is not cov-

ered by your new vehicle limited warranty.

G110C01X-GAT

Transaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid Capacity

Transaxle Fluid Capacity

The fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is

5.2 liters (5.48 U.S. quarts).

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

The transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checked

The transaxle fluid level should be checked

when the engine when the engine

when the engine

is at normal operating tem-is at normal operating tem-

is at normal operating tem-

perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-

perature. This means that the engine, radia-

tor, tor,

tor,

exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-

exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-

cise great care not to burn yourself cise great care not to burn yourself

cise great care not to burn yourself

duringduring

during

this procedure.this procedure.

this procedure.

G100A04X-GAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL

(MANUAL)(MANUAL)

(MANUAL)

Transaxle lubricant in the manual and transaxle

should be checked at those intervals specified

in the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section

5.

Recommended OilRecommended Oil

Recommended Oil

Use only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF

75W/90 (API GL-4) in the manual transaxle.

Manual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil Capacity

Manual Transaxle Oil Capacity

The oil capacity of the manual transaxle is 2.45

liters (2.58 U.S. quarts).

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

It is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oil

It is always better to check the transaxle oil

level when the level when the

level when the

engine is cool or cold. If theengine is cool or cold. If the

engine is cool or cold. If the

engine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise great

engine is hot, you should exercise great

caution caution

caution

to avoid burning yourself on hotto avoid burning yourself on hot

to avoid burning yourself on hot

engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.

engine or exhaust parts.

G100B01A-AAT

To check the Manual Transaxle FluidTo check the Manual Transaxle Fluid

To check the Manual Transaxle Fluid

LevelLevel

Level

SSA6100B

Park the car on level ground with the engine off.

1. Using a wrench of the correct size, loosen

the oil filler plug by turning it counterclock-

wise and remove it with your fingers.

2. Use your finger or suitable tool to feel inside

the hole. The oil level should be at its bottom

edge. If it is not, check for leaks before

adding oil. To refill the transaxle or bring the

oil level up, add oil slowly until it reaches the

proper level. Do not overfill.

3. Replace the plug and washer, screw it in

with your fingers and then tighten securely

with the wrench.

G100A01X

Filler plug

Drain plug

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-11

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-

ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-

ant temperature and may sometimes oper-

ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.

ate even when the engine is not running.

Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near the

Use extreme caution when working near the

blades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are not

blades of the cooling fan, so that you are not

injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-

injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-

gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fan

gine coolant temperature decreases, the fan

will automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normal

will automatically shut off. This is a normal

condition.condition.

condition.

G120C02A-AAT

Recommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake Fluid

Recommended Brake Fluid

Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your braking

G120A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKES

CHECKING THE BRAKES

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Because brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safe

Because brakes are essential to the safe

operation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested that

operation of the car, it is suggested that

they be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by your

they be checked and inspected by your

Hyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should be

Hyundai dealer. The brakes should be

checked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at those

checked and inspected for wear at those

intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-

intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-

nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.

nance schedule in Section 5.

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid Level

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. It

Use caution when handling brake fluid. It

can damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into your

can damage your vision if it gets into your

eyes. It will also damage your vehicle's painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle's paint

eyes. It will also damage your vehicle's paint

if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G110D02A-GAT

To Check the Automatic Transaxle FluidTo Check the Automatic Transaxle Fluid

To Check the Automatic Transaxle Fluid

LevelLevel

Level

Park the car on level ground with the parking

brake engaged. When the transaxle fluid level

is checked, the transaxle fluid should be at

normal operating temperature and the engine

idling.

While the engine is idling, apply the brakes and

move the gear selector lever from "P" to each

of its other positions — "R", "N", "D", "2", "L" —

and then return to "N" or "P" with the engine still

idling:

1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hands,

long hair and clothing clear of any moving

parts.

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe it clean,

reinsert the dipstick as far as it will go, then

remove it again. Now check the fluid level on

the dipstick. It should be in the "HOT" range

on the dipstick.

Fluid level should be within this range

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use a funnel

to add transaxle fluid through the dipstick

tube until the level reaches the "HOT" range.

Do not overfill.

C090B01X

G110D02A

G110D03A

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-12

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-

Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-

tiontion

tion

1. Start the engine and let it run at a fast idle for

several minutes with the air conditioning set

at the maximum cold setting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dash vents is

not cold, have the air conditioning system

inspected by your Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Running the air conditioning system for ex-Running the air conditioning system for ex-

Running the air conditioning system for ex-

tended periods of time with a low refrigeranttended periods of time with a low refrigerant

tended periods of time with a low refrigerant

level may damage the compressor.level may damage the compressor.

level may damage the compressor.

When the air conditioning is being used regu-

larly, the compressor drive belt tension should

be checked at least once a month.

To check the drive belt tension, press down on

the belt halfway between the engine crankshaft

and compressor pulleys. Pressing with your

finger, you should not be able to deflect this belt

anymore than 5 - 5.5 mm. If you have the

instruments to check it with a force of 98N (22

lb.), the deflection should be approx. 5 - 5.5

(0.197 - 0.217 inches). If the belt is too loose,

have it adjusted by your Hyundai dealer.

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid Level

To Check the Fluid Level

The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir should

be checked periodically. The level should be

between the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on the

side of the reservoir. If the level is at or below

the "MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it up

to "MAX". Do not overfill.

G120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake FluidAdding Brake Fluid

Adding Brake Fluid

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damage

Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damage

your vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use only

your vision if it gets into your eyes. Use only

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from a

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from a

sealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid can

sealed container. Do not allow the fluid can

or reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer than

or reservoir to remain open any longer than

required. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt and

required. This will prevent entry of dirt and

moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-

moisture which can damage the brake sys-

tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.

tem and cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dirt then

unscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly pour the

recommended fluid into the reservoir. Do not

overfill. Carefully replace the cap on the reser-

voir and tighten.

G120E01A

G140A01A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONER CAREAIR CONDITIONER CARE

AIR CONDITIONER CARE

Keeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser Clean

Keeping the Condenser Clean

The air conditioner condenser (and engine ra-

diator) should be checked periodically for accu-

mulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc. These

can interfere with maximum cooling efficiency.

When removing such accumulations, brush or

hose them away carefully to avoid bending the

cooling fans.

G140D01X-GAT

Checking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive Belt

Checking the Compressor Drive Belt

A/C pulley

Crank pulley

G140D01X

5 ~ 5.5 mm

system. Follow the instructions printed on the

container.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-13

G170A01A-GAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

FREEPLAYFREEPLAY

FREEPLAY

To check the steering wheel freeplay, stop the

car with the wheels pointed straight ahead and

gently move the steering wheel back and forth.

Use very light finger pressure and be sensitive

to changes in resistance that mark the limits of

the freeplay. If the freeplay is greater than

specified, have it inspected by your Hyundai

dealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

G160A01A-GAT

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDAL

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDAL

FREEPLAYFREEPLAY

FREEPLAY

SSA6160A

6 ~ 13 mm

(0.24 ~ 0.51 in.)

With the engine off, press lightly on the clutch

pedal until you feel a change in resistance. This

is the clutch pedal freeplay. The freeplay should

be within the limits specified in the illustration. If

it is not, have it inspected by your Hyundai

dealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

SSA6170A

3 ~ 8 mm

(0.12 ~ 0.31 in.)

With the engine off, press down on the brake

pedal several times to reduce the vacuum in the

brake booster.

Then, using your hand, press down slowly on

the brake pedal until you feel a change in

resistance. This is the brake pedal freeplay.

The freeplay should be within the limits speci-

fied in the illustration. If it is not, have it in-

spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted

or repaired if necessary.

G140C01A-AAT

LubricationLubrication

Lubrication

To lubricate the compressor and the seals in

the system, the air conditioning should be run

for at least 10 minutes each week. This is

particularly important during cool weather when

the air conditioning system is not otherwise in

use.

G150A01A-GAT

CHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEEL

CHECKING STEERING WHEEL

FREEPLAYFREEPLAY

FREEPLAY

AS60260A

30 mm

(1.18 in.)

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-14

G200A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACING

CHECKING AND REPLACING

FUSESFUSES

FUSES

Replacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible Link

Replacing a Fusible Link

A fusible link will melt if the electrical circuits

from the battery are ever overloaded, thus pre-

venting damage to the entire wiring harness.

(This could be caused by a short in the system

drawing too much current.) If this ever happens,

have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause,

repair the system and replace the fusible link.

The fusible links are located in a relay box for

easy inspection.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

When replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never use

When replacing a fusible link, never use

anything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with the

anything but a new fusible link with the

same or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use a

same or lower amperage rating. Never use a

piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.

piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.

This could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage and

This could result in serious damage and

create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.

create a fire hazard.

G200A01A

Bad

Good

G180A01A-GAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

CLEARANCECLEARANCE

CLEARANCE

SSA6180A

36 mm (1.42 in.)

You need a helper to check the brake pedal

clearance. With the engine running, have your

helper press down on the brake pedal several

times and then hold it down with a force of about

490N (50kg, 110lbs). The brake pedal clear-

ance is the distance from the top surface of the

brake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under the

floor mat.

If the brake pedal clearance is not within the

limits specified in the illustration, have it in-

spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted

or repaired if necessary.

G190A01A-GAT

CHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTS

CHECKING DRIVE BELTS

Water pump pulley

Crankshaft pulley

Drive belts should be checked periodically for

proper tension and adjusted if necessary. At the

same time, belts should be examined for cracks,

wear, fraying or other evidence of deterioration

and replaced if necessary.

Belt routing should also be checked to be sure

there is no interference between the belts and

other parts of the engine. After a belt is re-

placed, the new belt should be adjusted again

after two or three weeks to eliminate slack

resulting from initial stretching after use.

G190A01A

9.5~11.0 mm

(0.37 ~ 0.43 in.)

Generator

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-15

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

A burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is a

A burned-out fuse indicates that there is a

problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-

problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-

place a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as the

place a fuse and it blows as soon as the

accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-

accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-

ous and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundai

ous and should be referred to a Hyundai

dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-

dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-

place a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuse

place a fuse with anything except a fuse

with the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. A

with the same or a lower amperage rating. A

higher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damage

higher capacity fuse could cause damage

and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.

and create a fire hazard.

Good Burned out

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing a new

fuse of the same rating into place. The fuse

should be a snug fit. If it is not, have the fuse

clip repaired or replaced by a Hyundai deal-

er. If you do not have a spare fuse, you may

be able to borrow a fuse of the same or

lower rating from an accessory you can

temporarily get along without (the radio or

cigarette lighter, for example). Always re-

member to replace the borrowed fuse.

G200B01A-AAT

Replacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory Fuse

Replacing Accessory Fuse

The fuse box for the lights and other electrical

accessories will be found low on the dashboard

on the driver's side. Inside the box you will find

a list showing the circuits protected by each

fuse.

If any of your car's lights or other electrical

accessories stop working, a blown fuse could

be the reason. If the fuse has burned out, you

will see that the metal strip inside the fuse has

burned through. If you suspect a blown fuse,

follow this procedure:

1. Turn off the ignition and all other switches.

2. Open the fuse box and examine each fuse.

Remove each fuse by pulling it toward you

(a small "fuse puller" tool is contained in the

fuse box to simplify this operation).

3. Be sure to check all other fuses even if you

find one that appears to have burned out.

G200B01A

SSA6201B

SSA6202B

Fuse Puller

G210A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERY

CHECKING THE BATTERY

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Batteries can be dangerous!.Batteries can be dangerous!.

Batteries can be dangerous!.

When working with batteries, carefully ob-When working with batteries, carefully ob-

When working with batteries, carefully ob-

serve the following precautions to avoidserve the following precautions to avoid

serve the following precautions to avoid

serious injuries.serious injuries.

serious injuries.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-16

G230A03A-GAT

POWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL

POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL

The power steering fluid level should be checked

regularly.

To check the power steering fluid level, be sure

the ignition is "OFF", then check to make cer-

tain that the power steering fluid level is be-

tween the "MAX" and "MIN" level markings on

the fluid reservoir.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Grinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steering

Grinding noise from the power steering

pump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after the

pump may be heard immediately after the

engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-

engine is started in extremely cold condi-

tions (below tions (below

tions (below

-20°C). If the noise stops dur--20°C). If the noise stops dur-

-20°C). If the noise stops dur-

ing warm up, there is no abnormal functioning warm up, there is no abnormal function

ing warm up, there is no abnormal function

in the system. This is due to a power steer-in the system. This is due to a power steer-

in the system. This is due to a power steer-

ing fluid characteristic in extremely colding fluid characteristic in extremely cold

ing fluid characteristic in extremely cold

conditions.conditions.

conditions.

G230A01X

The fluid in the battery contains a strong solu-

tion of sulfuric acid, which is poisonous and

highly corrosive. Be careful not to spill it on

yourself or the car. If you do spill battery fluid on

yourself, immediately do the following:

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush the

affected areas with water for at least 15

minutes and then seek medical assistance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse out your

eyes with water and get medical assistance

as soon as possible. While you are being

driven to get medical assistance, continue

to rinse your eyes by using a sponge or soft

cloth saturated with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink a large

quantity of water or milk followed by milk of

magnesia, eat a raw egg or drink vegetable

oil. Get medical assistance as soon as

possible.

While batteries are being charged (either by a

battery charger or by the vehicle's alternator),

they produce explosive gases. Always observe

these warnings to prevent injuries from occur-

ring:

o Charge batteries only in a well ventilated

area.

o Do not permit flames, sparks or smoking in

the area.

o Keep children away from the area.

G210B01A-AAT

Checking the BatteryChecking the Battery

Checking the Battery

Keep the battery clean. Any evidence of corro-

sion around the battery posts or terminals should

be removed using a solution of household bak-

ing soda and warm water. After the battery

terminals are dry, cover them with a light coat-

ing of grease.

G220A01A-AAT

CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLING

CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLING

FANSFANS

FANS

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

The radiator fan is controlled by engine cool-The radiator fan is controlled by engine cool-

The radiator fan is controlled by engine cool-

ant temperature and may sometimes operateant temperature and may sometimes operate

ant temperature and may sometimes operate

even when the engine is not running. Useeven when the engine is not running. Use

even when the engine is not running. Use

extreme caution when working near the bladesextreme caution when working near the blades

extreme caution when working near the blades

of the cooling fan, so that you are not injuredof the cooling fan, so that you are not injured

of the cooling fan, so that you are not injured

by a rotating fan blade. As the coolant tem-by a rotating fan blade. As the coolant tem-

by a rotating fan blade. As the coolant tem-

perature decreases the fan will automaticallyperature decreases the fan will automatically

perature decreases the fan will automatically

shut off. This is a normal condition.shut off. This is a normal condition.

shut off. This is a normal condition.

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling Fan

Checking Engine Cooling Fan

The engine cooling fan should come on auto-

matically if the engine coolant temperature is

high.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling Fan

Checking Condenser Cooling Fan

The condenser cooling fan should come on

automatically whenever the air conditioning is

in operation.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-17

G270A02X-GAT

HEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULB

HEADLIGHT BULB

Replacement instructions:

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye protection.

2. Always grasp the bulb by its base, avoid

touching the glass.

3. Disconnect the connector, then remove the

dust cover.

4. Push the bulb spring for removing the head-

light bulb.

5. Remove the headlight bulb. If the bulb is

burned out, replace it with the same watt-

age.

6. Installation is the reverse order of the re-

moval.

7. Use the protective cap and carton to promptly

dispose of the old bulb.

8. Check for proper headlight aim.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-

The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-

sure and if impacted sure and if impacted

sure and if impacted

could shatter, and re-could shatter, and re-

could shatter, and re-

sulting in flying fragments. Always wear eyesulting in flying fragments. Always wear eye

sulting in flying fragments. Always wear eye

protection protection

protection

when servicing the bulb. Protectwhen servicing the bulb. Protect

when servicing the bulb. Protect

the bulb against abrasions or scratches andthe bulb against abrasions or scratches and

the bulb against abrasions or scratches and

against liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbagainst liquids when lighted. Turn the bulb

against liquids when lighted. Turn the bulb

on only when installed in a headlight. Re-on only when installed in a headlight. Re-

on only when installed in a headlight. Re-

place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.

place the headlight if damaged or cracked.

Keep the bulb out of the reach Keep the bulb out of the reach

Keep the bulb out of the reach

of childrenof children

of children

and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.

and dispose of the used bulb with care.

G290A02X-GAT

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT

Before performing aiming adjustment, make sure

of the following.

1. Keep all tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure.

2. Place the vehicle on level ground and press

the front bumper & rear bumper down sev-

eral times. Place the vehicle at a distance of

3,000 mm (118 in.) from the test wall.

3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except for

full levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, and

spare tire, jack, and tools). Have the driver

or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat.

Recommended FluidRecommended Fluid

Recommended Fluid

Use PSF-3 type fluid.

NOTE:NOTE:

NOTE:

Do not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the power

Do not start the engine when the power

steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.

steering oil reservoir is empty.

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSES

POWER STEERING HOSES

It is suggested that you check the power steer-

ing hose connections for fluid leakage at those

intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance

schedule in Section 5.

The power steering hoses should be replaced if

there is severe surface cracking, pulling, scuff-

ing or worn spots. Deterioration of the hose

could cause premature failure.

G260A03A-AAT

REPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBS

REPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBS

Before attempting to replace a headlight bulb,

be sure the switch is turned to the "OFF"

position.

The next paragraph shows how to reach head-

light bulbs so they may be changed. Be sure to

replace the burned-out bulb with one of the

same number and wattage rating.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-

Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-

leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.

leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.

G270A01X

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-18

SPECIFICATIONS:SPECIFICATIONS:

SPECIFICATIONS:

"H"

Horizontal center line of headlights from

ground : 646 mm (25.43 in.)

"W"

Distance between each headlight center:

988 mm (38.89 in.)

"L"

Distance between the headlights and the

wall that the lights are tested against:

3,000 mm (118 in.).

4. Clean the head light lenses and turn on the

headlights (Low beam).

5. Open the hood.

6. Draw the vertical line (through the center of

each headlight beam pattern) and the hori-

zontal line (through the center of each head-

light beam pattern) on the aiming screen.

And then, draw the horizontal parallel line at

30 mm (1.18 in.) under the horizontal line.

7. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam to

the parallel line with a phillips screwdriver -

VERTICAL AIMING.

8. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam to

the each vertical line with a phillips screw-

driver - HORIZONTAL AIMING.

G290A02Y

Vertical aiming

G290B02X-GAT

Adjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight Assembly

Adjustment After Headlight Assembly

ReplacementReplacement

Replacement

G290B01Y

Vertical

line

Cut-off line

Ground line

Horizontal line

L

W

H

"P"

15mm (0.59in.)

30mm(1.18in.)

If the vehicle has had front body repair and the

headlight assembly has been replaced, the

headlight aiming should be checked using the

aiming screen as shown in the illustration. Turn

on the headlight switch. (Low Beam Position)

1. Adjust headlights so that main axis of light is

parallel to center line of the body and is

aligned with point "P" shown in the illustra-

tion.

2. Dotted lines in the illustration show the cen-

ter of headlights.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-19

G280A01X-GAT

(ATOS)(ATOS)

(ATOS)

G280A02X

6

11 7 9

1 432 5 10 8

Part Name

Front Fog Light

Headlight

Front Position Light

Front Turn Signal Light

Side-Repeater Light (If installed)

Interior Light

High Mounted Rear Stop Light (If Installed)

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Wattage

55

60/55

5

21

5

8

21

No.

8

9

10

11

Wattage

5

21

21/5

21

Part Name

Luggage Compartment Light

License Plate Light

Rear Fog Light

Rear Combination Light

Turn Signal Light

Stop/Tail Light

Back-up Light

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-20

G280A02V-GAT

(ATOS PRIME)(ATOS PRIME)

(ATOS PRIME)

Part Name

Front Fog Light

Headlight

Front Position Light

Front Turn Signal Light

Side-Repeater Light (If installed)

Interior Light

High Mounted Rear Stop Light (If Installed)

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Wattage

55

60/55

5

21

5

8

2.6

No.

8

9

10

11

Wattage

5

21

21/5

21

Part Name

Luggage Compartment Light

License Plate Light

Rear Fog Light

Rear Combination Light

Turn Signal Light

Stop/Tail Light

Back-up Light

G280A03V

6

11 9

1 432 5 10 8

7

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7-1

7.7.

7.

EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-

EMISSION CON-

TRTR

TR

OL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMS

OL SYSTEMS

H010A01A-GAT

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

(If Installed)(If Installed)

(If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with an emission

control system to meet all requirements of the

Emission prohibition rules of your province.

There are three emission control systems which

are as follows.

1) Crankcase emission control system

2) Evaporative emission control system

3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function of the

emission control systems, it is recommended

that you have your car inspected and main-

tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in ac-

cordance with the maintenance schedule in this

manual.

the crankcase through the air intake hose.

Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with

blow-by gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve and into the induction system.

H010C02A-GAT

2.2.

2.

Evaporative Emission ControlEvaporative Emission Control

Evaporative Emission Control

System (If installed)System (If installed)

System (If installed)

The Evaporative Emission Control System is

designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping

into the atmosphere.

CanisterCanister

Canister

While the engine is inoperative, fuel vapors

generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and

stored in the onboard canister. When the en-

gine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the

canister are drawn into the induction system

through

the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid ValvePurge Control Solenoid Valve

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

The purge control solenoid valve is controlled

by the ECM; when the engine coolant temper-

ature is low, and during idling, it closes, so that

evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine.

After engine warm-up, during ordinary driving, it

opens so as to introduce evaporated fuel to the

engine.

H010B01A-AAT

1.1.

1.

Crankcase Emission Control Sys-Crankcase Emission Control Sys-

Crankcase Emission Control Sys-

temtem

tem

The Positive Crankcase Ventilation System is

employed to prevent air pollution caused by

blow-by gases being emitted from the crank-

case. This system supplies fresh filtered air to

H010D01A-AAT

3. Exhaust Emission Control System3. Exhaust Emission Control System

3. Exhaust Emission Control System

The exhaust emission control system is a high-

ly effective system which controls exhaust emis-

sion while maintaining good vehicle perfor-

mance.

H020A01A-GAT

CATALYTIC CONVERTER CATALYTIC CONVERTER

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

(If Installed)(If Installed)

(If Installed)

The catalytic converter is part of the exhaust

emission control system. It's purpose is to re-

move certain engine emission products from

the engine's exhaust. It looks something like a

muffler and is located underneath the car in the

exhaust system.

Catalytic Converter

H020A01A

77

7

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7-2

o Do not touch the catalytic converter or any

other part of the exhaust system while the

engine is running as it is very hot and could

result in burns.

o Remember that your Hyundai dealer is your

best source of assistance.

H020B01A-GAT

About the Catalytic ConverterAbout the Catalytic Converter

About the Catalytic Converter

Exhaust gases passing through the catalytic

converter cause it to operate at very high tem-

peratures. As a result, the introduction of large

amounts of unburned gasoline may cause it to

overheat and create a fire hazard.

This can be avoided by observing the following:

o Use unleaded fuel only.

o Maintain your engine in good condition. Ex-

tremely high converter temperatures can

result from improper operation of the electri-

cal, ignition or fuel injection systems.

o If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or is

hard to start, take your car to your Hyundai

dealer as soon as possible and have the

difficulty corrected.

o Avoid driving with a very low fuel level. If you

run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine

to misfire and result in excessive loading of

the catalytic converter.

o Avoid idling the engine for periods longer

than 10 minutes.

o Your Hyundai should not be either pushed

or pulled to get it started.

This can cause the catalytic converter to

overload.

o Take care not to stop your Hyundai over any

combustible material such as grass, paper,

leaves or rags. As these materials could

come in contact with the catalytic converter

and could cause a fire.

CONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATION

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8-1

I010B01A-AAT

Engine NumberEngine Number

Engine Number

8.8.

8.

CONSUMER IN-CONSUMER IN-

CONSUMER IN-

FORMAFORMA

FORMA

TIONTION

TION

I010A01A-GAT

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERVEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(VIN)(VIN)

(VIN)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the

number used in registering your car and in all

legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

It can be found on the identification plate at-

tached to the engine side of the firewall be-

tween the engine and passenger compartment.

The engine number is stamped on the engine

block as shown in the drawing.

I020A01A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATION

TIRE INFORMATION

The tires supplied on your new Hyundai are

chosen to provide the best performance for

normal driving.

I030A01X-GAT

RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-

RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-

SURESSURES

SURES

The tire label located on the driver side center

pillar outer panel gives the tire pressures rec-

ommended for your vehicle.

I010A01A

I010B01A

I030A01S

88

8

4.0BX13

4.5JX13

5.0JX13

TIRE

SIZE

PRESSURE. kPa (PSI)

155/70R13

175/60R13

REAR

207(30)

FRONT

221(32)

UP TO 2

PERSONS

UP TO MAX.

LOAD

REAR

221(32)

FRONT

207(30)

RIM

SIZE

These pressures were chosen to provide the

most satisfactory combination of ride comfort,

tire wear and stability under normal conditions.

Tire pressures should be checked at least

monthly. Proper tire inflation pressures should

be maintained for these reasons:

CONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATION

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8-2

o Lower-than-recommended tire pressures

cause uneven tread wear and poor han-

dling.

o Higher-than-recommended tire pressures

increase the chance of damage from im-

pacts and cause uneven tread wear.

CAUTION:CAUTION:

CAUTION:

Always observe the following:Always observe the following:

Always observe the following:

oo

o

Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.

Check pressures when the tires are cold.

That is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked for

That is, after the car has been parked for

at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-

at least three hours and hasn't been driv-

en more than 1.6 km or one mile sinceen more than 1.6 km or one mile since

en more than 1.6 km or one mile since

starting up.starting up.

starting up.

oo

o

Check the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tire

Check the pressure of your spare tire

each time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure of

each time you check the pressure of

other tires.other tires.

other tires.

oo

o

Never overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especially

Never overload your car. Be especially

careful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equip

careful about overloading if you equip

your car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car top

your car with a luggage rack or car top

carrier.carrier.

carrier.

I040A01A-GAT

SNOW TIRESSNOW TIRES

SNOW TIRES

If you equip your car with snow tires, they

should be the same size and have the same

load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires

should be installed on all four wheels; other-

wise, poor handling may result.

Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 psi) more air

pressure than the pressure recommended for

the standard tires on the tire label on the driver

side center pillar outer panel, or up to the

maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall

whichever is less.

Do not drive faster than the speed limit when

your car is equipped with snow tires.

I050A01X-GAT

TIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINS

TIRE CHAINS

Tire chains, if necessary, should be installed on

the front wheels. Be sure that the chains are the

proper size and that they are installed in accor-

dance with the manufacturer's instructions.

To minimize tire and chain wear, do not con-

tinue to use tire chains when they are no longer

needed.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

When driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snow

When driving on roads covered with snow

or ice, drive at less or ice, drive at less

or ice, drive at less

than 30 km/h (20 mph).than 30 km/h (20 mph).

than 30 km/h (20 mph).

I060A01A-GAT

TIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATION

TIRE ROTATION

SSA8050A

Tires should be rotated every 10,000 km (6,000

miles). If you notice that tires are wearing un-

evenly between rotations, have the car checked

by a Hyundai dealer so the cause may be

corrected.

After rotating, adjust the tire pressures and be

sure to check wheel nut tightness.

WARNING:WARNING:

WARNING:

Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-

Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-

der any circumstances.der any circumstances.

der any circumstances.

This may cause dangerous handling char-This may cause dangerous handling char-

This may cause dangerous handling char-

acteristics.acteristics.

acteristics.

CONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATION

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8-3

tread. Always replace your tires with those of

the recommended size. If you change wheels,

the new wheel's rim width and offset must meet

Hyundai specification.

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCING

TIRE BALANCING

A tire that is out of balance may affect handling

and tire wear. The tires on your Hyundai were

balanced before the car was delivered but may

need balancing again during the years you own

the car.

Whenever a tire is dismounted for repair, it

should be rebalanced before being reinstalled

on the car.

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTION

TIRE TRACTION

Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on

worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or

on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be re-

placed when tread wear indicators appear. To

reduce the possibility of losing control, slow

down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the

road.

Wear indicator

I090A01S-GAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

I100A01FC-GAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

Your Hyundai is delivered with the following:

Spare tire and wheel

Wheel nut wrench, Wrench bar, Spanner,

Screwdriver

Jack

WARNINGWARNING

WARNING

::

:

oo

o

Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!

Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!

Worn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of braking

Worn-out tires can cause loss of braking

effectiveness, steering control and trac-effectiveness, steering control and trac-

effectiveness, steering control and trac-

tion. When replacing tires, never mix ra-tion. When replacing tires, never mix ra-

tion. When replacing tires, never mix ra-

dial and bias-ply tires on the same car. Ifdial and bias-ply tires on the same car. If

dial and bias-ply tires on the same car. If

you replace radial tires with bias-ply tires,you replace radial tires with bias-ply tires,

you replace radial tires with bias-ply tires,

they must be installed in sets of four.they must be installed in sets of four.

they must be installed in sets of four.

oo

o

Using tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than the

Using tires and wheels of other than the

recommended sizes may cause unusualrecommended sizes may cause unusual

recommended sizes may cause unusual

handling characteristics that may causehandling characteristics that may cause

handling characteristics that may cause

death, serious injury or property death, serious injury or property

death, serious injury or property

dam-dam-

dam-

age.age.

age.

The original tires on your car have tread wear

indicators. The tread wear indicators appear

when the tread depth is 1.6 mm (0.06 in.). The

tire should be replaced when these appear as a

solid bar across two or more grooves of the

D060J01X

1.6 mm (0.06 in.)

HGK248

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-1

9.9.

9.

VEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICA

VEHICLE SPECIFICA

TIONSTIONS

TIONS

J010A02X-GAT

MEASUREMENTMEASUREMENT

MEASUREMENT

mm (in.)

J020A01X-GAT

POWER STEERINGPOWER STEERING

POWER STEERING

Imp.gal

7.7

Liter

35

US.gal

9.3

J060A01X-GAT

FUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEM

FUEL SYSTEM

J040A02X-GAT

ELECTRICALELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL

J050A02X-GAT

BRAKEBRAKE

BRAKE

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

Ventilated disc type

Drum type

Cable operated on rear wheel

J030A03X-GAT

TIRETIRE

TIRE

3495 (137.6)

1495 (58.9)

1615 (63.6)

1580 (62.2)

2380 (93.7)

1315 (51.8)

1300 (51.2)

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height

(unladen)

Wheel base

Wheel tread

Front

Rear

ATOS

ATOS PRIME

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 30 mm (0 ~ 1.18 in.)

136 mm

Vane type

Standard

Option

Spare

155 / 70 R13

175 / 60 R13

Full Size

Battery

Generator

Starting motor

MF 12V 40AH

13.5V 70A

0.8 KW

Fuel tank capacity

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

99

9

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-2

J090A01X-GAT

SPARK PLUGSPARK PLUG

SPARK PLUG

ITEMS

Spark plug

Spark plug gap

UNLEADED

NGK : BKR5ES-11

CHAMPION : RC9YC4, RC10YC4

1.0 - 1.1 mm (0.039 - 0.043 in.)

LEADED

NGK : BKR5ES

CHAMPION : RC9YC, RC10YC

0.8 - 0.9 mm (0.031 - 0.035 in.)

J070A01X-GAT

ENGINEENGINE

ENGINE

ITEMS

Engine type

Idle Speed (RPM)

Ignition Timing (Base)

Firing order

Specifications

1.0 MFI

4-Cylinder in-line SOHC

900 ± 100

BTDC 5° ± 2°

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-3

Oil & Coolant Standard

API SG SAE 20W-40, 20W-50 (ABOVE -10°C)

OR ABOVE SAE 15W-40, 15W-50 (ABOVE -15°C)

SAE 10W-30 (-25°C ~ 40°C)

SAE 10W-40, 10W-50 (ABOVE -25°C)

SAE 5W-20 *1, *2 (BELOW -10°C)

SAE 5W-30 *1 (BELOW 10°C)

SAE 5W-40 *1 (BELOW 20°C)

*1. Restricted by driving condition and dealing area

*2. Not recommended for sustained high speed vehicle operation

Normal driving condition

Severe driving condition

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4)

ESSO JWS3314

PSF-3

DOT 3, DOT 4 or equivalent

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

Item

Engine Oil

Engine oil consumption

Transaxle

Power steering

Brake fluid

Engine coolant

Q'ty (liter)

3.1 (3.26 US-qts, 2.72 lmp-qts)

MAX. 1L / 1500 Km

MAX. 1L / 1000 Km

2.45 (2.58 us-qts, 2.15 lmp-qts)

5.2 (5.48 us-qts, 4.56 lmp-qts)

As required

4.5 (4.74 us-qts, 3.95 lmp-qts)

J080A03X-GAT

LUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHART

LUBRICATION CHART

Manual

Auto

INDEXINDEX

INDEX

10-1

Catalytic Converter .................................................................... 7-1 ~ 7-2

Child-Protector Rear Door Lock ......................................................... 1-5

Cigarette Lighter ................................................................................ 1-26

Clock ................................................................................................ 1-26

Clutch Pedal freeplay ........................................................................ 6-13

Combination Light

Daytime running lights ................................................................. 1-23

Headlight flasher .......................................................................... 1-24

Headlight switch ........................................................................... 1-23

High-beam switch ........................................................................ 1-24

Lane change signal ...................................................................... 1-23

Turn signal operation ................................................................... 1-23

Compact Disk Player Operation (H922M) ........................................ 1-49

Cooling Fans ..................................................................................... 6-16

Corrosion Protection

Cleaning the interior ....................................................................... 4-3

Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion ........................................ 4-1

Washing and waxing ...................................................................... 4-2

DD

D

Defroster ........................................................................................... 1-38

Door

Central door locking system .......................................................... 1-7

Door locks ...................................................................................... 1-4

Locking, unlocking front doors with a key ..................................... 1-4

Drive Belts ............................................................................... 6-12, 6-14

Driving

Economical driving ......................................................................... 2-9

Smooth cornering ........................................................................... 2-9

Winter driving ................................................................................. 2-9

ZK000A1-G

10. INDEX10. INDEX

10. INDEX

AA

A

Air bag .................................................................................... 1-13 ~ 1-17

Air Cleaner Filter ................................................................................. 6-9

Air Conditioning

Care ............................................................................................. 6-12

Operation ..................................................................................... 1-38

Antenna ............................................................................................. 1-54

Ashtray .............................................................................................. 1-27

Audio Fault Code .............................................................................. 1-51

BB

B

Battery ...................................................................................... 2-10, 6-16

Bi-Level Heating ................................................................................ 1-36

Brake

Anti-lock system ............................................................................ 2-8

Checking the brakes .................................................................... 6-11

Fluid .................................................................................. 6-11 ~ 6-12

Pedal clearance ........................................................................... 6-14

Pedal freeplay .............................................................................. 6-13

Practices ...............................................................................2-7 ~ 2-8

Breaking-In your New Hyundai ........................................................... 1-1

CC

C

Care of Cassette Tapes ................................................................... 1-52

Cassette Tape Player Operation (H900A) ............................. 1-44 ~ 1-46

1010

10

INDEXINDEX

INDEX

10-2

EE

E

Emission Control System ................................................................... 7-1

Engine

Before starting the engine .............................................................. 2-2

Compartment (For MFI) ................................................................. 6-1

Coolant ........................................................................................... 6-5

Coolant temperature gauge ......................................................... 1-22

If the engine overheats .................................................................. 3-2

Number .......................................................................................... 8-1

Oil .................................................................................................. 6-2

Oil consumption ............................................................................. 6-3

Starting ........................................................................................... 2-3

Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous ................................................... 2-1

FF

F

Fan Speed Control ............................................................................ 1-34

Fog Light

Front ............................................................................................. 1-31

Rear ............................................................................................. 1-31

Front Seats

Adjustable front seats .................................................................... 1-5

Adjustable headrests ..................................................................... 1-6

Adjusting seat forward and rearward ............................................. 1-5

Adjusting seatback angle ............................................................... 1-6

Fuel

Capacity ......................................................................................... 9-1

Gauge .......................................................................................... 1-22

Recommendations ......................................................................... 1-1

Fuel Filler Lid

Remote release ............................................................................ 1-31

Fuses ................................................................................................ 6-15

GG

G

General Everyday Checks .................................................................. 6-2

HH

H

Hazard Warning System ................................................................... 1-27

Headlight ........................................................................................... 6-17

Headlight Bulb Replacement ............................................................. 6-17

Headlight Leveling Device System ................................................... 1-25

Heating and Ventilation

High-mounted Rear Stoplight ............................................................ 1-28

Hood Release ................................................................................... 1-32

Horn ................................................................................................ 1-33

II

I

Ignition Switch ..................................................................................... 2-2

Immobilizer System ............................................................................. 1-2

Instrument Cluster and Indicator ....................................................... 1-19

Instruments and Controls .................................................................. 1-18

Interior Light ...................................................................................... 1-27

JJ

J

Jump Starting ...................................................................................... 3-1

KK

K

Keys .................................................................................................. 1-2

If you lose your keys ..................................................................... 3-8

Positions ........................................................................................ 2-2

INDEXINDEX

INDEX

10-3

Adjustable height ........................................................................... 1-9

Adjusting your seat belt ............................................................... 1-10

Care of seat belts .......................................................................... 1-8

Precautions .................................................................................... 1-7

Spark Plugs ............................................................................... 6-7 ~ 6-8

Speedometer ..................................................................................... 1-22

Starting Procedure .............................................................................. 2-3

Steering Wheel Free play ................................................................. 6-13

Stereo Radio Operation (H922M) .......................................... 1-47 ~ 1-48

Stereo Radio Operation (HMR90) ......................................... 1-42 ~ 1-43

Stereo Sound System ............................................................ 1-40 ~ 1-41

Sun Visor .......................................................................................... 1-32

TT

T

Tail Gate

Open ............................................................................................ 1-30

Remote release ............................................................................ 1-30

Tires

Balancing ....................................................................................... 8-3

Chains ............................................................................................ 8-2

Changing a flat tire ........................................................................ 3-4

If you have a flat tire ...................................................................... 3-3

Information ..................................................................................... 8-1

Pressure ........................................................................................ 8-1

Replacement .................................................................................. 8-3

Rotation .......................................................................................... 8-2

Snow tires ...................................................................................... 8-2

Spare tire ....................................................................................... 3-3

Traction .......................................................................................... 8-3

MM

M

Maintenance Intervals

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...................... 5-5 ~ 5-7

Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................................ 5-4

Scheduled maintenance ................................................................. 5-2

Service requirements ..................................................................... 5-1

Mirrors

Day-night inside rearview ............................................................ 1-28

Outside rear view ........................................................................ 1-27

OO

O

Odometer .......................................................................................... 1-23

PP

P

Parking Brake ................................................................................... 1-28

Power Steering Fluid Level .................................................... 6-16 ~ 6-17

Pretensioner Seat Belt ...................................................................... 1-13

RR

R

Rear Seat

Fold down .................................................................................... 1-29

Rear Window Defroster Switch ......................................................... 1-26

Rear Window Wiper and Washer ..................................................... 1-25

Roof Rack ......................................................................................... 1-33

SS

S

Seat Belts

2-Point static type ............................................................. 1-10 ~ 1-11

3-Point type ......................................................................... 1-9 ~ 1-10

INDEXINDEX

INDEX

10-4

Towing

Emergency ..................................................................................... 3-8

If your car must be towed ............................................................. 3-7

Trailer or vehicle towing .............................................................. 2-11

Transaxle

Automatic ....................................................................................... 2-5

Automatic transaxle fluid checking ................................... 6-10 ~ 6-11

Manual transaxle oil checking ....................................................... 6-9

VV

V

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................................................... 8-1

Ventilation

Center ventilator ........................................................................... 1-37

Side ventilator .............................................................................. 1-37

WW

W

Warning Lights ....................................................................... 1-20 ~ 1-22

Windows

Manual ........................................................................................... 1-6

Power ............................................................................................. 1-7

Windshield Wiper and Washer ......................................................... 1-24

Windshield Wiper Blades .................................................................... 6-9

Printing : AUG. 08, 2002

Publication No.: A02O-EG28E

Printed in Korea

Seoul Korea

A000A01A-GAT

This Owners Manual should be considered as a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the

use of the next owner.

OWNER I.D.

ORIGINAL:

ADDRESS:

DATE OF SALE:

SUBSEQUENT:

ADDRESS:

TRANSFER DATE:

NAME:

STREET:

TOWN:

COUNTRY:

P.CODE:

NAME:

STREET:

TOWN:

COUNTRY:

P.CODE:

XV020A1-E

OWNER’S MANUAL

Operation

Maintenance

Specifications

The information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time of publication. However, the right to amend specifications without notice

or obligation to incorporate such amendments into vehicles already produced is reserved.

This manual applies to all markets and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,

some of the equipment operating descriptions referred to may not apply to the particular vehicle with which this manual is supplied.

Please refer to the nearest franchised Hyundai dealer for information regarding current standard and optional equipment levels.

A030A02X

A020A01A-EAT

Responsibilty For Maintenance

It is the responsibility of the vehicle owner/driver to ensure that all routine

maintenance services are undertaken in line with the recommendations specified

in Section 5 of this manual. In addition, in order to ensure continued validity of

the new vehicle warranty and safe operation of the vehicle, non scheduled

maintenance/running repairs should be undertaken at the earliest available

opportunity. Under severe operating conditions, more frequent maintenance is

required. Details of the maintenance schedule for such conditions are also given

in section 5.

It is recommended that all maintenance operations and repairs are entrusted to

a franchised Hyundai dealer to ensure that the latest repair methods, specialized

tooling and genuine Hyundai parts are used to ensure the continued reliability

and safety of the vehicle.

A040A01A-EAT

FOREWORD

Hyundai Motor Company wish to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing a Hyundai product and to welcome

you to the ever increasing number of discriminating motorists who drive Hyundai vehicles. The advanced engineering

and construction methods employed during both design and production of the Hyundai marque are something of

which we are proud, and this commitment to providing a high quality product is supported by a comprehensive after

sales and warranty service of which we are equally proud.

This owners manual will introduce the operating and maintenance requirements for the vehicle and it is recommended

that it is carefully read to ensure that the maximum performance and durability along with safe and satisfactory

operation are obtained. The recommended routine maintenance servicing along with any running repairs that may

be required should be entrusted to a franchised Hyundai dealer to ensure that only the latest methods and genuine

Hyundai replacement parts are used for the continued reliability, safety and performance of the vehicle.

Should any question or query exist regarding any aspect of your Hyundai please contact the nearest Hyundai dealer

who will be only too pleased to assist wherever possible.

Note: This owners manual should be considered as part of the vehicle and should be kept in the vehicle at all times

for ease of reference.

In the event of the vehicle being sold please ensure that this manual is left in the vehicle for the reference of the

new owner.

CAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants

that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet

the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

in any form without written permission from Hyundai Motor Company.

A070A01A-EAT

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Modification of components may void the manufacturer’s warranty

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Modifications may adversely

affect the safety, durability and performance of your Hyundai. Components

which are subjected to modification or are added to the vehicle resulting in

consequential damage are not covered by the vehicle manufacturers war-

ranty.

A080A01A-EAT

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION

This vehicle is fitted with electronically controlled fuel injection or other micro

processor controlled equipment.

It is possible for incorrectly installed two way radio equipment including mobile

telephones to adversely affect these systems.

Before radio equipment of this kind is installed, please contact your Hyundai

dealer for recommendation regarding the suitability of the particular radio

equipment concerned and the recommended method of installation and

equipment location. Incorrectly installed or unsuitable equipment which gives

rise to incorrect functioning of or damage to electronic vehicle components will

not fall within the scope of the vehicle manufacturers warranty.

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.

These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:

This indicates that a condition may result in harm or injury to you or other persons

if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTION:

This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment

if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:

This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

ZA050A1-E

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI ........................................................................... 1-1

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI ..................................................................................... 2-1

3. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY ....................................................................... 3-1

4. CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE .......................................... 4-1

5. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 5-1

6. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE ....................................................................... 6-1

7. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................................................... 7-1

8. CONSUMER INFORMATION ................................................................................. 8-1

9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS .................................................................................. 9-1

10. INDEX .................................................................................................................. 10-1

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

A100A01L-EAT

Guide to Hyundai Genuine

Parts

1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same parts

used by Hyundai Motor Company to manu-

facture vehicles. They are designed and

tested for the optimum safety, performance,

and reliability to our customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered and

built to meet rigid original manufacturing re-

quirements. Using imitation, counterfeit or

used salvage parts is not covered under the

Hyundai New Vehicle Limited Warranty or

any other Hyundai warranty. In addition,

any damage to or failure of Genuine Hyundai

Parts caused by the installation or failure of

an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage

part is not covered by Hyundai Motor Com-

pany.

3. How can you tell if you are purchasing

Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo

on the package (see below).

The export specifications are written in En-

glish only.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through

authorized Hyundai Dealerships.

A100A01L

A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-1

ZB000A1-A

1. FEATURES OF

YOUR HYUNDAI

cised when charging the vehicle tank from jerry

cans or by means of a funnel that the fuel being

used is unleaded.

The use of leaded fuel in this vehicle will result

in irreversible pollution of the catalyst element.

Such pollution will prevent correct operation of

the catalyst and give rise to increased operat-

ing temperatures leading to the catalyst ele-

ment melting and restricting the exhaust flow

along with an increase in exhaust emission

levels.

CAUTION:

The vehicle warranty will not extend to dam-

age arising from the use of incorrect fuels.

Unleaded fuel with a Research Octane Number

(RON) of 91 or higher must be used in this

vehicle.

To prevent accidental charging of the fuel tank

with leaded fuel, a small diameter filler neck

along with a restrictor flap are fitted to ensure

that only unleaded fuel pump nozzles may enter

the filler neck. However, care must be exer-

B010A01X

UNLEADED

FUEL ONLY

B010A01X-EAT

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS

THIS VEHICLE MUST ONLY BE OPERATED

WITH UNLEADED FUEL.

SERIOUS DAMAGE WILL RESULT FROM

THE USE OF LEADED FUEL.

B020A01X-EAT

RUNNING IN

The longevity and performance of the vehicle

are greatly affected by the care exercised dur-

ing the first 1000 miles of motoring. Because of

modern manufacturing techniques, rigid guide-

lines regarding maximum road speeds have

become unnecessary. However, certain pre-

cautions should be observed in order to obtain

the best possible performance and useful life

from the vehicle.

1) Do not race the engine without a load (i.e

revving the engine in neutral).

2) During the first 500 miles the maximum

engine speed should be restricted to 3000

rpm and gradually increased thereafter.

3) Avoid prolonged constant speed operation.

The internal components of the engine will

become more quickly run in if the operation

speed is varied during the running in period.

4) Never allow the engine to labour. Use the

gearbox freely and avoid large throttle open-

ings when the engine speed is below 1500

rpm.

5) Avoid rapid acceleration and maximum

throttle openings.

6) Avoid harsh braking during the first 100

miles of urban motoring or 1000 miles of

motorway driving to allow the friction facings

of the brake pads and shoes to bed against

the discs and drums properly.

B010D01S-EAT

"Alternative fuels"

Fuels which contain methanol or ethanol must

not be used.

B010F01A-EAT

Operation in Foreign Countries

Drivers of vehicles which are to be operated in

foreign countries must satisfy themselves that:

o The vehicle meets all local regulations with

respect to insurance, specifications etc.,

o The correct types and grades of fuel are

available for satisfactory operation of the

vehicle.

1

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-2

B010E01A-AAT

GASOLINES FOR CLEANER AIR

To help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundai rec-

ommends that you use gasolines treated with

detergent additives, which help to prevent de-

posit formation in the engine. These gasolines

will help the engines run cleaner and the Emis-

sion Control System performance.

B880A01A-EAT

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

The immobilizer system is an anti-theft device,

designed to prevent and deter automobile theft.

B880B03A-GAT

Keys

B880B01O

All of the locks fitted to the vehicle are operated

by the same key. However, since it is possible

to lock the doors without the use of the key,

care should be exercised to ensure that the key

does not become locked inside the vehicle by

mistake.

B880C02A-GAT

Key Numbers

AX10030A-1

The vehicle key number is recorded upon a

metal tag attached to the keys when the vehicle

is first delivered to you.

The key number should be recorded and kept

in a safe place in case the need to order further

keys arises. New keys are available from any

Hyundai dealer by quoting the relevant key

number.

In the interest of security, the metal tag at-

tached to the keys which bears the key number

should be removed from the key ring after you

receive your new vehicle. In addition, key num-

bers cannot be provided by Hyundai for secu-

rity reasons.

NOTE:

If you make your own duplicate key, you will

not be able to cancel the system or start the

engine.

If you need additional keys or if you should lose

your keys, your authorized Hyundai dealer can

make new keys.

B880D02A-GAT

Limp home procedures

B880D01X-DAG

In case the immobilizer warning indicator blinks

for five seconds when the ignition key is turned

to "ON" position, this indicates that the immobi-

lizer system is out of order. And you cannot

start the engine without the limp home proce-

dures with ignition key.

The following procedure is how to start the

engine with the function of the limp home. (0, 1,

2, 3 as a sample password).

NOTE:

You can get the limp home password when

the vehicle is first delivered to you. If you do

not have the password, consult your autho-

rized Hyundai dealer.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-3

CAUTION:

o If you fail to try the limp home procedure

with the sequence of three times, you

have to wait for about one hour to do the

limp home procedure again.

o If you cannot start your engine in spite of

limp home procedure, have your vehicle

towed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

1. To set the password you may turn the igni-

tion key "ON" and then turn it "OFF" accord-

ing to the digit numbers, then the immobi-

lizer indicator will blink along with the opera-

tion of the ignition key. For example, turn the

ignition key once for digit number "1", and

twice for "2", and so on. However, for the

digit number "0", you must turn the ignition

key for 10 times.

2. Wait for 3~10 seconds.

3. You may set the remaining number of digits

by following the same procedures 1 and 2.

4. If all of four digits have been tried success-

fully, turn the ignition key "ON" and check

that the immobilizer indicator illuminates.

From this time, you have to start your engine

within 30 seconds. If you start your engine

after 30 seconds, your engine will not start.

NOTE:

If the engine dies while driving after limp

home procedure, you can start your engine

within 8 seconds without limp home proce-

dure again.

5. If the immobilizer indicator blinks for five

seconds, you have to try the limp home

procedure again from the beginning.

After doing the limp home procedure, you have

to consult with your authorized Hyundai dealer

as soon as possible.

SB040A1-F

DOOR LOCKS

WARNING:

o Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

Before you drive away-especially if there

are children in the car-be sure that all the

doors are securely closed and locked,

the doors cannot be opened from inside.

This helps assure that doors will not be

opened accidentally. Also, when com-

bined with the proper use of seat belts,

locking the doors helps keep occupants

from being ejected from the car in case

of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always look for

and avoid oncoming traffic.

XV10050E

Unlock

Lock

SB040B1-F

Locking, unlocking front doors with

key

o The door can be locked or unlocked with a

key.

o Lock the door by turning the key toward the

front of the vehicle and unlock it by turning

the key toward the rear.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-4

B040E02A-AAT

Child-Protector Rear Door Lock

Your Hyundai is equipped with a "child-protec-

tor" rear door lock assembly. When the lock

mechanism is engaged, the rear door cannot be

opened from the inside. Its use is recommend-

ed whenever there are small children

in the rear seat.

To engage the child-protector feature so that

the door cannot be opened from the inside,

move the child-protector lever to the " "

position and close the door. Move the lever to

the opposite direction of " " position when

normal door operation is desired.

If you wish to be able to open the door from the

outside, pull the outside door handle to its up

position.

B040E02A-1

To lock your Hyundai from inside, simply close

the door and push the lock button down.

When this is done, the door cannot be opened

using either the inside or the outside door handle.

To unlock your Hyundai from inside, pull up the

lock button and then pull the inside door handle.

Before opening the door, always look for and

avoid on coming traffic.

B040P01X-EAT

Locking from Inside

AS10070D

B040C01A-EAT

Locking from the Outside

XV10060E

The doors can be locked without a key.

First push the lock button down, then close the

door.

NOTE:

o When locking the door this way, be care-

ful not to lock the door with the ignition

key left in the vehicle.

o For protects against theft, always remove

the ignition key, close all windows, and

lock all doors when leaving your vehicle

unattended.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-5

B080A01A-AAT

ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS

WARNING:

Never attempt to adjust the seat while the

vehicle is moving. This could result in loss

of control, and an accident causing death,

serious injury, or property damage.

B080B01A-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

B080C01A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

XV10110E

To move the seat toward the front or rear, pull

the lock release lever upward. This releases

the seat on its track so you can move it forward

or rearward to the desired position. When you

find the position you want, release the lever and

slide the seat forward or rearward on its track

until it locks into position and cannot be moved

further.

XV10120E

To recline the seatback, lean forward to take

your weight off it, then pull up on the recliner

control lever at the outside edge of the seat.

Now lean back until the desired seatback angle

is achieved. To lock the seatback into position,

release the recliner control lever.

WARNING:

To minimize risk of personal injury in the

event of a collision or sudden stop, both the

driver and passenger seatbacks should al-

ways be in a nearly upright position while

the vehicle is in motion. The protection pro-

vided by the seat belts and airbags may be

reduced significantly when the seatback is

reclined. There is greater risk that the driver

and passenger will slide under the seat belt

resulting in serious injury when the seatback

is reclined.

B080D01A

Lock Knob

B080D02A-AAT

Adjustable Headrestraint

(Not all models)

Headrestraint are designed to help reduce the

risk of neck injuries.

To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it,

push it down while pressing the lock knob.

WARNING:

o For maximum effectiveness in case of an

accident the headrestraint should be ad-

justed so the top of the headrestraint is

at the same height as the top of the

occupant's ears. For this reason, the use

of a cushion that holds the body away

from the seatback is not recommended.

o Do not operate vehicle with the

headrestraint removed as severe injury

to an occupant may occur in the event of

an accident. Headrests may provide pro-

tection against neck injuries when prop-

erly adjusted.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-6

B060A01V-GAT

POWER WINDOWS (Not all models)

B060A01V.DAG

The power windows operate only when the

ignition key is in the "ON" position. The main

switches are located on the driver's arm rest

and control the front windows.

The windows may be opened by depressing the

appropriate window switch and closed by pull-

ing up the switch.

WARNING:

o Be careful that head, hands and body are

not trapped by a closing window.

o If passengers remain in the car when you

leave, especially if a child remains alone,

always remove the ignition key for safety.

Close

Open

The power windows operate only when the

ignition key is in the "ON" position. The main

switches are located on the driver’s arm rest

and control the front windows. The windows

may be operated by depressing the desired

switch.

WARNING:

o Be careful that head, hands and body are

not trapped by a closing window.

o If passengers remain in the car when you

leave, especially if a child remains alone,

always remove the ignition key for safe-

ty.

B060A02X-GAT

POWER WINDOWS (Not all models)

XV10180E

B050A01A-AAT

WINDOW GLASS

XV10170E

To raise or lower the window, turn the window

regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise.

WARNING:

When opening or closing the windows, make

sure your passenger’s arms and hands are

safely out of the way.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-7

B040G01A-GAT

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM

(Not all models)

XV10210E

This system is controlled by the driver’s door

lock and operates the passenger door lock.

When the driver’s door is locked, the passenger

doors are locked automatically.

If a rear door is open when the latch in de-

pressed, it will remain locked when closed. If

the front passenger door is open when the latch

is locked, the outside door handle must be held

in the raised position. When the door is closed,

the door will remain locked. All doors will be

unlocked automatically whenever the driver’s

door is unlocked whether by key or latch.

ZB090A1-E

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

All vehicle occupants should wear seat belts at

all times. The possibility of injury or the severity

of injury in an accident be decreased if this

elementary safety precaution is observed. In

addition, we would like to make the following

recommendations.

ZB090C1-E

Children

It is recommended that children occupy the rear

seat and wear their seat belts. If the child is in

the front seat, it should be securely restrained

by the seat belt. Under no circumstances should

the child be allowed to stand or kneel on the

seat.

ZB090D1-E

Pregnant Women

The use of a seat belt is recommended for

pregnant women. The seat belt should be worn

as low and snugly as possible across the hips,

not across the abdomen. A qualified Medical

Practioner should be consulted for further infor-

mation.

ZB090E1-A

Injured Person

A seat belt should be used when an injured

person is being transported. When this is nec-

essary, you should consult a physician for rec-

ommendations.

ZB090F1-A

One Person Per Belt

Two people (including children) should never

attempt to use a single seat belt. This could

increase the severity of injuries in case of an

accident.

ZB090G1-B

Do Not Lie Down

For maximum effectiveness, all passengers

should be sitting up and the front seats should

be in an upright position. A seat belt cannot

operate properly if the person is lying down in

the rear seat or if the front seat is at or near the

fully reclined position.

B160A01S-GAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTS

Seat belt systems should never be disassem-

bled or modified. In addition, care should be

taken to assure that seat belts and belt hard-

ware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or

other abuse.

ZB090I1-A

Periodic Inspection

It is recommended that all seat belts be inspect-

ed periodically for wear or damage of any kind.

Parts of the system that are damaged should

be replaced as soon as possible.

ZB090J1-A

Keep Belts Clean and Dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts

become dirty, they can be cleaned using a mild

soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,

strong detergents or abrasives should not be

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-8

ZB090U1-A

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

You should place the belt as low as possible on

your hips, not on your waist. If located too high

on your body, the chances of sliding out from

under it and suffering serious injury or death are

increased. Both arms should not be under or

over the belt. Rather, one should be over and

the other under, as shown in the illustration.

There will be an audible "click" when the tab

locks into the buckle.

The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper

length only after the lap belt is adjusted manu-

ally so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you

lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will

extend and let you move around. If there is a

sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will

lock into position. It will also lock if you try to

lean forward too quickly.

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the

retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle.

pull on the height adjuster knob and then lower

or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate.

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up. To lower

it, push it down while pressing the height ad-

juster button. Release the knob to lock the

anchor into position. Try to slide the anchor

upward and downward after releasing the knob

to make sure that it has locked into position.

WARNING:

o The height adjuster must be in the locked

position whenever the vehicle is moving.

o The misadjustment of height of the shoul-

der belt could reduce the effectiveness

of the seat belt in a crash.

ZB090T1-H

SEAT BELTS (3-Point Type)

To Fasten Your Belt

used because they may damage and weaken

the fabric.

B170A03X-GAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEAT

SHOULDER BELT (Not all models)

XV10191E

You can adjust the height of the front seat

shoulder belt anchor to one of 4 positions. The

shoulder belt should be adjusted so that it fits

midway over the shoulder, and NEVER across

the neck.

To adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor,

ZB090K1-A

When to Replace Seat Belts

The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies

should be replaced if the vehicle has been

involved in an accident. This should be done

even if no damage is visible. Additional ques-

tions concerning seat belt operation should be

directed to your Hyundai Dealer.

FUA1090P

FUA1090Q

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-9

ZB090W2-A

SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)

(Rear Seat Centre)

To Fasten Your Seat Belt

ZB090V1-A

To Release the Seat Belt

The seat belt is released by pressing the re-

lease button in the locking buckle. When it is

released, the belt should automatically draw

back into the retractor.

If this does not happen, check the belt to be

sure it is not twisted, then try again.

SSD1090S

To fasten a 2-point static type seat belt, insert

the metal tab into the locking buckle. There will

be an audible “click” when the tab locks into the

buckle. Check to make sure the belt is properly

locked and that the belt is not twisted.

FUA1090R

ZB090X2-A

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

SSA1090T

Shorten

Correct

Too high

With a 2-point static type seat belt, the length

must be adjusted manually so it fits snugly

around your body. Fasten the belt and pull on

the loose end to tighten. The belt should be

placed as low as possible on your hips, not on

your waist. If the belt is too high, it could

increase the possibility of your being injured in

an accident because you could slide under it.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-10

ZB090Y1-A

To Release the Seat Belt

B220C01A

When you want to release the seat belt, press

the button in the locking buckle.

WARNING:

The centre lap belt latching mechanism is

different from those for the rear seat shoul-

der belts. When fastening the rear seat shoul-

der belts or the centre lap belt, make sure

they are inserted into the correct buckle to

obtain maximum protection from the seat

belt system and assure proper operation.

B230A02P-GAT

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

(Not all models)

Children riding in the car should sit in the rear

seat and must always be properly restrained to

minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sud-

den stop or sudden maneuver. According to

accident statistics, children are safer when prop-

erly restrained in the rear seats than in the front

seat. Larger children should use one of the seat

belts provided.

You are required by law to use safety restraints

for children. If small children ride in your vehicle

you must put them in a child restraint system

(safety seat).

Children could be injured or killed in a crash if

their restraints are not properly secured. For

small children and babies, a child seat or infant

seat must be used. Before buying a particular

child restraint system, make sure it fits your car

seat and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow

all the instructions provided by the manufac-

turer when installing the child restraint system.

WARNING:

o A child restraint system must be placed

in the rear seat. Never install a child or

infant seat on the front passenger's seat.

Should an accident occur and cause the

passenger side airbag to deploy, it could

severely injure or kill an infant or child

seated in an infant or child seat. Thus,

only use a child restraint in the rear seat

of your vehicle.

o Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-

tem can become very hot if it is left in a

closed vehicle, be sure to check the seat

cover and buckles before placing a child

there.

o When the child restraint system is not in

use, fasten it with a safety belt so that it

will not be thrown forward in the case of

a sudden stop or an accident.

o Children who are too large to be in a

child restraint should sit in the rear seat

and be restrained with the available lap/

shoulder belts. Never allow children to

ride in the front passanger seat.

o Always make sure that the shoulder belt

portion of the outboard lap/shoulder belt

is positioned midway over the shoulder,

never across the neck or behind the back.

Moving the child closer to the center of

the vehicle may help provide a good

shoulder belt fit. The lap belt portion of

the lap/shoulder belt or the center seat

lap belt must always be positioned as

low as possible on the child's hips and

as snug as possible.

o If the seat belt will not properly fit the

child, we recommend the use of an ap-

proved booster seat in the rear seat in

order to raise the child's seating height

so that the seat belt will properly fit the

child.

o Never allow a child to stand up or kneel

on the seat.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-11

B230G01A-GAT

Installation on Outboard Rear Seats

YR10400B

To install a child restraint system in the out-

board rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap belt

from its retractor. Install the child restraint sys-

tem, buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt

to take up any slack. Make sure that the lap

On outboard rear seats

o Never use an infant carrier or child safety

seat that "hooks" over a seatback; it may

not provide adequate security in an acci-

dent.

o Never allow a child to be held in a person's

arms while they are in a moving vehicle,

as this could result in serious injury to

the child in the event of an accident or a

sudden stop. Holding a child in a moving

vehicle does not provide the child with

any means of protection during an acci-

dent, even if the person holding the child

is wearing a seat belt.

portion of the belt is tight around the child

restraint system and the shoulder portion of the

belt is positioned so that it cannot interfere with

the child's head or neck. After installation of the

child restraint system, try to move it in all

directions to be sure the child restraint system

is securely installed.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull more web-

bing toward the retractor. When you unbuckle

the seat belt and allow it to retract, the retractor

will automatically revert back to its normal seated

passenger emergency locking usage condition.

NOTE:

o Before installing the child restraint sys-

tem, read the instructions supplied by

the child restraint system manufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate as de-

scribed, have the system checked imme-

diately by your authorized Hyundai dealer.

WARNING:

Do not install any child restraint system in

the front passenger seat. Should an acci-

dent occur and cause the passenger side

airbag to deploy, it could severely injure or

kill an infant or child seated in an infant or

child seat. Therefore, only use a child re-

straint system in the rear seat of your ve-

hicle.

Age Group

Seating Position

Front

Passenger

Rear

Outboard

Rear

Center

0 : Up to 10 kg

(0 ~ 9 months)

0+ : Up to 13 kg

(0 ~ 2 years)

I : 9kg to 18kg

(9 months ~

4 years)

II & III : 15kg to

36kg (4 ~ 12 years)

XUX

UF U UF

UF UF UF

B230H01X-GAT

Child Seat Restraint Suitability For Seat Po-

sition

Use child safety seats that have been officially

approved and are appropriate for your children.

U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints

approved for use in this mass group

UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" cat-

egory restraints approved for use in this

mass group

X : Seat position not suitable for children in

this mass group

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-12

NOTE:

Be sure to read information about the SRS

on the labels provided on the backside of

the sun visor and in the glove box.

WARNING:

o As its name implies, the SRS is designed

to work with, and be supplemental to, the

driver's and the passenger's three point

seat belt systems and is not a substitute

for them. Therefore your seat belts must

be worn at all times while the vehicle is in

motion. In addition, the airbags deploy

only in certain frontal impact conditions

severe enough to likely cause significant

injury to the vehicle occupants.

o The SRS is designed to deploy the airbags

only when an impact is sufficiently se-

vere and when the impact angle is less

than 30° from the forward longitudinal

axis of the vehicle and will not deploy in

side, rear or rollover impacts. Additional-

ly, the airbags will only deploy once.

Thus, seat belts must be worn at all

times.

B240A02F-EAT

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

(AIRBAG) SYSTEM (Not all models)

Your Hyundai is equipped with a Supplemental

Restraint (Airbag) System. The indications of

the system's presence are the letters "SRS AIR

BAG" embossed on the airbag pad cover in the

steering wheel and the passenger's side front

panel pad above the glove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags installed

under the pad covers in the centre of the

steering wheel and the passenger's side front

panel above the glove box. The purpose of the

SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the

front passenger with additional protection than

that offered by the seat-belt system alone, in

case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity.

AS10356A

B180B01X-GAT

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt

(Not all models)

Ordinarily the pre-tensioner seat belt operates

in the same way as E.L.R (Emergency Locking

Retractor) type (When vehicles stop suddenly,

the belt will lock into the position. It will also

lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.).

However, when vehicles crash, the retractor

rewinds the belt webbing. This will restrain the

passenger movement quickly and also reduce

the slack between passenger and belt webbing.

NOTE:

o When the pre-tensioner seat belt is acti-

vated, there may be an explosion noise.

This noise is normal and is not hazard-

ous.

o Pre-tensioner seat belt is designed to

operate only when a sufficiently severe

impact occurs and it will be only operat-

ed once.

WARNING:

If the pre-tensioner seat belt was activated,

never attempt to replace it by yourself. It

must be replaced by an authorized Hyundai

Dealer.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-13

B240C01X

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

o Front airbags are not intended to deploy

in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover

crashes. In addition, airbags will not de-

ploy in frontal crashes below the deploy-

ment threshold speed.

o For maximum safety protection in all

types of crashes, all occupants including

the driver should always wear their seat

belts whether or not an airbag is also

provided at their seating position to min-

imize the risk of severe injury or death in

the event of a crash. Do not sit or lean

unnecessarily close to the airbag while

the vehicle is in motion.

o The SRS airbag system must deploy very

rapidly to provide protection in a crash. If

an occupant is out of position because of

not wearing a seat belt, the airbag may

forcefully contact the occupant causing

serious or fatal injuries.

B240B01X-EAT

SRS Components and Functions

The SRS consists of the following components:

- Driver's Side Airbag Module

- SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI)

- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)

The SRSCM continually monitors all elements

while the ignition is "ON" to determine if a

frontal or near-frontal impact is severe enough

to require airbag deployment.

FUA1111B

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) on

the instrument panel will blink for about 6 sec-

onds after the ignition key is turned to the "ON"

position or after the engine is started, after

which the SRI should go out.

The airbag modules are located both in the

centre of the steering wheel. When the SRSCM

detects a considerable impact to the front of the

vehicle, it will automatically deploy the airbags.

FUA1113A

FUA1112A

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-14

B240C01X-EAT

SRS Care

The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so

there are no parts you can safely service by

yourself. The entire SRS system must be in-

spected by an authorized Hyundai dealer in 10

years after the date that the car was manufac-

ture.

Any work on the airbag system, such as remov-

ing, installing, repairing, or any work on the

steering wheel must be performed by a quali-

fied Hyundai technician.

Improper handling of the airbag system may

result in serious personal injury.

WARNING:

o Modification to SRS components or wir-

ing, including the addition of any kind of

badges to the pad cover or modifica-

tions to the body structure, can adverse-

ly affect SRS performance and lead to

possible injury.

o For cleaning the horn pad, use only a

soft, dry cloth or one which has been

moistened with plain water. Solvents or

cleaners could adversely affect the airbag

cover and proper deployment of the sys-

tem.

o No objects should be placed over or near

the label identifying the airbag on the

steering wheel and instrument panel,

because any such object could cause

harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe

enough to cause the airbag to inflate.

WARNING:

o When the SRS is activated, there may be

a loud noise and fine dust will be re-

leased through out the vehicle. These

conditions are normal and are not haz-

ardous. However, the fine dust generat-

ed during airbag deployment may cause

skin irritation. Be sure to wash your hands

and face thoroughly with lukewarm wa-

ter and a mild soap after an accident in

which the airbags were deployed.

o The SRS can function only when the

ignition key is in the "ON" position. If the

SRS SRI does not come on, or continu-

ously remains on, after flashing for about

6 seconds when the ignition key is turned

to the "ON" position, or after the engine

is started, or comes on while driving, the

SRS is not working properly. If this oc-

curs, have your vehicle immediately in-

spected by your Hyundai dealer.

o Before you replace a fuse or disconnect

a battery terminal, turn the ignition key to

the "LOCK" position or remove the igni-

tion key. Never remove or replace the air

bag related fuse(s) when the ignition key

is in the "ON" position. Failure to heed

this warning will cause the SRS SRI to

illuminate.

Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly

into the pad covers will separate under pres-

sure from the expansion of the airbags. Further

opening of the covers then allows full inflation of

the airbags.

A fully inflated airbag in combination with a

properly worn seat belt slows the driver's for-

ward motion, thus reducing the

risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the airbag immediately

starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain

forward visibility.

CAUTION:

When installing a container of liquid air

fresherer inside a vehicle, do not place it

near the instrument cluster nor on the in-

strument panel pad surface. If there is any

leakage from the air fresherer onto these

areas (instrument cluster, instrument panel

pad or air ventilator), it may damage these

parts. If the liquid from the air fresherer

does leak onto these areas, wash them with

water immediately.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-15

o If the airbag inflate, it must be replaced

by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS

wiring, or other components of the SRS

system. Doing so could result in injury,

due to accidental firing of the airbag or

by rendering the SRS inoperative.

o If components of the airbag system must

be discarded, or if the vehicle must be

scrapped, certain safety precautions

must be observed. Your Hyundai dealer

knows these precautions and can give

you the necessary information. Failure to

follow these precautions and procedures

could increase the risk of personal inju-

ry.

o If you sell your vehicle, be sure to inform

the new owner of these important points

and make certain that this manual is

transferred to the new owner together

with the vehicle.

o If your vehicle was flooded and has

soaked carpeting or water on flooring,

you shouldn't try to start engine; have

the car towed to authorized Hyundai

dealer.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-16

B250A02X-EAT

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

1. Side Air Vent Louver

2. Defroster Ventilation Outlet

3. Center Air Vent Louver

4. Hazard Warning Switch

5. Digital Clock (Not all models)

6. Rear Defroster Switch

7. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch

8. Rear Wiper Switch/Rear Washer Switch

9. Horn Button

10. SRS Air Bag (Driver Side)

11. Head light Leveling Device

12. Multi-Function Light Switch

13. Rear Fog Light Switch

14. Audio System (Not all models)

15. Ashtray

16. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel

17. Front Fog Light Switch

18. Cigarette Light

19. Air Conditioning Switch

20. Ignition Switch

21. Hood Release Lever

B250A02X-DAG

CAUTION:

When installing a container of liquid air

fresherer inside a vehicle, do not place it

near the instrument cluster nor on the crash

pad surface. If there is any leakage from the

air fresherer onto these areas (Instrument

cluster, instrument panel or air ventilator), it

may damage these parts. If the liquid from

an air fresherer does leak onto these areas,

wash them with water immediaterly.

1

2

34

5

9

7,8

6

10

1112

14 15 16 17 1918 2120

13

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-17

B260A04X-EAT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR

1. Temperature Gauge

2. Turn Signal Indicator Light

3. Speedometer

4. Odometer

5. Trip Odometer

6. Trip Odometer Reset Button

7. Fuel Gauge

8. Immobilizer Warning Indicator Light

9. Door Ajar Warning Light

10. Seat Belt Warning Light

11. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)

12. Low Fuel Warning Light

13. High Beam Indicator Light

14. ABS Service Reminder Indicator

(Not all models)

15. Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level Warning

Light

16. SRS Service Reminder Indicator

(Not all models)

17. Charging System Warning Light

18. Oil Pressure Warning Light

19. Overdrive Off Indicator Light (Auto T/A only)

1

356

98 10 11 12 13

B260A03X-DAG

2

4 2 7

14 15 16 17 18 19

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-18

ZB110G2-E

TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR

LIGHT

The blinking green arrow on the instrument

panel shows the direction indicated by the turn

signals. If the arrow comes on but does not

blink, blinks more rapidly than normal or does

not blink at all, a malfunction in the turn signal

system is indicated.

B260P02Y-AAT

ABS SERVICE REMINDER

INDICATOR (SRI) (Not all models)

When the key is turned to the “ON” position, the

ABS light will come on and then go off in a few

seconds.

If the ABS light remains on, comes on while

driving, or does not come on when the key is

turned to the “ON” position, this indicates that

there may be a problem with the ABS.

If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by

your Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. The

normal braking system will still be operational,

but without the assistance of the anti-lock brake

system.

CAUTION:

If the both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/

Brake fluid level warning lights remain "ON"

or come on while driving, there may be a

problem with E.B.D (Electronic brake force

distribution).

If this occurs, avoid sudden stops and have

your vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealer

as soon as possible.

SB210E1-E

OVERDRIVE OFF INDICATOR

LIGHT (Not all models)

When the overdrive (4th gear) switch is turned

off and the operation of overdrive (4th gear) is

cancelled, the overdrive warning light (O/D OFF)

will be illuminated. When the switch is at the on

position, the gearbox will operate in the normal

fully automatic mode and the warning light will

be extinguished.

ZB110J2-E

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

LIGHT

This light is coloured blue and should illuminate

only when the headlight upper beam is on.

B260E02A-GAT

SEAT BELT REMINDER LIGHT

The seat belt reminder light comes on until your

seat belt is fastened when the ignition key is

turned from the "OFF" position to "ON" or

"START".

ZB110K2-E

OIL PRESSURE WARNING

LIGHT

The oil pressure warning light will illuminate

when insufficient oil pressure exists for safe

engine operation.

The light should illuminate when the ignition is

turned on and should be extinguished as soon

as the engine is started.

ZB110L3-E

PARKING BRAKE, BRAKE

CIRCUIT FAILURE

WARNING LIGHT

This light will be illuminated when the hand

brake is applied and the ignition on, and should

go out when the hand brake is released. The

vehicle should not be driven until the hand

brake has been released and the light go out. It

also will be illuminated if the brake fluid level in

the reservoir falls to the MIN. mark. If the light

illuminates while driving pull off the road if

possible and stop immediately. Contact your

nearest authorized dealer and have the system

checked.

CAUTION:

Operation of the engine with low oil pres-

sure may result in serious damage to the

engine.

Should the oil pressure light fail to extinguish

after starting or illuminate when the engine is

running, the engine must be stopped immedi-

ately. If the engine oil level is low, add a suffi-

cient quantity of oil to raise the level to the full

marking on the dip stick. Restart the engine and

check that the warning light is extinguished.

Should the light still be illuminated, stop the

engine immediately and seek assistance from

the nearest Hyundai dealer.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-19

YB110C1-A

SRS (Airbag) SERVICE

REMINDER INDICATOR

(Not all models)

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) comes

on and flashes for about 6 seconds after the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” position or

after the engine is started, after which it will go

out.

This light also comes on when the SRS is not

working properly.

If the SRI does not come on, or continuously

remains on after flashing for about 6 seconds

when you turned the ignition key to the “ON”

position or started the engine, or if it comes on

while driving, have the SRS inspected by an

authorized Hyundai Dealer.

ZB110P2-E

LOW FUEL LEVEL WARNING

LIGHT

The low fuel level warning light comes on when

the fuel tank is approaching empty. When it

comes on, you should add fuel as soon as

possible. Driving with the fuel level warning light

on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the

engine to misfire.

ZB110R1-E

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING SOUND

When the brake pads of the front brakes be-

come worn to almost the limit of use, a

metalfriction squealing sound will be heard as a

warning to the driver that the brakes should be

checked. When this sound is heard, replace the

brake pads with new ones.

ZB110Q2-A

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR

LIGHT

This light illuminates when there is a malfunc-

tion of an exhaust gas related component, and

the system is not functioning properly so that

B260L01A-GAT

DOOR AJAR WARNING LIGHT

The door ajar warning light warns you that a

door is not completely closed.

ZB110M2-E

CHARGING WARNING LIGHT

This red warning light indicates malfunctioning

of the alternator and electrical charging system.

If this warning light glows when the ignition

switch is in the "ON" position (engine off), the

bulb and electrical wiring are satisfactory. The

light should go out when the engine is started.

If the light glows when the engine is running, the

alternator and electrical system should be

checked as soon as possible.

Warning Light Operation

The parking brake/brake fluid level warning

light should come on when the parking brake is

applied and the ignition switch is turned to "ON"

or "START". After the engine is started, the light

should go out when the parking brake is re-

leased.

If the parking brake is not applied, the warning

light should come on when the ignition switch is

turned to "ON" or "START", then go out when

the engine starts. If the light comes on at any

other time, you should slow the vehicle and

bring it to a complete stop in a safe location off

the roadway.

The brake warning light indicates that the brake

fluid level in the brake master cylinder is low

and hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3

or DOT 4 specifications should be added. After

adding fluid, if no other trouble is found, the car

should be immediately and carefully driven

to a Hyundai dealer for inspection. If further

trouble is experienced, the vehicle should not

be driven at all but taken to a dealer by a

professional towing service or some other safe

method.

Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonal

braking systems. This means you still have

braking on two wheels even if one of the dual

systems should fail. With only one of the dual

systems working, more than normal pedal trav-

el and greater pedal pressure are required to

stop the car. Also, the car will not stop in as

short a distance with only half of the brake

system working. If the brakes fail while you are

driving, shift to a lower gear for additional en-

gine braking and stop the car as soon as it is

safe to do so.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-20

WARNING:

Never remove the radiator cap when the

engine is hot. The engine coolant is under

pressure and could erupt and cause severe

burns. Wait until the engine is cool before

removing the radiator cap.

The needle on the engine coolant temperature

gauge should stay in the normal range. If it

moves across the dial to “H” (Hot), pull over and

stop as soon as possible and turn off the

engine. Then open the hood and check the

coolant level and the water pump drive belt. If

you suspect cooling system trouble, have your

cooling system checked by Hyundai dealer as

soon as possible.

The needle on the gauge indicates the fuel level

in the fuel tank. The fuel capacity is given in

section 9.

NOTE:

The engine should not be operated below

the “E” mark of the fuel gauge and with the

low fuel level warning lamp on, or serious

engine damage or misfire may result.

B290A02A-AAT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGE

ZB110S1-E

FUEL GAUGE

B900A01A-GAT

ACOUSTIC WARNING SOUND

(Not all models)

The acoustic warning chime sounds when the

tail lights are on and the door in driver side is

open. This prevents the battery from discharg-

ing when the car is left with the tail lights on.

The chime sounds until the tail lights are turned

off.

the exhaust gas regulation values are not sat-

isfied. This light will also illuminate when the

ignition key is turned to the “ON” position, and

then it will go out in a few seconds. If it illumi-

nates while driving, or does not illuminate when

the ignition key is turned to the “ON” position,

take your car to your nearest authorized Hyundai

dealer and have the system checked.

B280A01X

B290A01X

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-21

B340B01X-DAG

ZB120A1-E

MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH

Turn Signal Operation

To signal an intention to turn right, the switch

lever should be pulled down. To signal an

intention to turn left, the switch lever should be

pushed upwards. In both instances, the turn

signal lamps on one side of the car will flash

and the warning lamp located in the instrument

cluster will flash in sympathy. Upon completion

of the manoeuvre, the lever will, under normal

circumstances, return to the "Off" position.

However, if the manoeuvre involved only a

small movement of the steering wheel, the

signal may need to be cancelled manually. If

either turn signal indicator flashes more rapidly

than normal or refuses to flash at all, a malfunc-

tion of the turn signal system may exist.

ZB110U1-A

SPEEDOMETER

Your Hyundai’s speedometer is calibrated in

miles per hour (on the outer scale) and kilome-

ters per hour (on the inner scale).

B300A01X-DAG

ZB110W1-E

TRIP ODOMETER

The trip odometer may be used to more accu-

rately record trip distances. Push the reset

knob to set the counter to zero.

ZB110V1-E

ODOMETER

The odometer records the total driving distance

in miles, and is useful for keeping a record for

maintenance intervals.

ZB120C1-A

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

B340C01X-DAG

ZB120D1-E

HIGH AND LOW BEAM

To turn on the headlight high beams, push the

lever forward (away from you). For low beams,

pull the lever back (toward you). The appropri-

ate headlight beam indicator light will come on

at the same time.

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel on the

end of the multi-function switch. The first posi-

tion turns on the parking lights, sidelights, tail

lights and instrument panel lights. The second

position turns on the headlights.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-22

YB130B1-B

WINDSHIELD WASHER OPERATION

B350B01X-DAG

To use the windshield washer, pull the wiper/

washer lever toward the steering wheel. When

the washer lever is operated, the wipers auto-

matically make two passes across the wind-

shield. The washer continues to operate until

the lever is released.

NOTE:

o Do not operate the washer more than 15

seconds at a time or when the fluid res-

ervoir is empty.

o In icy or freezing weather, be sure the

wiper blades are not frozen to the glass

prior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in winter,

use windshield washer antifreeze.

ZB130A1-E

WINDSCREEN WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH

B350A01X-DAG

The windscreen wiper switch has three posi-

tions.

1. Intermittent operation

2. Low speed operation

3. High speed operation

NOTE:

To prevent damage to the wiper system, do

not attempt to wipe away heavy accumula-

tions of snow or ice.

Accumulated snow and ice should be re-

moved manually. If there is only a light layer

of snow or ice, operate the heater in the

defrost mode to melt the snow or ice before

using the wiper.

OFF

1

2

3

B340E01A-AAT

HEADLIGHT FLASHER

B340E01X-DAG

To flash the headlights, pull the switch lever

toward you, then release it. The headlights can

be flashed even though the headlight switch is

in the "OFF" position.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-23

reason, do not operate the washer when the

washer fluid reservoir is empty.

B340G02X-GAT

HEADLIGHT LEVELING DEVICE SYS-

TEM

To adjust the headlight beam level according to

the number of the passengers and the loading

weight in the luggage area, turn the beam

leveling switch. The higher the number of the

switch position, the lower the headlight beam

level. Always keep the headlight beam at the

proper leveling position, or headlights may daz-

zle other road users. Listed below are the

examples of recommanded switch settings. For

loading conditions other than those listed be-

low, adjust the switch position so that the beam

level may be the nearest as the condition ob-

tained according to the list.

B340G01A-DAG

B390A01X-GAT

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER

(Not all models)

B390A01X-DAG

To operate the rear wiper and washer, turn the

barrel on the end of the multifunction switch.

1. OFF

2. When the point indicates the , the rear

windshield wiper starts to operate continu-

ously.

3. The washer fluid will be spray onto the rear

winshield by indicating the point onto the .

The wiper operates continuously after the

washer fluid is sprayed.

Do not operate the washer continuously for

more than 15 seconds or when the fluid reser-

voir is empty; this could damage the system.

Do not operate the wiper when the window is

dry; this can result in scratching as well as

premature wiper blade wear. For the same

1

2

3

The hazard warning system should be used

whenever you find it necessary to stop the car

in a hazardous location. When you must make

such an emergency stop, always pull off the

roadway as far as possible.

To turn on the hazard warning lights, push the

hazard switch. This causes all turn signal lights

to blink. The hazard warning lights will operate

AB160A1-A

HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM

XV10590E

Loading condition

Driver only

Driver + front passenger

Full passengers

(including driver)

Full passengers (including

driver) + Permissible load

Driver + Permissible load

Switch position

0

1

2

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-24

ZB210A1-A

CIGAR LIGHTER

B420A01X.DAG

For the cigarette lighter to work, the key must

be in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position.

To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the way

into its socket. When the element has heated,

the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in. This

can damage the heating element and create a

fire hazard.

If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter,

use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or its

approved equivalent.

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29

changes the readout to 11 : 00 Pressing "R"

between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29 changes the

readout to 12 : 00

ZB190A1-A

DIGITAL CLOCK (Not all models)

B400A01A-DAG

There are three control buttons for the digital

clock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hour indicat-

ed.

MIN - Push "M" to advance the minute indi-

cated.

RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" to

facilitate resetting the clock to the

correct time. When this is done:

zontal movement of the cloth should be

made when cleaning the glass and care

should be exercised to ensure that the heat-

ing elements are not damaged by rings or

jewellery whilst the glass is being cleaned.

NOTE:

The engine must be running for the heated

rear window to operate.

SB250A1-E

HEATED REAR WINDOW

XV10600E-DAG

To operate the heated rear window depress the

switch shown. The heated rear window will

automatically turn off after 15 minutes or when

the ignition is turned off.

The system may be turned off manually by

depressing the switch again.

CAUTION:

The inside of the rear windscreen should

never be cleaned with a hard or sharp imple-

ment since damage to the heating element

may occur. The glass should only be cleaned

with a soft cloth or chamois leather with the

use only of a mild detergent or proprietary

glass cleaner where necessary. Only hori-

even though the key is not in the ignition. To

turn off the hazard warning lights, push the

hazard switch.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-25

The interior courtesy light has a 3-position

switch. The three positions are:

o" z " In the "MIDDLE" position, the interior

courtesy light comes on when any door is

opened, then goes out when it is closed.

o "OFF" In the "LEFT" position, the light stays

off even though a door is open.

o "ON" In the "RIGHT" position, the light stays

on at all times.

ZB270A1-A

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR

The outside rear view mirror lever type is

equipped with remote control for your conve-

nience. It is operated by the control lever in the

bottom front corner of the window.

Before driving away, always check that your

mirror is positioned so you can see directly

behind you. When using the mirror, always

exercise caution when attempting to judge the

distance of vehicles behind you.

CAUTION:

If the mirror control is jammed with ice, do

not attempt to break it free using the control

handle or by manipulating the face of the

mirror. Use an approved spray de-icer (not

radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen

mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm

place and allow the ice to melt.

B510A01A-DAG

B430A01X-GAT

FRONT ASHTRAY

The front ashtray may be opened by pulling it

out by its grip. To remove the ashtray to empty

or clean it, press down on the spring-loaded tab

inside the ashtray and pull it all the way out.

B490A01X-GAT

INTERIOR LIGHT

B490A01X

B430A02X.DAG

CAUTION:

Do not use electric accessories or equip-

ment other than the Hyundai genuine parts

in the socket.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-26

ZB290A1-E

PARKING BRAKE

XV10740E

The hand brake must always be set when the

vehicle is to be left unattended. When the hand

brake is applied, and the ignition key is at the

"ON" position, the hand brake warning lamp will

be illuminated. Before driving the vehicle, the

hand brake must be fully released and the

warning lamp extinguished.

o To set the hand brake, apply the foot brake

and pull the hand brake lever up with the

button depressed. Release the button when

the brake is fully applied.

o To release the hand brake, apply the foot

brake and pull up the hand brake lever

slightly. Depress the button and lower the

lever.

ZB280A1-A

DAY/NIGHT REAR VIEW MIRROR

B520A01A

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/night

inside rear view mirror.

The "night" position is selected by flipping the

tab at the bottom of the mirror toward you. In the

"night" position, the glare of headlights of cars

behind you is reduced.

AB270D1-A

FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REAR VIEW

MIRRORS

To fold the outside rear view mirrors, push them

towards the rear.

The outside rear view mirrors can be folded

rearward for parking in restricted areas.

WARNING:

Do not adjust or fold it while the vehicle

moving.

This could result in loss of control, and an

accident causing death, serious injury, or

property damage.

B510C01A-DAG

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-27

sengers to sit on the cargo area while the

car is moving as this is not a proper seating

position and no seat belts are available for

use when the seat back is folded down. This

could result in serious injury or death in

case of an accident or a sudden stop. Ob-

jects should not extend higher than the top

of the front seats. This could allow cargo to

slide forward and cause injury or damage

during sudden stops.

For greater convenience, the entire seatback

and seat cushion may be folded down and up.

o To unlock the seatback, pull up on the

seatback locking knob, then pull forward on

the seatback.

o After being folded down rear seat back, fold-

up the seat cushion.

B110A03X

B110A01X-GAT

FOLDING REAR SEATBACK AND SEAT

CUSHION

B110A01X

WARNING:

The purpose of the fold-down rear seat back

and the fold-up rear seat cushion is to allow

you to carry more objects than could other-

wise be accommodated. Do not allow pas-

B110A02X

B550A01S-DAT

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOPLIGHT

In addition to the lower-mounted rear stoplights

on either side of the car, the high mounted rear

stoplight in the centre of the rear window or

installed in the rear spoiler also comes on when

the brakes are applied.

B550A01V.DAG

<AMICA>

B550A01X.DAG

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-28

B540A01X-GAT

TAIL GATE (Not all models)

WARNING:

The tail gate should always be kept com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.

If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust

gases may enter the car resulting in serious

injury or death to the occupants. See addi-

tional warnings concerning exhaust gases

on page 2-1.

o The tail gate is opened by first turning the

key clockwise to release the lock, then rais-

ing the door manually.

o To close, lower the tail gate, then press

down on it until it locks. To be sure the tail

gate is securely fastened, always try to pull

it up again.

B540A01V

B540A02X/

<AMICA>

B110B02X

The entire seatback and seat cushion may be

folded down and up individually.

o To unlock the seatback, pull up on the

seatback locking knob, then pull forward on

the seatback.

o After being folded down rear seat, pull the

lever on the rear side of the seat cushion to

fold-up the seat cushion.

WARNING:

o When you return the rear seat to its

upright position, always be sure it has

locked into position by pulling and push-

ing on the top of the seatback.

o When you return the rear seat to its

upright position after being folded down

and folded up, be careful not to damage

the seat belt webbing or buckle. In addi-

tion, do not allow the seat belt webbing

or buckle to get caught or pinched in the

rear seat.

B110B01X-GAT

Folding rear seatback and seat

cushion individually (Not all models)

B110B01X

WARNING:

o When you return the rear seat to its

upright position, always be sure it has

locked into position by pulling and push-

ing on the top of the seatback.

o When you return the rear seat to its

upright position after being folded down

and folded up, be careful not to damage

the seat belt webbing or buckle. In addi-

tion, do not allow the seat belt webbing

or buckle to get caught or pinched in the

rear seat.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-29

To turn on the rear fog lights, push the switch.

They will come on when the headlights are

turned on.

JB360A1-A

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID

RELEASE (Not all models)

The fuel-filler lid may be opened from inside the

vehicle by pulling up on the fuel-filler lid opener

located on the front floor area on the left side of

the car.

NOTE:

If the fuel-filler lid will not open because ice

has formed around it, tap lightly or push on

the lid to break the ice and release the lid.

Do not pry on the lid. If necessary, spray

around the lid with an approved de-icer fluid

(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the

vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to

melt.

B560A01V.DAG

To turn on the front fog lights, push the switch.

They will come on when the headlight switch is

in the first or second position.

XV10729E

B360B01A-GAT

REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH

B540D01X-GAT

Remote Tail Gate Release

(Not all models)

The tail gate is opened by pulling the lever to

release the lock, then raising the tail gate man-

ually.

To close, lower the tail gate, then press down

on it until it locks. To be sure the tail gate is

securely fastened, always try to pull it up again.

WARNING:

The tail gate should always be kept com-

pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.

If it is left open or ajar, exhaust gases may

enter the car and serious illness may result.

B360A01A-GAT

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

(Not all models)

XVA1150E

<AMICA>

B540D02X.DAG

B540D01V.DAG

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-30

B570A02A

WARNING:

Make sure that the support rod has been

released prior to closing the bonnet. Always

double check to be sure that the bonnet is

firmly latched before driving away. If it is not

latched, the bonnet could fly open while the

vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss

of visibility, which might result in an acci-

dent. The support rod must be inserted

completely into the hole provided in the

bonnet whenever you inspect the engine

compartment. This will prevent the bonnet

from falling and possibly injuring you. Do

not move the vehicle with the bonnet in the

raised position, as vision is obstructed and

the bonnet could fall or be damaged.

B570A01A-EAT

BONNET RELEASE

B560A02A

WARNING:

Gasoline vapors are dangerous. Before re-

fueling, always stop the engine and never

allow sparks or open flames near the filler

area. If you need to replace the filler cap, use

a genuine Hyundai replacement part.

If you open the fuel filler cap during high

ambient temperatures, a slight “pressure

sound” may be heard. This is normal and

not a cause for concern.

Whenever you open the fuel filler cap, turn

it slowly.

XV10860E

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch the bonnet.

2. Press the safety catch lever up and lift the

bonnet.

3. Hold the bonnet open with the support rod.

Before closing the bonnet, return the support

rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling. Lower

the bonnet until it is about 1 ft. (30 cm) above

the closed position and let it drop. Make sure

that it locks into place.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-31

o Always drive your vehicle at a moderate

speed.

o To use the roof rails as a roof rack, you

must fit the roof rails with two or more

crossrails or equivalent.

WARNING:

o In case of hectical steering movements

or bad fixation the luggage can fall from

the vehicle and injure persons or prop-

erty. Make sure that the luggage is prop-

erly fixed and avoid sudden movement

(e.g.dashing start, fast turning

manoeuvres, hard cornering, sudden

braking) Check frequently whether the

roof rack is properly fastened.

o Voluminous, large, long or flat objects

can change the aerodynamic drag of ve-

hicle or can suddenly been lifted by the

wind. The driver could lose control of the

car and provoke an accident and injuries.

For this reason, drive at reduced speed

when you transport such objects.

o The maximum load limit of the roof rack

including luggage load is 66 lb.

ZB380A2-A

SUN-VISOR

XV10880E

Your Hyundai is equipped with a sun visor to

give the driver and front passenger either fron-

tal or side ward shade. The sun visors are fitted

on both sides on standard models. To reduce

glare or to shut out direct rays of the sun, turn

the sun visor down to block the annoyance.

A vanity mirror is provided on the back of the

sun visor for the front passenger.

NOTE:

The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)

label containing useful information can be

found on the back of each sun visor.

WARNING:

Do not place the sun visor in such a manner

that it obscures visibility of the roadway,

traffic or other objects.

B630A02X-EAT

ROOF RACK (Not all models)

ROOF RACK

If your Hyundai has a roof rack, you can load

things on top of your vehicle. Crossrails and

fixing components to adapt the roof rack on

your vehicle may be obtained from an autho-

rized Hyundai dealer.

Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high

quality service that may be required.

CAUTION:

o The following specifications are recom-

mended when loading cargo or luggage.

66 lb (30 kg)

B630A01X

o Loading cargo or luggage above 66 lb (30

kg) on the roof rack may damage your

vehicle.

o When you carry large objects, never let

them hang over the rear or the sides of

your vehicle.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-32

B670B02X-DAG

B670B02X-GAT

Fan Speed Control (Blower Control)

This is used to turn the blower fan on and off

and to select the fan speed.

The blower fan speed, and therefore the vol-

ume of air delivered from the system, may be

controlled manually by setting the blower con-

trol between the "1" and "4" position.

B680A01X-GAT

HEATING AND VENTILATION

(Not all models)

B680A02X-DAG

1

2

3

4

There are four controls for the heating and

cooling system. They are:

1. Fan Speed Control.

This is used to turn the fan on and select the

fan speed.

2. Air Flow Control.

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can

be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets,

or windshield. Five symbols are used to

represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-De-

frost and Defrost air positions.

3. Air Intake Control.

This allows you to select fresh outside air or

to circulate inside air.

4. Temperature Control.

This is used to turn the heating system on

and off and to select the degree of heating

desired.

AB420A1-F

HORN (With Airbag)

HNV.OM057

Press either of the side buttons on the steering

wheel to sound the horn.

ZB420A1-E

HORN

B610B01A

Press the centre hub of the steering wheel to

sound the horn.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-33

B670C02A-AAT

Air Intake Control

B670C03A-DAG

This is used to select fresh outside air or

recirculation inside air.

Fresh

Recirculation

With the " " mode selected, air enters the

vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled

according to the other functions selected.

With the " " mode selected, air from within

the passenger compartment is drawn through

the heating system and heated or cooled ac-

cording to the other functions selected.

NOTE:

It should be noted that prolonged operation

of the heating system in " " mode will give

rise to misting of the windshield and side

windows and the air within the passenger

compartment becoming stale. In addition

prolonged use of the air conditioning with

the " " mode selected may result in the

air within the passenger compartment be-

coming excessively dry.

B670D02A-AAT

Air Flow Control

B670D03A-DAG

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can be

directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-

shield. Five symbols are used to represent

Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and De-

frost air position.

B670D01X-DAG

B670D02X-DAG

Face-Level

Selecting the “Face” mode will cause air to be

discharged through the face level vents.

Bi-Level

Air is discharged through the face vents and the

floor vents. This makes it possible to have

cooler air from the dashboard vents and warm-

er air from the floor outlets at the same time.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-34

B670D03X-DAG

B670D05X-DAG

B670D04X-DAG

Floor-Level

Air is discharged through the floor vents.

Floor-Defrost Level

Air is discharged through the windshield defrost

vents and the floor vents.

Defrost-Level

Air is discharged through the windshield defrost

vents.

B680A02X-DAG

B690A01A-AAT

HEATING CONTROLS

For normal heating operation, set the air intake

control to the position and the air flow control

to the position.

For faster heating, the air intake control should

be set in the position. If the windows fog up,

set the air flow control to the position and the

air intake control to the position.

For maximum heat, move the temperature con-

trol to “Warm”.

B670E02A-AAT

Temperature Control

B670E03A-DAG

This is used to turn the heating system on and

off and to select the degree of heating desired.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-35

B680A02X-DAG

B710A01A-AAT

VENTILATION

To operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control at the position.

o To direct all intake air to the dashboard

vents, set the airflow control to the posi-

tion.

o Adjust the fan speed control to the desired

speed.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"

and "Warm".

B710B01S-EAT

Centre Ventilator

B710B01X-DAG

The centre ventilators are located in the middle

of the dashboard. The direction of air flow from

the vents in the centre of dashboard is adjust-

able. To control the direction of the air flow,

move the knob in the centre of vent up-and-

down and side-to-side.

B700A02A-DAG

B700A01A-AAT

BI-LEVEL HEATING

Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-level heating

controls. This makes it possible to have cooler

air from the dashboard vents and warmer air

from the floor outlets at the same time. To use

this feature:

o Set the air intake control to the position.

o Set the air flow control at the position.

o Set the temperature control between "Cool"

and "Warm"

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-36

To use the heating/ventilation system to defrost

or defog the windshield:

o Set the air intake control to the position.

o Set the air flow control to the position.

o Set the temperature control to a comfortably

warm position.

o Set the fan speed control to position 3 or 4.

o If vehicle is so equipped, push on the A/C for

increased defogging action.

NOTE:

In high humidity areas the A/C can be used

with the air intake in the position for

increased defogging action.

B730A01A-AAT

OPERATION TIPS

o To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilation sys-

tem, temporarily set the air intake control at

the position. Be sure to return the control

to the position when the irritation has

passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. This

will help keep the driver alert and comfort-

able.

o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn

in through the grilles just ahead of the wind-

shield. Care should be taken that these are

not blocked by leaves, snow, ice or other

obstructions.

B740A01X-GAT

AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH

(Not all models)

B740A02X-DAG

The air conditioning is turned on by pushing the

A/C button in the fan control rotary switch.

B710C02X-DAG

B710C01X-EAT

Side Ventilator

B720A02X-DAG

B720A02X-GAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

The side ventilators are located on each side of

the dashboard.

To change the direction of the air flow, move the

knob in the centre of vent up-and-down and

side-to-side.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-37

B740D01A-AAT

OPERATION TIPS

o If the interior of the car is hot when you first

get in, open the windows for a few minutes

to expel the hot air.

o When you are using the air conditioning

system, keep all windows closed to keep

hot air out.

o When moving slowly, as in heavy traffic,

shift to a lower gear. This increases engine

speed, which in turn increases the speed of

the air conditioning compressor.

o On steep grades, turn the air conditioning off

to avoid the possibility of the engine over-

heating.

o During winter months or in periods when the

air conditioning is not used regularly, run the

air conditioning once every month for a few

minutes. This will help circulate the lubri-

cants and keep your system in peak operat-

ing condition.

B680A02X-DAG

B740C01X-GAT

De-Humidified Heating

For dehumidified heating:

o Turn on the fan control switch.

o Turn on the air conditioning switch.

o Set the air intake control to the

position.

o Set the air flow control to the

position.

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.

o For more rapid action, set the fan at one of

the higher speeds.

o Adjust the temperature control to provide the

desired amount of warmth.

B740B02X-DAG

B740B01X-GAT

AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION

(Not all models)

Cooling

To use the air conditioning to cool interior:

o Turn on the fan control switch.

o Turn on the air conditioning switch by push-

ing in on the switch.

o Set the air intake control to the

position.

o Set the temperature control to "Cool". ("Cool"

provides maximum cooling. The tempera-

ture may be moderated by moving the con-

trol toward "Warm".)

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.

For greater cooling, turn the fan control to

one of the higher speeds or temporarily

select the

position on the air intake

control.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-38

SSAR012A

Unobstructed

area

Mountains

Buildings

Obstructed area

Iron bridges

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequency

and do not bend to follow the earth’s surface.

Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin

to fade at short distances from the station. Also,

FM signals are easily affected by buildings,

mountains, or other obstructions. These can

result in certain listening conditions which might

lead you to believe a problem exists with your

radio. The following conditions are normal and

do not indicate radio trouble:

FM radio station

ZB500A1-A

STEREO SOUND SYSTEM

How Car Audio Works

SSAR010A

Ionosphere

FM reception

AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from

transmitter towers located around your city.

They are intercepted by the radio antenna on

your car. This signal is then received by the

radio and sent to your car speakers.

When a strong radio signal has reached your

vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio

system ensures high quality reproduction. How-

ever, in some cases the signal coming to your

vehicle is not strong and clear. This can be due

to factors such as the distance from the radio

station, closeness of other strong radio stations

or the presence of buildings, bridges or other

large obstructions in the area.

Ionosphere

SSAR011A

AM reception

AM broadcasts can be received at greater dis-

tances than FM broadcasts. This is because

AM radio waves are transmitted at low fre-

quency. These long, low frequency radio waves

can follow the curvature of the earth rather than

travelling straight out into the inosphere. In

addition, they curve around obstructions so that

they can provide better signal coverage.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-39

B750B02Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-way

radio

When a cellular phone is used inside the vehi-

cle, noise may be produced from the audio

equipment. This does not mean that something

is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a

case, use the cellular phone at a place as far as

possible from the audio equipment.

CAUTION:

When using a communication system such

a cellular phone or a radio set inside the

vehicle, a separate external antenna must

be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio

set is used by using an internal antenna

alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's

electrical system and adversely affect safe

operation of the vehicle.

WARNING:

Don't use a cellular phone when you are

driving, you must stop the car at the safe

place to use a cellular phone.

SSAR013A

o Fading - As your car moves away from the

radio station, the signal will weaken and

sound will begin to fade. When this occurs,

we suggest that you select another stronger

station.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large

obstructions between the transmitter and

your radio can disturb the signal causing

static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing

the treble level may lessen this effect until

the disturbance clears.

SSAR014A

o Station Swapping - As a FM signal weak-

ens, another more powerful signal near the

same frequency may begin to play. This is

because your radio is designed to lock onto

the clearest signal. If this occurs, select

another station with a stronger signal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals be-

ing received from several directions can

cause distortion or fluttering. This can be

caused by a direct and a reflected signal

from the same station, or by signals from

two stations with close frequencies. If this

occurs, select another station until the con-

dition has passed.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-40

B901A02X-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (HMR 90) (Not all models)

B901A01X

5. PRESET Buttons

3. BAND Selector

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

2. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-41

3. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1

and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-

played on LCD.

4. TUNE (Manual) Select Button

Press the (+) side or (-) side to increase or to

decrease the frequency. With the button held

down for 0.5 sec. or more, the stop signal

(broadcasting radio wave) is ignored and chan-

nel selection continues.

SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel

Selection)

Press the TUNE select button 1 sec. or more.

When the (+) side is pressed, the unit will

automatically tune to the next higher frequency

and when the (-) side is pressed, it will automat-

ically tune to the next lower frequency.

5. PRESET STATION SELECT

Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-

tively can be preset in the electronic memory

circuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-

grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,

by simply pressing the band select button and/

or one of the six station select buttons, you may

recall any of these stations instantly. To pro-

gram the stations, follow these steps:

B901B02X-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME CON-

TROL KNOB

The radio unit may be operated when the igni-

tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Rotate

the knob clockwise to switch the radio unit on,

and to increase the volume.

The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio

mode. Turn the knob counterclockwise to re-

duce the volume, and to switch the radio unit

off.

BAL (Balance Control) Knob

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise to

emphasize right speaker sound (Left speaker

sound will be attenuated). When the control

knob is turned counterclockwise, left speaker

sound will be emphasized (Right speaker sound

will be attenuated).

2. BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left or

right for the desired bass tone.

TREBLE Control Knob

Further pull-lock position of popped-up knob.

Turn to the left or right for the desired treble

tone.

FM

AM

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,

FM and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored by

seek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select button

you wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more than

two seconds. A select button indicator will

show in the display indicating which select

button you have depressed. The frequency

display will flash after it has been stored into

the memory. You should then release the

button, and proceed to program the next

desired station. A total of 18 stations can be

programmed by selecting one AM and two

FM stations per button.

o When completed, any preset station may be

recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 band

and the appropriate station button.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-42

B900A01X

B900A02X-GAT

STEREO RADIO AND CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H900) (Not all models)

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

5. PRESET Buttons

8. FADER Control Knob

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

3. BAND Selector

6. TAPE EJECT Button

7. TAPE PROGRAM Button

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-43

B900B02X-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME CON-

TROL KNOB

The radio unit may be operated when the igni-

tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Rotate

the knob clockwise to switch the radio unit on

and to increase the volume.

The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio

mode, or the tape direction indicator in the tape

mode. Turn the knob counterclockwise to re-

duce the volume and to switch the radio unit off.

BAL (Balance Control) Knob

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise to

emphasize right speaker sound. (Left speaker

sound will be attenuated) When the control

knob is turned counterclockwise, left speaker

sound will be emphasized. (Right speaker sound

will be attenuated)

2. BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left or

right for the desired bass tone.

TREBLE Control Knob

Further pull-lock position of popped-up knob.

Turn to the left or right for the desired treble

tone.

3. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1

and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-

played on LCD.

4. TUNE (manual) Select Button

Press the (+) side or (-) side to increase or to

decrease the frequency. With the button held

down for 0.5 sec. or more, the stop signal

(broadcasting radio wave) is ignored and chan-

nel selection continues.

SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel

Selection)

Press the TUNE select button 1 sec. or more.

When the (+) side is pressed, the unit will

automatically tune to the next higher frequency

and when the (-) side is pressed, it will automat-

ically tune to the next lower frequency.

5. PRESET STATION SELECT Button

Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-

tively can be preset in the electronic memory

circuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-

grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,

by simply pressing the band select button and/

or one of the six station select buttons, you may

recall any of these stations instantly. To pro-

gram the stations, follow these steps:

FM

AM

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,

FM, and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored by

seek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select button

you wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more than

two seconds. A select button indicator will

show in the display indicating which select

button you have depressed. The frequency

display will flash after it has been stored into

the memory. You should then release the

button, and proceed to program the next

desired station. A total of 18 stations can be

programmed by selecting one AM and one

FM station per button.

o When completed, any preset station may be

recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 band

and the appropriate station button.

6. TAPE EJECT Button

To elect the tape, press the button.

7. TAPE PROGRAM

When you press the button whose arrow is in

the same direction as the tape play arrow in the

display the tape will advance at high speed.

When you press the button whose arrow is in

the opposite direction to the tape play arrow in

the display the tape will rewind at high speed.

To stop FF or REW action, press the opposite

button. When you press two buttons simulta-

neously you play the reverse side of the tape

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-44

and an arrow will appear in the display to show

tape direction.

8. FAD (Fader Control) Knob

Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize

front speaker sound (Rear speaker sound will

be attenuated). When the control knob is turned

counterclockwise, rear speaker sound will be

emphasized (Front speaker sound will be atten-

uated).

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-45

B922A01X

B922A02X-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H922M) (Not all models)

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. FADER Control Knob

6. PRESET Buttons

5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

4. BAND Selector

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-46

B922B02X-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME CON-

TROL KNOB

The radio unit may be operated when the igni-

tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. The

clock will be displayed automatically, although

the radio unit has gone out. Press the button to

switch the power on. The LCD shows the radio

frequency in the radio mode or the CD track

indicator in the CD mode. To switch the power

off, press the button again.

VOLUME Control

Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-

ume and turn the knob counterclockwise to

reduce the volume.

BALANCE Control

Pull and turn the control knob clockwise to

emphasize right speaker sound. (Left speaker

sound will be attenuated) When the control

knob is turned counterclockwise, left speaker

sound will be emphasized. (Right speaker sound

will be attenuated)

2. FAD (Fader Control) Knob

Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-

phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speaker

sound will be attenuated) When the control

knob is turned clockwise, rear speaker sound

will be emphasized. (Front speaker sound will

be attenuated)

FM/AM

6. PRESET STATION SELECT Button

Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-

tively can be preset in the electronic memory

circuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONS

Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-

grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,

by simply pressing the band select button and/

or one of the six station select buttons, you may

recall any of these stations instantly. To pro-

gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,

FM, and FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored by

seek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select button

you wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more than

two seconds. A select button indicator will

show in the display indicating which select

button you have depressed. The frequency

display will flash after it has been stored into

the memory. You should then release the

button, and proceed to program the next

desired station. A total of 18 stations can be

programmed by selecting one AM and one

FM station per button.

o When completed, any preset station may be

recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 band

and the appropriate station button.

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

BASS Control Knob

Press to pop the knob out and turn to the left or

right for the desired bass tone.

TREBLE Control Knob

Further pull-lock position of popped-up knob.

Turn to the left or right for the desired treble

tone.

4. BAND Selector

Pressing the button changes the AM,

FM1 and FM2 bands. The mode selected is

displayed on LCD.

5. TUNE (Manual) Select Button

Press the (+) side or (-) side to increase or to

decrease the frequency. With the button held

down for 0.5 sec. or more, the stop signal

(broadcasting radio wave) is ignored and chan-

nel selection continues.

SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel

Selection)

Press the TUNE select button 1 sec. or more,

and releasing will automatically tune the next

available station. When the (+) side is pressed

longer than 1 second and releasing will auto-

matically tune the next higher frequency and

when the (-) side is pressed longer than 1

second and releasing will automatically tune

the next lower frequency.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-47

B922A01X

B922E02X-GAT

COMPACT DISK PLAYER OPERATION (H922M) (Not all models)

4. REPEAT

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

5. EJECT Button

2. FF/REW

1. STOP

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-48

B922F01X-GAT

1. STOP

o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

the radio operation.

o Press the button to stop CD playback

and to change the source to Radio.

2. FF/REW

While the disc is playing, press and hold FF

button to quickly move forward until you reach

the desired section of the track and vice versa.

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

o The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-

ber.

o Pressing the button once increases the

track number by one and pressing the

button decreases it.

4. REPEAT

o To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button and to cancel music

repeat, press again.

FM/AM

5. EJECT Button

When the EJECT button is pressed with the CD

loaded, the CD is ejected.

NOTE:

o To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperature with-

in a normal range by using the vehicle’s

air conditioning or heating system.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it with a

fuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are all

erased when the car battery is discon-

nected. Therefore, all data will have to be

set again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.

o This equipment is designed to be used

only in a 12 volt DC battery system with

negative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Do

not attempt to disassemble or adjust any

parts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure to

keep the volume of the unit set low

enough to allow you to hear sounds com-

ing from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (including

the speakers and tape) to water or exces-

sive moisture.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-49

B922G01A-GAT

AUDIO FAULT CODE

If you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear the error indication,

take the car to your Hyundai dealer.

INDICATION

CAUSE SOLUTION

Er2

Er3

Er6

CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR

(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)

FOCUS ERROR

DATA READ ERROR

DISC ERROR

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.

IF DISC IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.

PRESS THE EJECT BUTTON AND PULL OUT THE DISC. THEN

INSERT A NORMAL CD DISC.

CHECK IF THE DISC IS INSERTED CORRECTLY IN THE CD PLAYER.

MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-50

SR040B1-E

Care of Cassette Tape

SSAR040B

In order to ensure maximum life from cassette

tapes, the following points should be observed.

o Always return cassettes to the storage box

after use.

o Never leave cassettes exposed to sunlight,

dampness or extreme temperatures.

o Never leave cassettes in the tape player

when not in use.

o Ensure that the cassette label is not loose or

peeling.

YL11250B

while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the

Self Loading mechanism.

Do not pull the unit from the dash immediately

after a disc is inserted or the Eject Switch has

been pressed. If the unit is pulled out before an

operation is completed, the disc will be unstable

in the unit and may be damaged. Do not attempt

to insert a disc into the unit when the unit is out

of the dash or the power is off.

Keep Your Discs Clean

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface could

cause the pickup to skip signal tracks. Wipe the

surface clean with a clean soft cloth. If the

surface is heavily soiled, dampen a clean soft

cloth in a solution of mild neutral detergent to

wipe it clean. See drawing.

B850A01F-AAT

CARE OF DISC

Proper Handling

YL11240B

Handle your disc as shown. Do not drop the

disc. Hold the disc so you will not leave finger-

prints on the surface. If the surface is scratched,

it may cause the pickup to skip signal tracks.

Do not affix tape, paper, or gummed labels on

the disc. Do not write on the disc.

Damaged Disc

Do not attempt to play damaged, warped or

cracked discs. It could severely damage the

playback mechanism.

Storage

When not in use, place your discs in their

individual case and store them in a cool place

away from the sun, heat, and dust.

Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-51

o To avoid a build up of tape residue on the

playback head, pinch roller and capstan,

clean these monthly using a proprietary head

clean-ing tape or a purpose made head

cleaning solution applied with a cotton bud.

o Always remove slack from cassettes before

playing, by rotating a pencil inserted into the

drive socket to facilitate this.

o Do not use the cassette unit if the vehicle

has been parked in extremely hot or cold

ambient temperatures until the temperature

inside the passenger compartment reaches

normal levels.

SSAR042B

Cotton applicator

Head

FUAR053B

NOTE:

Look at a tape before you insert it. If the tape

is loose, tighten it by turning one of the

hubs with a pencil or your finger. If the label

is peeling off, do not put it in the player. It

may cause the tape to jam in the drive

mechanism when you try to eject it.

Do not leave tapes sitting where they are

exposed to high temperatures or, high hu-

midity, such as on top of the dashboard or

in the player. If a tape is extreme heat or

cold, let it reach a moderate temperature

before putting it in the player.

o Avoid the use of C120 cassettes since the

tape is very thin and may give rise to

operational difficulty.

o Do not store cassettes in the vicinity of

sources of magnetism such as loudspeak-

ers, electric motors, etc.

o Avoid repeatedly playing one section of a

given tape, since poor tape winding may

result. (Fast winding the tape from end to

end several times may relieve this situation

should it occur).

B860A02X-DAG

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1-52

B870C01X-GAT

ANTENNA

Your car uses a manual stainless steel antenna

to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals.

Pull up the antenna using your fingers, as

shown in the drawing.

NOTE:

Before entering an automatic car wash or a

place with a low height clearance, be sure

that the antenna is fully retracted.

HTJOM013.DAG

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 1

C010A01A-AAT

WARNING : ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the

windows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.

Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by

asphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you

hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have

the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in

your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.

If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open area

with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:

1. Close all windows.

2. Open side vents.

3. Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face” and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield

are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

ZC000A1-E

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 2

C020A01A-EAT

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

Before you start the engine, you should always:

o Look around the vehicle to be sure there are

no flat tyres, puddles of oil or water or other

indications of possible trouble.

o After entering the car, check to be sure the

parking brake is engaged.

o Check that all windows, and lights are clean.

o Check that the interior and exterior mirrors

are clean and in position.

o Check your seat, seatback and headrestraint

to be sure they are in their proper positions.

o Lock all the doors.

o Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all

other occupants have fastened theirs.

o Turn off all lights and accessories that are

not needed.

o When you turn the ignition switch to "ON",

check that all appropriate warning lights are

operating and that you have sufficient fuel.

o Check the operation of warning lights and all

bulbs when key is in the "ON" position.

o To start the engine, insert the ignition key

and turn it to the "START" position. Release

it as soon as the engine starts. Do not hold

the key in the "START" position for more

than 15 seconds.

NOTE:

For safety, the engine will not start if the

shift lever is not in "P" or "N" Position (Auto

T/A).

ZC050A2-E

KEY POSITIONS

"START"

The engine is started in this position. It will

crank untill you release the key.

NOTE:

Do not hold the key in the "START" position

for more than 15 seconds.

"ON"

When the key is in the "ON" position, the ignition

is on and all accessories may be turned on. If the

engine is not running, the key should not be left

in the "ON" position. This will discharge the

battery and may also damage the ignition sys-

tem.

"ACC"

With the key in the "ACC" position, the radio and

other accessories may be operated.

"LOCK"

The key can be removed or inserted in this

position. Steering is locked by removing the key.

When unlocking the steering, insert the key, and

then turn the steering wheel and key simulta-

neously.

C040A01E

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

C030A02X-GAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH

To Start the Engine

o If your Hyundai is equipped with a manual

transaxle, place the shift lever in neutral and

depress the clutch pedal fully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle,

place the shift lever in "P" (park).

WARNING:

The engine should not be turned off or the

key removed from the ignition key cylinder

while the car is in motion.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 3

C050A01A-AAT

STARTING

(For Multiport Fuel Injection)

Normal starting with either a cold or warm

engine is obtained without pumping or depress-

ing the accelerator pedal. Simply turn the key to

the "START" position and release when the

engine starts.

After the engine has started, allow the engine to

run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the

vehicle in gear.

The starter should not be operated for more

than 15 seconds at a time. Wait 15-30 seconds

between starting attempts to protect the starter

from overheating.

WARNING:

Never run the engine in a closed or poorly

ventilated area any longer than is needed to

move your car in or out of the area. The

carbon monoxide gas emitted is odorless

and can cause serious injury or death.

C050B02X-GAT

Normal Conditions:

The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.

2. Depress the clutch pedal fully (manual

transaxle) and place the gearshift lever in

neutral (manual transaxle) or the selector

lever (automatic transaxle) in "P" (park)

position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the "ON"

position, make certain all warning lights and

gauges are functioning properly before start-

ing the engine.

WARNING:

Be sure that the clutch is fully depressed

when starting a manual transaxle vehicle.

Otherwise, there is the potential to cause

damage to the vehicle or injury to someone

inside or outside the vehicle as a result of

the forward or backward movement of the

vehicle that will occur if the clutch is not

depressed when the vehicle is started.

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" position

and release it when the engine starts.

DC090C1-E

FUEL ECONOMY

The following suggestions are made to assist in

achieving the greatest degree of fuel economy.

o Maintaining a constant check on fuel con-

sumption will enable the most economical

use pattern and driving style to be adopted.

o Avoid using the vehicle for very short jour-

neys if possible, particularly when a cold

start isinvolved.

o Ensure that tyre pressures are maintained

at the correct level.

o Use only the recommended grade of fuel.

o Avoid carrying unnecessary weight, and if a

roof rack is in use, remove it as soon as

possible after use.

o Anticipate the road and conditions ahead to

enable adjustments in speed to be made

smoothly. Avoid heavy acceleration and

sharp braking.

o Avoid cruising at unnecessary high speeds.

o Always ensure that the periodic maintenance

services are performed by a Hyundai dealer

at the time and/or mileage intervals speci-

fied.

o Use the air conditioner only when neces-

sary.

C050A01E

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 4

1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.

2. Simultaneously push and turn the ignition

key counterclockwise from the "ACC" posi-

tion to the "LOCK" position.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"

position.

C070B01X-GAT

Using the Clutch of Manual transaxle

The clutch should be pressed all the way to the

floor before shifting, then released slowly. The

clutch pedal should be always used after fully

returning to the original position. Do not rest

your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This

can cause unnecessary wear. Do not partially

engage the clutch to hold the car on an incline.

This causes unnecessary wear. Use the park-

ing brake to hold the car on an incline. Do not

operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

ZC090D2-A

To Remove the Ignition Key

C070A03X-EAT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE

C070A01X

The 5 speed fully synchronized manual transaxle

is controlled by a floor mounted shift lever upon

which the shift pattern is indicated. Ensure that

when changing gear, the clutch pedal is fully

depressed before moving the shift lever.

CAUTION:

o Do not attempt to engage reverse gear

when the car is moving.

o To avoid damaging the selector mecha-

nism, do not use the gear shift lever as a

hand rest. Release the lever immediately

the shift is completed.

o To avoid premature clutch wear, do not

use the clutch pedal as a foot rest, and

do not hold the vehicle on a gradient

using the clutch.

o Ensure that the engine is not over-revved

by upshifting.

o Do not coast with the shift lever at the

neutral position.

o When descending long gradients, make

use of the engine braking to assist the

footbrake to avoid brake fade or over-

heating.

o When slippery conditions are encoun-

tered, increased caution should be exe-

cuted when gear changing, braking or

accelerating. Abrupt changes in speed

may cause a loss of traction.

o To shift into reverse, rest the lever in

neutral for at least 3 seconds after your

car is completely stopped. Then move

the lever into the reverse position.

WARNING:

When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth

gear, caution should be taken not to inad-

vertently press the gear shift lever sideways

in such a manner that second gear is en-

gaged. Such over revving of the engine may

possibly cause engine damage.

C070C01E

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 5

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

Recommended

mph (km/h)

C070E02-GAT

RECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTS

The following shift speeds are recommended

for optimum fuel economy.

C090A01A-GAT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

(Not all models)

C090B01X-DAG

Condition

15 (20)

25 (40)

35 (55)

45 (75)

The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxle

has four forward speeds and one reverse speed.

It has a conventional shift pattern as shown in

the illustration. At night, with the first position of

the multi-function switch, the appropriate sym-

bol on the shift pattern indicator will be illuminat-

ed according to the range selected.

CAUTION:

Never shift into "R" or "P" position while

the vehicle is moving.

NOTE:

Depress the brake pedal and push the

button when shifting.

Push the button when shifting.

The selector lever can be shifted free-

ly.

For optimum fuel economy, accelerate gradual-

ly. The transaxle will automatically shift to the

second, third and overdrive gears.

CAUTION:

The selector must NEVER be shifted to the

"P" position whilst the vehicle is in motion,

otherwise serious transaxle damage will re-

sult.

NOTE:

o The ignition key can be removed with the

selector in only this position. (Not all

models)

o The brake pedal fully depressed in order

to move the shift lever from the "P"

(Park) position to any of the other posi-

tions. (Not all models)

ZC110B1-E

SELECTOR POSITIONS

o P (Park):

With the selector in this position, no drive is

transmitted from the engine and the transaxle

output (and therefore the front wheels) are

locked. The engine may be started with the

selector in this position.

ZC110C1-A

o R (Reverse):

Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring the car to

a complete stop before shifting the selector

lever to "R" position.

C090D02A-AAT

o N (Neutral)

In the "N" position, the transaxle is in neutral,

which means that no gears are engaged. The

engine can be started with the shift lever in "N"

position, although this is not recommended

except if the engine stalls while the car is

moving.

CAUTION:

Do not coast with the selector at the "N"

position

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 6

C090I01E-EAT

CAUTION:

o Shift into "R" and "P" only when the

vehicle has completely stopped.

o Do not accelerate the engine in the re-

verse or any of the forward positions

with the brakes applied.

o Always apply the footbrake when shift-

ing from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" or

"L".

o Do not use the "P" (Park) position in

place of the parking brake. Always set

the park-ing brake, shift the transaxle

into "P" (Park) and turn off the ignition

when you leave the vehicle, even mo-

mentarily. Never leave the vehicle unat-

tended whilst the engine is running.

C090H01E-EAT

NOTE:

o The brake pedal should be depressed

when shifting from NEUTRAL to a for-

ward or reverse gear.

o The brake pedal fully depressed in order

to move the shift lever from the "P"

(Park) position to any of the other posi-

tions.

o It is always possible to shift from "R",

"N", "D", "2", "L" position.

C090P01X-DAG

SC130A1-E

OVERDRIVE SWITCH

SC110E1-E

o D (Drive):

With the selector in this position, first gear will

be engaged from rest and the transaxle will

automatically upshift to second, third and fourth

depending upon the vehicle speed, throttle po-

sition and the position of the Overdrive switch.

The engine may not be started with the selector

in this position.

SC110G1-E

o L (Low Gear):

With the selector in this position, first gear will

be engaged from rest. No upshift will occur

regardless of vehicle speed and throttle open-

ing. The engine may not be started with the

selector in this position.

SC110F1-E

o 2 (Second Gear):

With the selector in this position, first gear will

be engaged from rest. The transaxle will upshift

to second gear depending upon the vehicle

speed and throttle position. No upshift to third or

fourth will occur. The engine may not be started

with the selector in this position.

CAUTION:

Do not move the selector to the 2 position

when the vehicle speed is in excess of 50

m.p.h.

CAUTION:

Do not move the selector to the L position

when the vehicle speed is in excess of 60

m.p.h.

o Check the automatic transaxle fluid level

regularly, and add fluid as necessary.

The overdrive switch prevents the transaxle

upshifting higher than third gear when the switch

is turned "OFF". The transaxle will start from

rest in first gear and upshift to second and third

gear depending upon the roadspeed and throttle

opening but will not upshift to fourth gear. When

the overdrive switch is turned "ON", the transaxle

will start from rest in first gear and will upshift,

depending upon roadspeed and throttle open-

ing to second, third and fourth gear. Therefore,

when the overdrive switch is turned "OFF", the

transaxle performs as a three speed unit and

the overdrive warning light located in the instru-

ment cluster will be illuminated. When the over-

drive switch is turned "ON", the transaxle func-

tions as a fully automatic four speed unit with

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 7

o Ensure that the overdrive switch is at the

"ON" position for maximum economy.

o If rapid acceleration is required, fully de-

press the accelerator pedal. In this condi-

tion, the kickdown mechanism will be oper-

ated and the transaxle will automatically

downshift according to the vehicle speed.

o Do not depress the accelerator pedal with

the brakes applied and the selector at the

"R" "D" "2" or "L" position.

o Turn the overdrive switch on for good fuel

economy and smooth driving. But if engine

braking is needed in the "D" range or if

repeated upshifting and downshifting be-

tween the 3rd and 4th gear is needed when

climbing a gentle slope, it is recommended

that the overdrive switch be turned off. Turn

the overdrive switch back on immediately

afterward.

the maximum fuel economy potential of the

vehicle being realized.

SC140A1-E

EFFECTIVE BRAKING

Braking system performance and friction mate-

rial life are greatly affected by the driving style

adopted. The following suggestions are made

to assist in achieving the best results from the

braking system.

o Anticipate the road and conditions ahead in

order that heavy braking may be avoided.

o When descending long gradients, use the

engine to assist in retarding the vehicle to

minimize the possibility of brake fade occur-

ring.

ZC120D1-E

General Operating Instructions

o The button in the selector handle must be

depressed before the selector can be moved.

o The engine may only be started when the

selector is at position "P" or "N".

o Ensure that the footbrake is firmly applied

when shifting from "P" or "N" to "D", "2" or

"L" and vice versa.

o Always engage the parking brake when the

vehicle is unattended, never use the "P"

position in place of the parking brake.

o Under normal circumstances, the selector

should be placed in the "D" position and the

transaxle allowed to select the most ideal

ratio for the circumstances. In this position

maximum fuel economy will be achieved.

o When descending steep gradients where

engine braking is required, the selector

should be placed at the "2" or "L" position

depending upon the vehicle speed.

o When ascending steep gradients and using

large throttle openings, the transaxle may

repeatedly change between two adjacent

ratios. This is a normal characteristic and

may be prevented by selecting "2" or "L"

depending upon the vehicle speed.

o Never move the selector to or from the "P"

or "N" position with the accelerator de-

pressed.

o When trailer towing, ensure that the trailer

brakes function correctly and use engine

brak-ing to assist the vehicle braking system.

o Use only genuine Hyundai replacement

brake pads and shoes to ensure consistent

friction characteristics and wear rates.

o After driving through deep water (e.g.

fording), the brakes may become wet and

performance reduced. Always check brake

efficiency after emerging from the water and

dry the brakes by lightly depressing the

brake pedal several times whilst driving slow-

ly.

o Apply the parking brake only when the vehi-

cle is at rest.

o Since the power assistance provided by the

brake servo is derived from the engine,

coast-ing with the engine turned off or tow-

ing of the vehicle with the engine turned off

will result in greatly increased pedal pres-

sures being re-quired to stop the vehicle.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with

the accelerator pedal. This can cause the

transmission to overheat. Always use the

brake pedal or parking brake.

YC250A1-A

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM

(Not all models)

The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is designed

to prevent wheel lock-up during sudden braking

or on hazardous road surfaces. The ABS con-

trol module monitors the wheel speed and con-

trols the pressure applied to each brake. Thus,

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 8

in emergency situations or on slick roads, ABS

will increase vehicle control during braking.

NOTE:

During ABS operation, a slight pulsation

may be felt in the brake pedal when the

brakes are applied. Also, a noise may be

heard in the engine compartment while brak-

ing. These conditions are normal and indi-

cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-

tioning properly.

WARNING:

Your ABS will not prevent accidents due to

improper or dangerous driving maneuvers.

Even though vehicle control is improved

during emergency braking, always maintain

a safe distance between you and objects

ahead. Vehicle speeds should always be

reduced during extreme road conditions.

The braking distance for cars equipped with

an anti-lock braking system may be longer

than for those without it in the following

road conditions.

o Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.

o Driving with tire chains installed.

o Driving on roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surface height.

These roads should be driven at reduced

speeds. The safety features of an ABS

equipped vehicle should not be tested by

high speed driving or cornering. This could

endanger the safety of yourself or others.

unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pres-

sures at least once a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are aligned cor-

rectly. Improper alignment can result from

hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular

surfaces. Poor alignment causes faster tire

wear and may also result in other problems

as well as greater fuel consumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. For better

fuel economy and reduced maintenance

costs, maintain your car in accordance with

the maintenance schedule in Section 5. If

you drive your car in severe conditions,

more frequent maintenance is required (see

Section 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximum service,

your car should be kept clean and free of

corrosive materials. It is especially impor-

tant that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed to

accumulate on the underside of the car. This

extra weight can result in increased fuel

consumption and also contribute to corro-

sion.

o Travel lightly. Don’t carry unnecessary weight

in your car. Weight is an enemy of good fuel

economy.

o Don’t let the engine idle longer than neces-

sary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic),

turn off your engine and restart only when

you’re ready to go.

o Remember, your car does not require ex-

tended warm-up. As soon as the engine is

running smoothly, you can drive away. In

very cold weather, however, give your en-

gine a slightly longer warm-up period.

SC150A1-F

DRIVING FOR ECONOMY

You can save fuel and get more miles from your

car if you follow these suggestions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate

rate. Don’t make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-

throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising

speed. Don’t race between stoplights. Try to

adjust your speed to that of the other traffic

so you don’t have to change speeds unnec-

essarily.

Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Al-

ways maintain a safe distance from other

vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary brak-

ing. This also reduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The faster you

drive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving at

a moderate speed, especially on the high-

way, is one of the most effective ways to

reduce fuel consumption.

o Don’t "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. This

can increase fuel consumption and also

increase wear on these components. In ad-

dition, driving with your foot resting on the

brake pedal may cause the brakes to over-

heat, which reduces their effectiveness and

may lead to more serious consequences.

o Take care of your tires. Keep them inflated

to the recommended pressure. Incorrect infla-

tion, either too much or too little, results in

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 9

ZC170C1-E

Anti-freeze/Corrosion inhibitor

The cooling system must always contain an

Ethylene-Glycol based anti-freeze solution. The

system is filled during manufacture with solu-

tion of the correct strength which should be

checked before the onset of winter and adjust-

ed or changed as required.

NOTE:

The anti-freeze solution contains a corro-

sion inhibitor to prevent degradation of the

aluminum castings contained within the

engine. Therefore, never, drain the system

and refill with water only.

In addition, anti-freeze solution must ALWAYS

be used in vehicles fitted with air conditioning,

to prevent the heater matrix from freezing and

subsequently bursting with the refrigeration sys-

tem in use.

ZC170B1-E

Electrical System

Winter conditions impose severe demands upon

vehicle electrical systems, particularly the charg-

ing circuit. The battery condition and perfor-

mance along with the alternator performance

and drive belt condition should be checked prior

to the onset of winter.

o Don’t "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Lugging

is driving too slowly in too high a gear

resulting in the engine bucking. If this hap-

pens to you, shift to a lower gear.

Over-revving is racing the engine beyond its

safe limit. This can be avoided by shifting at

the recommended speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly. The air

conditioning system is operated by the en-

gine power so your fuel economy is reduced

when you use it.

SC160A1-F

SMOOTH CORNERING

Avoid braking or gear changing in corners,

especially when roads are wet. Ideally, corners

should always be taken under gentle accelera-

tion. If you follow these suggestions, tire wear

will be held to a minimum.

SC170A1-E

WINTER MOTORING

The onset of winter conditions subject motor

vehicles to greater operating demands. There-

fore, the following suggestions will assist in

maintaining peak performance and reliability

during these periods:

ZC170D1-E

Door Locks

Should the door lock mechanism become fro-

zen, a proprietary lock de-icer should be used.

Alternatively, warming the door key may thaw

the door lock. However, the key should be

handled carefully to avoid burning the fingers.

Never attempt to thaw a frozen door lock using

hot water, since the water will eventually freeze

and compound the problem.

NOTE:

The proper temperature for using the immo-

bilizer key is from -40°F to 176°F(from -40°C

to 80°C). If you heat the immobilizer key

over 176°F(80°C) to open the frozen lock, it

may cause damage to the transponder in its

head.

ZC170E1-E

Windscreen Washers & Wipers

The windscreen washer bottle should be filled

with a solution of water and a proprietary winter

screen wash additive. The windscreen wipers

should not be used it the blades are frozen to

the windscreen or if they are covered with

snow, before this is removed.

NOTE:

Never allow undiluted screen washer fluid

additive to spill upon the paintwork or use

engine coolant anti-freeze since damage to

the paintwork may result.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 10

CAUTION:

o Never connect a trailer brake system di-

rectly to the vehicle brake system.

o When towing a trailer on steep grades (in

excess of 12%) pay close attention to the

engine coolant temperature gauge to

ensure the engine does not overheat. If

the needle of the coolant temperature

gauge moves across the dial towards

"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as

it is safe to do so, and allow the engine to

idle until it cools down. You may proceed

once the engine has cooled sufficiently.

C190D01A-GAT

Safety Chains

Should the hitch connection between your car

and the trailer or vehicle you are towing fail, the

trailer or vehicle could wander dangerously

across other lanes of traffic and ultimately col-

lide with another vehicle. To eliminate this po-

tentially dangerous situation, safety chains, at

tached between your car and the trailer or

towed vehicle, are required in most provinces.

o When driving in extreme conditions, the

windscreen wiper blades may fail to clear

the screen properly due to the formation of

ice upon the blade edge. It will therefore be

necessary to periodically remove such ice

to restore their efficiency.

o If the power operated door mirrors become

frozen, attempts to adjust these may dam-

age the mechanism.

o The formation of snow or ice build up inside

the wheel arches may interfere with the

roadwheels or steering mechanism. In such

instances, unusual noises or an increase in

steering effort may result. Therefore, ensure

that the wheelarches are checked periodi-

cally and any accumulated snow or ice

removed.

o It is advisable to carry emergency equip-

ment including, torch, shovel, tow rope, blan-

kets etc., if a journey is to be undertaken into

areas of severe road conditions.

CAUTION:

Do not do any towing with your car during

its first 1,200 miles in order to allow the

engine to properly break in. Failure to heed

this caution may result in serious engine or

transaxle damage.

C190B01S-AAT

Trailer Hitches

Select the proper hitch and ball combination,

making sure that it's location is compatible with

that of the trailer or vehicle being towed. Use a

quality non-equalizing hitch which distributes

the tongue load uniformly throughout the chas-

sis.

The hitch should be bolted securely to the car

and installed by a qualified technician. DO NOT

USE A HITCH DESIGNED FOR TEMPORARY

INSTALLATION AND NEVER USE ONE THAT

ATTACHES ONLY TO THE BUMPER.

C190A01A-EAT

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWING

If you are considering towing with your car, you

should first check with your Province Depart-

ment of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal

requirements.

Since laws vary from province to province the

requirements for towing trailers, cars, or other

types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask

your Hyundai dealer for further details before

towing.

C190C01X-GAT

Trailer Brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,

make sure it conforms to federal and/or local

regulations and that it is properly installed and

operating correctly.

NOTE:

If you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car will

require more frequent maintenance due to

the additional load. See Maintenance Under

Severe Usage Conditions" on page 5-4.

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 11

hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-

tional equipment.

3. The front or rear axle weight must not

exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating

(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-

tion plate (see page 8-1). It is possible

that your towing package does not ex-

ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.

Improper trailer loading and/or too much

luggage in the trunk can overload the

rear axle. Redistribute the load and check

the axle weight again.

4. The maximum permissible overhang of

the coupling point : 22.44 in.

(ATOS VAN : 22.36 in.)

C190E04X-GAT

Trailer Weight Limit

SSA2200B

Tongue load

Total trailer weight

Tongue loads can be increased or decreased

by redistributing the load in the trailer. This can

be verified by checking the total weight of the

loaded trailer and then checking the load on the

tongue.

NOTE:

1. Never load the trailer with more weight in

the back than in the front. About 60% of

the trailer load should be in the front half

on the trailer and the remaining 40% in

the rear.

2. The total gross vehicle weight with trailer

must not exceed the Gross Vehicle

Weight Rating (GVWR) shown on the

vehicle identification plate (see page 8-

1). The total gross vehicle weight is the

combined weight of the vehicle, driver,

all passengers and their luggage, cargo,

C190E03X

Ï

Towing Bracket

Attachment Location

CAUTION:

The following specifications are recommend-

ed when towing a trailer. The loaded trailer

weigh cannot safely exceed the values in

the chart below.

SSA2200D

Gross axle weight

Gross vehicle weight

lb

Trailer

Maximum Towable Weight

Auto Transaxle Manual Transaxle

With

Trailer

Brake

881.8

1543.2

Without

Trailer

Brake

881.8

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 12

15.If you have to stop while going uphill, do not

hold the vehicle in place by pressing on the

accelerator. This can cause the automatic

transaxle to overheat. Use the parking brake

or footbrake.

NOTE:

When towing, check transaxle fluid more

frequently.

CAUTION:

If overheating should occur when towing,

(temperature gauge reads near red zone),

taking the following action may reduce or

eliminate the problem.

1. Turn off the air conditioner.

2. Reduce highway speed.

3. Select a lower gear when going uphill.

4. While in stop and go traffic, place the gear

selection in park or neutral and idle the

engine at a higher speed.

being passed by a large vehicle, keep a

constant speed and steer straight ahead.

If there is too much wind buffeting, slow

down to get out of the other vehicle's air

turbulence.

8. When parking your car and trailer, especial-

ly on a hill, be sure to follow all the normal

precautions. Turn your front wheel into the

curb, set the parking brake firmly, and put

the transaxle in 1st or Reverse (manual) or

Park (automatic). In addition, place wheel

chocks at each of the trailer's tyres.

9. If the trailer has electric brakes, start your

vehicle and trailer moving, and then apply

the trailer brake controller by hand to be

sure the brakes are working. This lets you

check your electrical connection at the same

time.

10.During your trip, check occasionally to be

sure that the load is secure, and that the

lights and any trailer brakes are still working.

11.Avoid jerky starts, sudden acceleration or

sudden stops.

12.Avoid sharp turns and rapid lane changes.

13.Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long

or too frequently. This could cause the brakes

to overheat, resulting in reduced braking

efficiency.

14.When going down a hill, shift into a lower

gear and use the engine braking effect.

When ascending a long grade, downshift the

transaxle to a lower gear and reduce speed

to reduce chances of engine overloading

and or overheating.

WARNING:

o The tongue load should never exceed;

Auto Transaxle : 55.1 lb

Manual Transaxle 9: 61.7 lb

o Maximun permissible mass of the cou-

pling device (ATOS VAN only) : 44 lb

o Improperly loading your car and trailer

can serious affect its steering and brak-

ing performance causing a crash in which

you may be seriously injured or killed.

YC200E1-A

Trailer or Vehicle Towing Tips

1. Before towing, check hitch and safety chain

connections as well as proper operation of

the trailer running lights, brake lights, and

turn signals.

2. Always drive your vehicle at a moderate

speed (Less than 62 MPH).

3. Trailer towing requires more fuel than nor-

mal conditions.

4. To maintain engine braking efficiency and

electrical charging performance, do not use

fifth gear (manual transaxle) or overdrive

(automatic transaxle).

5. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent

load shift while driving.

6. Check the condition and air pressure of all

tires on the trailer and your car. Low tyre

pressure can seriously affect the handling.

Also check the spare tyre.

7. The vehicle/trailer combination is more af-

fected by crosswind and buffeting. When

3-1

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

fitted with automatic transaxle ensure that

the transaxle selector is at the "P" or"N"

position.

2. Check the battery terminals and connec-

tions to ensure that these are clean and also

tight.

3. If the ignition warning lamps dim when the

engine is cranked and the battery terminals

have been checked, a discharged battery is

indicated.

4. Do not attempt to push or tow start the

vehicle, refer to "Jump Starting" for informa-

tion regarding engine starting when the bat-

tery is discharged.

DD020A1-E

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

Seek assistance from the nearest Hyundai

dealer with regard to the method of ignition and

fuel system diagnosis.

CAUTION:

If the engine refuses to start, no attempt

should be made to push or tow start the

vehicle. Vehicles with automatic transaxle

or fuel injection will not be able to be started

in this manner since no drive is transmitted

through the automatic transaxle whilst the

engine is not running, and in the case of fuel

injected derivatives, the fuel pump will not

operate under tow start conditions. In addi-

tion, if the vehicle is equipped with an ex-

haust catalyst, damage to the catalyst may

result if the vehicle is tow started.

ZD000A1-E

3. WHAT TO DO IN AN

EMERGENCY

DD020B1-E

IF THE ENGINE CANNOT BE

CRANKED

1. If the vehicle is fitted with manual transaxle

ensure that the clutch pedal is depressed

whilst cranking the engine. If the vehicle is

ZD020C2-D

If Engine Turns Over Normally but Does

Not Start

AD020D1-A

If Engine Stalls While Driving

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a

straight line. Move cautiously off the road to

a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again. If your vehicle

will not start, see “IF THE ENGINE WILL

NOT START”

DD030A1-E

JUMP STARTING

1. Check fuel level.

2. Check all connectors at coil and spark plugs.

Re-connect any that may be disconnected

or loose.

3. Check fuel line in the engine room.

4. If engine still refuses to start, call a Hyundai

dealer or seek other qualified assistance.

AX30030A

Negative to the engine

not to the battery

Positive to positive

Dead battery

Booster battery

D010C01X-1

Spark plug

3

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-2

3. If coolant is running out under the car or

steam is coming out from under the bonnet

stop the engine. Do not open the bonnet

until the coolant has stopped running or the

steaming has stopped. If there is no visible

loss of coolant and no steam, leave the

engine running and check to be sure the

engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is

not running, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is

missing. If it is not missing, check to see that

it is tight. If the drive belt seems to be

satisfactory, check for coolant leaking from

the radiator, hoses or under the car. (If the

air conditioner had been in use, it is normal

for cold water to be draining from it).

WARNING:

While the engine is running, keep hands and

clothing away from moving parts such as

the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.

5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or

coolant is leaking out, stop the engine imme-

diately and call the nearest Hyundai dealer

for assistance.

WARNING:

Do not remove the radiator cap when the

engine is hot since steam and boiling water

may be ejected from the radiator resulting in

burns or scalding.

CAUTION:

Personal injury and damage to the vehicle

may occur if jump starting is not performed

correctly. If any doubt exists as to how this

operation should be performed, seek assis-

tance from qualified personnel.

WARNING:

Motor vehicle batteries contain sulphuric

acid and emit hydrogen gas. Protective cloth-

ing should be worn and care exercised to

prevent the acid from coming into contact

with skin or clothing and the vehicle. Naked

lights should not be permitted in the vicinity

of the battery. Care should be exercised to

preventsparks occurring during connection.

If acid accidentally comes into contact with

skin or eyes, the affected area should imme-

diately be flushed with copious amounts of

water and medical assistance sought.

1. Ensure that the booster battery is 12 volt

type. If the booster battery is installed in

another vehicle, ensure that the two vehi-

cles are not touching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical equip-

ment in both vehicles.

3. Ensure that the engine of the vehicle provid-

ing the jump start is running prior to connec-

tion of the jump cables.

4. Connect the red jump cable to the positive

(+) terminal of the booster battery and the

other end to the positive (+) terminal of the

discharged battery.

5. Attach the black jump cable to the negative

(-) terminal of the booster battery, and the

other end to a ground point within the engine

compartment of the vehicle with the flat bat-

tery. Do not connect to the negative battery

terminal of the flat battery since sparks may

be generated with the subsequent risk of

explosion.

6. Raise the booster vehicle engine speed to

2,000 r.p.m. and start the engine of the

vehicle with the flat battery.

7. Remove jump cables in the reverse order of

installation (black cable first).

NOTE:

If the jump cable is incorrectly installed,

damage to the vehicle electrical system may

occur, in particular the electronic compo-

nents such as the Fuel Injection system

computer and the Automatic Transaxle com-

puter. The battery must never be discon-

nected whilst the engine is running.

XD040A1-E

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If the temperature gauge indicates overheating:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is

safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P" (auto-

matic), or neutral (manual transaxle, semi-

automatic transalxe) and set the parking

brake. If the air conditioner is on, turn it off.

3-3

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

ZD050B1-E

Handling Spare Tyre

6. If the cause of the overheating cannot be

found, wait until the engine temperature has

returned to normal. Then, if coolant has

been lost, carefully remove the radiator cap

and add water to bring the fluid level in the

reservoir up to the base of the radiator fill

opening. Fill the coolant expansion tank to

the halfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution until it is established

that the engine is operating normally. If the

engine overheats repeatedly, the advice of a

Hyundai dealer should be sought.

CAUTION:

Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a

leak in the cooling system and this should

be checked as soon as possible by a Hyundai

dealer.

3. Passengers must not be allowed to remain

inside the vehicle during wheel changing. If

a puncture occurs whilst the vehicle is on a

motorway, the passengers should take ref-

uge on the motorway embankment to avoid

the possibility of injury occurring should the

vehicle be struck by other motorway traffic.

4. Wheel changing should be performed ac-

cording to the following instructions.

ZD050A1-E

FULL-SIZED SPARE TYRE

For customer convenience and satisfaction,

Hyundai has included a full-sized spare tyre

and wheel.

The following instructions should be observed.

1. Check inflation pressure as soon as possi-

ble after installing the spare tyre, and adjust

to the specified pressure.

2. The spare tyre pressure should be checked

once a month while the tyre is stored.

Spare Tyre Pressure (cold)

D040B01X

Remove the installation bolt to remove the spare

tyre. To install the spare tyre, tighten the bolt

firmly with your fingers until the spare tyre has

no more play.

SD060A1-E

IN THE EVENT OF A PUNCTURE

If a puncture occurs whilst driving the vehicle:

1. Bring the car to rest as soon as it is safe to

do so and with the minimum amount of

braking required which will assist in main-

taining the maximum amount of control. The

vehicle should be parked wherever possible

upon firm level ground to facilitate wheel

changing.

2. If the vehicle is creating a hazard and the

road conditions do not permit the wheel to

be changed safely, assistance should be

sought.

SD070A1-E

CHANGING A FLAT TYRE

D060A01X

It is of the utmost importance that care is

exercised when changing road wheels. Ensure

that the parking brake is set and that the gear

shift lever is in reverse (P, if the vehicle has

automatic transaxle).

Tyre Size

Inflation Pressure

155/70 R13

30 psi (210 kPa)

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-4

SD070B1-E

1. Obtain Spare Tyre and Tool

Remove the spare wheel, jack, jack handle and

tool bag from the boot.

NOTE:

The jack handle is equipped on the under-

side of the boot luggage mat.

SSA3050D

Flat tyre

SD070D1-E

2. Block the Wheel

Block the wheel that is diagonally opposite from

the flat tyre to prevent the vehicle from rolling

when the car is raised on the jack.

D060D01A

SD070E1-E

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

The wheel nuts should be loosened slightly

before raising the car. To loosen the nuts, turn

the wheel brace counterclockwise. Ensure that

the wheel brace socket is seated properly on

the nut and that it cannot slip. Do not remove

the nuts at this stage.

SD070F1-F

4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placed on firm,

level ground. The jack should be positioned as

shown in the drawing.

D060E01A

<AMICA>

D060E01V

D040B01X

3-5

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

SD070G1-E

5. Raising the Car

AS30120A

SD070H1-E

6. Changing Wheels

Using the wheel brace, remove the nuts and

slide the wheel off the hub and wheel studs. Lie

the wheel flat to prevent it from rolling. Ensure

that the faces of the wheel and hub are clean.

Position the spare wheel over the studs and

slide it up to the hub.

Install the jack handle into the jack as shown in

the drawing. To raise the vehicle, turn the jack

handle clockwise. As the jack begins to raise

the vehicle, double check that it is properly

positioned and will not slip. If the jack is on soft

ground or sand, it may be necessary to place a

stout piece of timber under the base of the jack

to prevent it from sinking.

Raise the car high enough so that the fully

inflated spare wheel can be installed.

WARNING:

Do not get under the car when it is support-

ed by the jack! The jack is solely designed

for wheel changing and is not intended to

support the vehicle for other purposes. The

use of purpose designed supports is neces-

sary whilst the vehicle is raised and the

operator is required to get underneath.

WARNING:

It is important that the faces of the wheel

and hub are clean prior to installing the

wheel. The prescence of dirt or other matter

in the wheel or hub faces could result in the

wheel nuts becoming loose whilst the vehi-

cle is being driven.

AS30130A

HFC4022

Wrench bar

Wheel nut

Wrench

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-6

SD070I1-E

7. Re-install Wheel Nuts

D060H01A

Fit the wheel nuts onto the studs and tighten

with the wheel brace.

D060I01A

XD070J1-E

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

Lower the car to the ground turning the jack

handle counterclockwise. When the vehicle is

firmly on the ground, remove the jack and

tighten the wheel nuts securely. At the first

available opportunity, the wheel nut torque

should be checked with a suitable torque

wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque

Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:

65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)

SD070K1-E

AFTER CHANGING WHEELS

The pressure of the spare tyre should be

checked at the first available opportunity. If any

doubt exists as to the tyre pressure, the vehicle

should be driven slowly to the nearest service

station and the tyre pressure checked and

adjusted as required.

If the valve cap is lost from any of the valves,

a replacement should be obtained and fitted at

the first available opportunity. The valve cap

prevents the ingress of dirt which may cause

the valve to stick and therefore leak and is part

of the valve sealing function.

Ensure that the spare wheel, jack and jack

handle as well tools are correctly located in the

boot of the vehicle to prevent damage and

noise.

D080A01A

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

SD080A1-E

VEHICLE TOWING OR RECOVERY

CAUTION:

An incorrect tow or recovery could result in

serious damage to the vehicle. If any dam-

age to the suspension, steering or transaxle

is apparent or suspected, a towing ambu-

lance must be used.

D060J01X

3-7

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

SD090A1-E

Manual Transaxle Vehicle

o If a suspended tow is being given to the

rear, the ignition key must be at the "ACC"

position since the steering lock is not

designed to withstand the force required

to hold the front wheels straight during

the tow.

o The vehicle must not be towed with the

front wheels on the ground for more than

thirty miles.

D080B01A

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

WITH NO DAMAGE

The vehicle may be towed by the conventional

method using the towing eye at the front of the

vehicle as an attachment point. In addition, a

suspended tow with or without an ambulance

may be used with either the front or the rear

wheels being suspended, provided the above

caution is observed.

In addition, the following points must

be noted:

o If towing by conventional means, the ig-

nition key must be at the "ACC" position,

otherwise the steering lock will be acti-

vated.

o Because the brake system and steering

sys-tem power assistance is derived from

the engine, the amount of effort required

to stop or steer the vehicle will be greater

than normal.

SD100A2-E

Automatic Transaxle Vehicle

D080C01A

o NOT OK FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

EQUIPPED VEHICLE

o OK FOR MANUAL TRANSAXLE

The vehicle may be towed by the conventional

method using the towing eye at the front of the

vehicle as an attachment point.

In addition, a suspended tow may be given to

the front of the vehicle without an ambulance. In

the event of a suspended tow being given to the

rear of the vehicle, the use of an ambulance is

imperative.

D080C02A

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUAL

TRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

CAUTION:

The following restriction must be observed

in order to avoid serious damage to the

transaxle.

The vehicle must never be towed from the

rear with the front wheels on the ground.

The vehicle must not be towed until transaxle

fluid has been added to bring the level up to

the "HOT" marking on the dipstick. (The

level will need to be reduced again after

towing).

The vehicle must not be towed at speeds

faster than 25 mph. or distances greater

than fifty miles. The general points regard-

ing the steering lock etc. described in the

preceding section (Manual transaxle vehicle)

should be observed.

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-8

D080D01X-GAT

Emergency Towing

D080D01X

For emergency towing when no commercial

tow vehicle is available, attach a tow cable,

chain or strap to the two hooks under the front

of your car. Do not attempt to tow your vehicle

in this manner on any unpaved surface. This

could result in serious damage to your car.

Nor should it be attempted if the wheels, drive

train, axles, steering or brakes are damaged.

Before towing, be sure the transaxle is in neu-

tral and the key is in "ACC" (with the engine off)

or in the "ON" position (with the engine run-

ning). A driver must be in the towed car to steer

it and operate the brakes.

D120A02A-GAT

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS

Information about the key of immobilizer sys-

tem will be found on page 1-2.

CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE

4-1

moved. Should any damage to or deterioration

of the underbody coating be apparent, the ad-

vice of a Hyundai dealer regarding the use of a

compatible repair material should be sought.

NOTE:

The underbody should never be steam

cleaned since the underbody coating may

be removed by this process.

During the interim period between power wash-

ing the underbody, the more vulnerable areas

such as wheelarches should be hosed off,

particularly during the winter season to prevent

prolonged contact of road salt with the body.

Ensure that the various drain points located at

bottom of the door panels are kept clear, to

prevent water becoming trapped within the cavi-

ties. Wherever possible, the parking of the

vehicle in a confined, poorly ventilated location

(e.g.) garage should be avoided when the vehi-

cle is wet or covered with snow or ice. Under

these conditions, the internal cavities of the

vehicle will remain damp for long periods of

time which encourage corrosion. Parking the

vehicle where good ventilation exists is prefer-

able.

ZE020B1-E

Underbody Coatings

Every Hyundai passenger car receives a full

underbody and cavity injection treatment during

production. In order that this treatment may

retain maximum effectiveness, it is recommend-

ed that the underbody receives a power wash

and a thorough inspection after each winter

season. In so doing any accumulations of mud,

which act as moisture traps and combine with

road salts to accelerate corrosion, will be re-

ZE000A1-E

4. CORROSION PRE-

VENTION & AP-

PEARANCE CARE

ZE020A1-E

APPEARANCE CARE

In using the most advanced design and con-

struction practices, every Hyundai is built to

retain its original factory finish for many years.

However, long term durability is also greatly

dependant upon maintaining the various pro-

tection systems and coatings used in manufac-

ture since constant exposure to the elements

will eventually result in their breakdown and

loss of effectiveness. The following sugges-

tions are made to assist in the maintenance of

the vehicle bodywork.

ZE020C1-E

Interior

During the winter period, it is possible that the

carpet within the passenger compartment may

become wet. The carpet should not be allowed

to remain in this condition for prolonged periods

JE050A1-E

VALETING

Regular cleaning of the exterior paintwork serves

two important functios. Firstly, the removal of

abrasive dirt and contaminants will maintain the

lustre of the paintwork and will prevent

discolouration and dulling due to prolonged con-

tact.

Secondly, the presence of damage through

impact or abrasion will be apparent allowing

early rectification to be made thus preventing

corrosion from becoming established and

spreading beneath the paint film. To avoid "wa-

ter spotting" the vehicle should not be washed

in direct sunlight particularly in the case of

vehicles having dark body colours. The heat

from the sun rays is absorbed by the paint film

increasing the surface temperature. This action

causes water used for washing to evaporate

quickly leaving behind the deposits from the

water and the shampoo used.

Use only a shampoo intended for the purpose

and ensure that the body work is thoroughly

wetted to soften the dirt film prior to attempting

to remove this.

After removing the dirt film with a soft sponge,

the body work should be thoroughly rinsed and

then dried with a good quality ch mois leather to

prevent streaking or spotting of the paint work.

since the carpet may begin to create musty

smells and promote internal corrosion of the

floorpan.

4

CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE

4-2

Household detergents, solvents and abrasive

cleaning materials should not be used in order

ot avoid damaging the paint film.

Plastic wheel covers should be cleaned using a

sponge and water. Cast alloy wheels should be

cleaned using a mild soap or neutral detergent.

Abrasive compounds must not be used since in

the event of these damaging the lacquer coat-

ing, oxidisation of the aluminium wheel will

occur, spoiling the appearance.

The use of an a toothbrush will facilitate clean-

ing between the wheel "spokes".

JE080A1-E

BUMPER MAINTENANCE

The special material from which the bumpers

are manufactured warrants special attention to

preserve the appearance of thebumpers. Avoid

contact with battery electrolyte or brake fluid

and ensure that accidental spillages are imme-

diately flushed with water.

Do not use abrasive cleaning materials which

may damage the bumpers.

Avoid subjecting the bumpers to high tempera-

tures such as may be encountered in high bake

paing ovens.

JE060A1-E

STAIN/SPOT REMOVAL

Should tree sap, dead insects or tar prove to be

difficult to remove from the paint film, turpentine

or a proprietary paint cutting compound may be

used. Ensure that the area to be cleaned is not

rubbed intensively to prevent breaking through

the colour coat and exposing the under coat.

JE070A1-E

POLISHING

The exterior paint work should be polished with

a proprietary wax polish when water no longer

collects in bead form on the paint work. The

instructions of the product manufacturer should

be adhered to.

JE090A1-E

ACCIDENT REPAIRS

In the event of the body work sustaining dam-

age, the following points should be noted prior

to repairs being undertaken.

If body panels are replaced or repaired, anti

corrosion treatment must be applied to the

repair area. The product used must be compat-

ible with those used in manufacture. It is recom-

mended that repairs are entrusted to a Hyundai

dealer to ensure that replacement parts used

are of the same high quality as those used in

manufacture of the vehicle and that the correct

repair methods and materials will ensure ade-

quate levels of corrosion protection and the

continued validity of the Anti Perforation War-

ranty.

JE100A1-E

SEAT BELTS

Seat belts should be cleaned only with a mild

soap solution. Strong detergents, solvens or

bleaches may damage the belt webbing and

therefore reduce the effectiveness of the belt.

Belts which display signs of fraying, wear of cut

should be replaced.

JE110A1-E

INTERIOR VALETING

The soft trim and carpets should be maintained

with the regular use of a vacuum cleaner. Heavy

soiling should be removed with a dry cleaning

agent recommended for this purpose following

the instructions of the product manufacturer.

Paint thinner, solvents or other such cleaning

materials should not be used since damage to

the upholstery may result.

JE120A1-E

WINDOWS

A proprietary glass cleaner should be used to

clean the inside of the windows. However, the

rear heated windscreen must only be cleaned

using a light horizontal cleaning action. Care

should be exercised to avoid the use of abra-

sive cleaners or contact with items of jewellery

which may damage the heating elements.

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-1

NOTE:

The inspection and testing of certain elec-

tronic fuel injection/engine management and

automatic transmission control systems re-

quire specialised electronic equipment spe-

cifically designed for Hyundai vehicles. The

use of general purpose electrical test equip-

ment may result in damage to the control

unit microprocessors.

be sure these are equivalent to the quality of

the original Hyundai parts. Your Service Pass-

port provides further information about your

warranty coverage.

DF020F1-E

SERVICE HISTORY

It is important that all scheduled maintenance

services are recorded in the warranty and ser-

vice passport to ensure that proof of mainte-

nance is available when warranty service is

required.

DF020A1-E

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

REQUIREMENTS

To ensure the continued reliability and safety of

the vehicle, certain routine maintenance opera-

tions are required at specific mileage or time

intervals.

It is the responsibility of the vehicle owner to

ensure that the maintenance schedules shown

in both this Owners Manual and the Warranty

and Service Passport are adhered to.

The new vehicle warranty may be invalidated if

the routine maintenance operations are not

performed in line with the recommendations

outlined and the safety and durability of the

vehicle adversely affected.

It is recommended that all maintenance opera-

tions with the exception of the daily operating

checks are entrusted to a Hyundai dealer to

ensure that the latest repair and maintenance

procedures and specialized servicing tools are

employed. In addition, the use of genuine

Hyundai replacement parts will ensure that the

vehicle safety and performance will not be

compromised.

ZF010A1-A

5. VEHICLE MAINTE-

NANCE REQUIRE-

MENTS

SF020C1-B

Specified Scheduled Procedures

These are the procedures such as inspections,

adjustments and replacements that are listed in

the maintenance charts starting on page 5-2.

These procedures must be performed at the

intervals shown in the maintenance schedule

to assure that your warranty remains in effect.

Although it is strongly recommended that they

be performed by the factory-trained or distribu-

tor-trained technicians at your Hyundai dealer,

these procedures may be performed at any

qualified service facility.

It is suggested that genuine Hyundai service

parts be used for any required repairs or re-

placements. Other parts of equivalent quality

such as engine oil, engine coolant, manual or

auto transaxle oil, brake fluid and so on which

are not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company or

its distributor may be used without affecting

your warranty coverage but you should always

5

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-2

XF040C1-E

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

In order to ensure the continued safety, reliability and longevity of the

vehicle, the following maintenance service operations should be per-

formed at the time or mileage intervals specified.

It is recommended that all routine maintenance services are entrusted to

a Hyundai dealer to ensure that the manufacturers recommended proce-

dures are employed and that only genuine Hyundai replacement parts are

used. Incorrect maintenance techniques or the use of non genuine

replacement parts may invalidate the vehicle warranty.

F030B02X-EAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

1 ENGINE OIL & FILTER (SG OR ABOVE)

2 DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP & GENERATOR)

3 FUEL FILTER (MFI)

4 FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES & CONNECTIONS

5 TIMING BELT

6 VAPOR HOSE & FUEL FILLER CAP

7 VACUUM CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES

8 AIR CLEANER FILTER

9 SPARK PLUGS

10 VALVE CLEARANCE

No. DESCRIPTION

60

72

R

I

R

I

50

60

R

I

R

I

40

48

R

I

R

I

10

12

R

I

MILES X 1000

MONTHS

30

36

R

I

20

24

R

I

R

I

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-3

F030C02X-EAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

DESCRIPTION

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

COOLING SYSTEM

ENGINE COOLANT

ENGINE COOLANT SPECIFIC GRAVITY

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID AND FILTER

BRAKE PIPES, HOSES, AND CONNECTIONS

BRAKE FLUID

CLUTCH FLUID

REAR BRAKE LININGS AND CYLINDERS

BRAKE PADS

SUSPENSION AND STEERING SYSTEM

FRONT SUSPENSION BALL JOINTS

POLLEN FILTER

TRANSFER CASE OIL

REAR AXLE OIL

CLEAN PROPELLAR SHAFT/RETIGHTEN BOLTS

REAR WHEEL BEARINGS

TYRE CONDITION AND PRESSURE (including Spare)

LUBRICATE LOCKS AND HINGES

CHECK ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

ROAD TEST

CHECK ALL SYSTEMS WITH HI-SCAN

60

72

I

R

I

R

I

R

I

50

60

I

R

I

40

48

I

R

I

R

I

30

36

I

R

I

R

I

20

24

I

R

I

R

I

10

12

I

R

I

MILES X 1000

MONTHS

NO.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-4

F040A02X-EAT

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate

maintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeated short distance driving

B - Extensive idling

C - Driving in dusty, rough roads

D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in

very cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areas

F - More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above

90°F (32°C)

G - Driving in mountainous areas

H - Towing a trailer

I - Driving for rental car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing

J - Driving over 100 MPH

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

TIMING BELT

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS,

PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE

& BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

DRIVING

CONDITION

MAINTENANCE

INTERVALS

MAINTENANCE

OPERATION

R

I

R

EVERY 4,500 MILE OR 6 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 37,000 MILE OR 48 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 9,000 MILE OR 12 MONTHS

EVERY 60,000 MILE

EVERY 27,000 MILE

MAINTENANCE ITEM

A, B, C, F, H

C, E

B, H

D, E, F, G

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-5

F060A01A-AAT

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-

TENANCE ITEMS

F060M01A-AAT

o Engine oil and filter

The engine oil and filter should be changed at

the intervals specified in the maintenance sched-

ule. If the car is being driven in severe condi-

tions, more frequent oil and filter changes are

required.

F060B01A-AAT

o Drive belts

Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,

cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and

replace if necessary. Drive belts should be

checked periodically for proper tension and

adjusted as necessary.

F060C01A-AAT

o Fuel filter

A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the

vehicle may be driven, damage the emission

system and cause hard starting. If an exces-

sive amount of foreign matter accumulates in

the fuel tank, the filter may require replacement

more frequently.

After installing a new filter, run the engine for

several minutes, and check for leaks at the

connections.

F060D01A-AAT

o Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-

tions

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-

tions for leakage and damage. Replace any

damaged or leaking parts immediately.

F060E01A-AAT

o Timing belt

Inspect all parts related to the timing belt for

damage and deformation. Replace any dam-

aged parts immediately.

F060G01A-AAT

o Vapour hose and fuel filler cap

The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be

inspected at those intervals specified in the

maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new

vapour hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re-

placed.

F060F01A-AAT

o Vacuum, crankcase

ventilation hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of

heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and

brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions,

and excessive swelling indicate deterioration.

Particular attention should be paid to examine

those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sourc-

es, such as the exhaust manifold.

Inspect the hose routing to assure that the

hoses do not come in contact with any heat

source, sharp edges or moving component

which might cause heat damage or mechanical

wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as

clamps and couplings, to make sure they are

secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses

should be replaced immediately if there is any

evidence of deterioration or damage.

F060H01A-AAT

o Air cleaner filter

A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom-

mended when filter is replaced.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark plugs

Make sure to install new spark plugs of the

correct heat range.

F060N01X-GAT

o Valve clearances

Incorrect valve clearance will not only result in

unsteady engine operation, but will also cause

excessive noise and reduced engine perfor-

mance. Inspect valve clearance and adjust as

required while the engine is hot.

Valve-to-rocker arm clearance

Intake valves ..... 0.008 in. (0.2 mm)

Exhaust valves .... 0.010 in. (0.25 mm)

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-6

F070B01A-GAT

o Cooling System

Check the cooling system part, such as radia-

tor, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections

for leakage and damage. Replace any dam-

aged parts.

F070C01A-AAT

o Engine coolant

The coolant should be changed at the intervals

specified in the maintenance schedule.

F070D01X-GAT

o Manual or semi-automatic transaxle

oil

Inspect the manual or semi-automatic transaxle

oil according to the maintenance schedule.

NOTE:

If the oil level is low, check for possible

leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

F070E01X-AAT

o Automatic transaxle fluid

The fluid level should be in the “HOT” range of

the dipstick, after engine and transaxle are at

normal operating temperature. Check the Auto-

matic Transaxle Fluid level with the engine

running and the transaxle in neutral, with the

parking brake properly applied. Use ESSO

JWS3314 when adding or changing fluid.

F070F01A-AAT

o Brake hoses and lines

Visually check for proper installation, chafing,

cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace

any deteriorated or damaged parts immediate-

ly.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake fluid

Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser-

voir. The level should be between "MIN" and

"MAX" marks on the side of the reservoir. Use

only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3

or DOT 4.

F070H01A-AAT

o Rear brake drums/linings, parking

brake

Check the rear brake drums and linings for

scoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken parts,

and excessive wear. Inspect the parking brake

system including the parking brake lever and

cables. For detailed service procedures, refer

to the Shop Manual.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake pads, calipers and rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for

run out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust pipe and muffler

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and

hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage.

Start the engine and listen carefully for any

exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or

replace parts as necessary.

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections for loose-

ness or damage. Retighten to the specified

torque.

F070M01A-AAT

o Steering gear box, linkage & boots/

lower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off, check

for excessive free-play in the steering wheel.

Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check

the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration,

cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged

parts.

F070N01A-AAT

o Power steering pump, belt and hos-

es

Check the power steering pump and hoses for

leakage and damage. Replace any damaged

or leaking parts immediately. Inspect the power

steering belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, ex-

cessive wear, oiliness and proper tension.

Replace or adjust it if necessary.

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-7

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and boots

Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for

cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any

damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the

grease.

F070Q01A-AAT

o Air conditioning refrigerant

Check the air conditioning lines and connec-

tions for leakage and damage. Check air con-

ditioning performance according to the relevant

shop manual if necessary.

F070R02X-GAT

o Rear wheel bearing grease

Check rear wheel bearing grease whenever

the brake drums are removed to inspect the

rear brake system.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-1

ZG000A1-E

6. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

1. Brake fluid reservoir

2. Brake booster

3. Air cleaner

4. Engine oil filler cap

5. Windscreen washer fluid reservoir cap

6. Power steering fluid reservoir

7. Engine oil level dipstick

8. Spark plug

9. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick

(Automatic T/A only)

10. Radiator cap

11. Battery

12. Relay box

13. Engine coolant reservoir

G010A01X-EAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For Multiport Fuel Injection)

5

1312

9

1 4

10 118

6

G010A03X

2 3

7

6

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-2

ZG020B1-E

GENERAL CHECKS

Engine Compartment

The following should be checked regularly:

o Engine oil level and condition

o Transaxle fluid level and condition

o Brake reservoir fluid level

o Engine coolant level

o Windscreen washer fluid level

o Accessory drive belt condition

o Coolant hose condition

o Fluid leaks (on or below components)

o Power steering fluid level

o Tyre pressure and condition (including spare)

o Battery condition

ZG020C1-A

Vehicle Exterior

The following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and condition

o Wheel condition and wheel nut tightness

o Exhaust system condition

o Light condition and operation

o Windscreen glass condition

o Wiper blade condition

o Paint condition and corrosion

o Fluid leaks

o Door and hood lock condition

o Air filter element condition

G020C02X-GAT

Vehicle Interior

The following should be checked each time

when the vehicle is driven:

o Lights operation

o Windscreen wipers operation

o Horn operation

o Defroster, heating system operation (and air

conditioning, if installed)

o Steering operation and condition

o Mirror condition and operation

o Turn signal operation

o Accelerator pedal operation

o Brake operation, including parking brake

o Manual transaxle operation, including clutch

operation

o Automatic transaxle operation, including

"Park" mechanism operation

o Seat control condition and operation

o Seat belt condition and operation

o Sunvisor operation

If you notice anything that does not operate

correctly or appear to be functioning correctly,

inspect it carefully and seek assistance from

your Hyundai dealer if service is needed.

ZG030A1-A

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL

Engine oil is essential to the performance and

service of the engine. It is suggested that you

check the oil level at least once a week in

normal use and more often if you are on a trip

or driving in severe conditions.

ZG030B1-E

Recommended Oil

SSA6030B

°C

°F

-25

-13

20W-40 20W-50

15W-40 15W-50

10W-30

10W-40 10W-50

5W-40

5W-30

5W-20

40

104

20

68

10

50

0

32

-15

5

-10

-14

SH, SG or SG/CD (API) multi-grade and fuel

efficient oil is recommended.

NOTE:

SAE 5W-20 is not recommended for sus-

tained high speed vehicle operation.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-3

AS60050A

FL

ZG030C1-A

To Check the Oil Level

Before checking the oil, warm up the engine to

normal operating temperature and be sure it is

parked on level ground. Turn the engine off.

Wait a minute, then remove the dipstick, wipe it

off, fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw it

again. Then note the highest level the oil has

reached on the dipstick. It should be between

the upper ("F") and lower ("L") range.

ZG030D1-A

Adding Oil

G030D01A

If the oil level is close to or below the "L" mark,

add oil until it reaches the "F" mark. To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it coun-

terclockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Do not

overfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise.

The distance between the "F" and "L" marks is

equal to about 1 quart of oil.

G350A01A-GAT

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

Function of Engine Oil

Engine oil has the primary function of lubricat-

ing and cooling the inside of the engine.

Engine oil consumption

If is normal that an engine should consume

some engine oil while normal driving. The cause

of oil consumption in a normal engine are as

follows;

o Engine oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston

rings and cylinders.

o A thin film of oil is left on the cylinder wall

when a piston moves downwards in the

cylinder. High negative pressure generated

during engine operation sucks some of the

oil into the combustion chamber.

This oil with some oil of the cylinder wall is

burned by the high temperature combustion

gases during the combustion process.

o The engine oil consumption is strongly ef-

fected by the viscosity and quality of oil,

engine rpm and driving condition etc. The

engine oil is more consumed under severe

driving conditions such as high speeds and

frequent acceleration and deceleration than

normal driving condition.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-4

G040A01X-GAT

CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER

Oil filler cap

Oil filter

G040A01X

Drain plug

The engine oil and filter should be changed at

those intervals specified in the maintenance

schedule in Section 5. If the car is being driven

in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter

changes are required.

The procedure for changing the oil and filter is

as follows:

1. Park the car on level ground and set the

parking brake. Start the engine and let it

warm up until the needle on the coolant

temperature gauge moves above the lowest

mark. Turn the engine off and place the gear

selector lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or

reverse gear (manual transaxle, semi-auto-

matic transaxle).

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil

filler cap.

3. Slide underneath the car and loosen the

drain plug by turning it counterclockwise

with a wrench of the proper size. Be sure

that a drain pan is in position to catch the oil

as it drains out, then remove the drain plug.

WARNING:

Be very careful when draining the engine oil

as it may be hot enough to burn you!

4. When the oil has stopped draining, replace

the drain plug using a new washer and

retighten by turning it clockwise.

G040A03X

6. First, remove the vehicle number plate. Un-

screw the tapping screws (4EA) and re-

move the front bumper grille.

G040A04X

SST (09263-02000)

Extension bar

7. Using the special tool (09263-02000), re-

move the oil filter through the bumper hole.

G040A02X

SST (09263-02000)

5. Before removing the oil filter, prepare the

special tool (oil filter wrench), extension bar

and ratchet handle.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-5

G040A05X

NOTE:

Always dispose of used engine oil in an

environmentally acceptable manner. It is

suggested that it be placed in a sealed con-

tainer and taken to a service station for

reclamation. Do not pour the oil on the

ground or put it into the household trash.

WARNING:

Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-

cer of the skin if left in contact with the skin

for prolonged periods of time. Wash your

hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-

ter as soon as possible after handling used

oil.

8. Before installing the new oil filter on the

engine, apply clean engine oil to the surface

of the rubber gasket.

Temporarily tighten the oil filter by hand.

G040A06X

9. Using the special tool (09263-02000) and

torque wrench, tighten the oil filter to the

specified torque.

Tightening torque ................... 12-16 Nm

(120-160 kg.cm, 9-12 lb.ft)

G040A04X

SST (09263-02000)

Extension bar

NOTE:

o Be careful not to drop the engine oil on

the rubber parts of the engine mounting

insulator.

o You can purchase the SST from your

Hyundai dealer.

o If you aren’t sure how to use, consult

your Hyundai dealer.

10.Refill the crankcase with the recommended

engine oil. Refer to the specification in chap-

ter 9 for engine oil capacity.

11.Start the engine and check to be sure no oil

is leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.

12.Shut off the engine and recheck the oil level.

ZG040B1-E

Protect the Environment:

It is illegal to pollute drains, water courses or

soil. Use authorized facilities for disposal. If in

doubt, contact your Local Authority for advice.

ZG050A1-A

CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-

GINE COOLANT

WARNING:

Do not remove the radiator cap when the en-

gine is hot. When the engine is hot, the coolant

is under pressure and may erupt through the

opening if the cap is removed. You could be

seriously burned if you do not observe this

precaution. Do not remove the cap until the

radiator is cool to the touch.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-6

ZG050B1-A

Recommended Coolant

G050B01A

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coolant in a

50/50 mix with water. The coolant should be

compatible with aluminum engine parts. Addi-

tional corrosion inhibitors or additives should

not be used. The cooling system must be main-

tained with the correct concentration and type

of coolant to prevent freezing and corrosion.

NEVER allow the concentration of antifreeze to

exceed the 60% level or go below the 35% level

or damage to the coolant system may result.

For proper concentration when adding or re-

placing the coolant, refer to the following table.

Coolant concentration

ZG050C1-A

To Check the Coolant Level

G050C01A

The coolant level can be seen on the side of the

plastic coolant reservoir. The level of the cool-

ant should be between the "LOW" and "FULL"

lines on the reservoir. If the level is below the

"LOW" mark, add coolant to bring it up between

"LOW" and "FULL". If the level is low, inspect

for coolant leaks and recheck the fluid level

frequently. If the level drops again, visit your

Hyundai dealer for an inspection and diagnosis

of the reason.

ZG050D2-A

To Change the Coolant

The coolant should be changed at those inter-

vals specified in the vehicle maintenance sched-

ule in Section 5.

NOTE:

Coolant can damage the finish of your car.

If you spill coolant on the car, wash it off

thoroughly with clear water.

1. Park the car on level ground, set the parking

brake and remove the radiator cap when

cool.

2. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place.

Open the drain cock on the radiator. Allow

all the coolant to drain from the cooling

system, then securely close the drain cock.

3. Check Section 9 for the capacity of the

cooling system in your car. Then, following

the manufacturer’s directions on the coolant

container, add the appropriate quantity of

coolant to the radiator.

Water

Antifreeze

solution

35%

40%

50%

60%

Ambient

temperature

°F (°C)

5 (-15)

-13 (-25)

-31 (-35)

-49 (-45)

65%

60%

50%

40%

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-7

G050D02X G050B01A

4. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise with-

out pressing down on it, until it stops. This

relieves any pressure remaining in the cool-

ing system. And remove the radiator cap by

pushing down and turning counterclockwise.

Now fill the radiator with clean demineral-

ized or distilled water. Continue to add clean

demineralized or distilled water in small quan-

tities until the fluid level stays up in the

radiator neck.

5. Start the engine, top off the radiator with

water and then add engine coolant to the

reservoir until the level is between "LOW"

and "FULL".

6. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps and

check to be sure the drain cocks are fully

closed and not leaking.

WARNING:

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-

ant temperature and may sometimes oper-

ate even when the engine is not running.

Use extreme caution when working near the

blades of the cooling fan so that you are not

injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-

gine coolant temperature decreases, the fan

will automatically shut off. This is a normal

condition.

AG060B1-E

SPARK PLUG REPLACEMENT

This operation should only be performed when

the engine is cold.

1. Remove plug lead from the spark plug to be

replaced, pulling the lead by the rubber cap.

(Pulling the lead may damage the carbon

conductor).

2. Clean around the base of the plug to be

removed, and install the plug socket ensur-

ing that the ceramic insulator does not be-

come damaged. Turn the socket anti-clock-

wise to remove the plug.

G060C01A

NOTE:

Spark plugs must only be cleaned using

purpose designed equipment. Wire brush-

ing may damage the centre electrode insula-

tor causing mis-firing to occur.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-8

G070A01X

(1)

SSA6060A

0.039 ~ 0.043 in. (1.0 ~ 1.1 mm)

ZG060A2-E

Recommended Spark Plugs

(Unleaded)

NOTE:

When replacing the spark plug, always use

the genuine parts recommended.

G070A01X-GAT

CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-

TER

To change the filter, loosen the clamps (1) on

the cover. When this is done, the cover can be

lifted off, the old filter removed and the new filter

put in its place. Genuine Hyundai replacement

parts are recommended.

CAUTION:

Operating your vehicle without a proper air

filter in place can result in excessive engine

wear.

G060C02A

Only the correct grade of spark plug should

be used. Use of an incorrect grade may

result in serious engine damage.

Prior to installing a spark plug, the gap

between the centre and outer electrodes

must be checked and adjusted as neces-

sary.

Adjustment is facilitated by bending the outer

electrode towards or away from the centre

electrode. Under no circumstances should

attempts be made to adjust the position of

the centre electrode.

3. Insert the spark plug into the cylinder head

and screw by and until the plug contacts the

seating area. Tighten the plug with the sock-

et by a further 1/2 to 3/4 of a turn only.

4. Replace the plug lead ensuring that the cap

is pushed firmly into place. Confirm that the

cap is correctly seated by lightly pulling

upon it.

G060C03A

CHAMPION : RC9YC4

RC10YC4

NGK : BKR5ES-11

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-9

AS60160A

ZG080A1-A

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

The wiper blades should be carefully inspected

from time to time and cleaned to remove accu-

mulations of road film or other debris.

To clean the wiper blades and arms, use a

clean sponge or cloth with a mild soap or

detergent and water.

If the wipers continue to streak or smear the

glass, replace them with genuine Hyundai re-

placement parts or their equivalent.

NOTE:

o Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.

This can result in more rapid wear of the

wiper blades and may scratch the glass.

o Keep the blade rubber out of contact

with petroleum products such as engine

oil, gasoline etc.

G090A01X-EAT

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR

The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluid to the

windshield washer system.

A good quality washer fluid should be used to fill

the washer reservoir. The fluid level should be

checked more frequently during bad weather or

whenever the washer system is in more fre-

quent use.

The capacity of the washer reservoir is 2.19

lmp.qts (2.5 Litres).

CAUTION:

o Radiator antifreeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washer system

because it will damage the car’s finish.

o The washer lever should not be pulled

and the washer should not be operated if

the washer reservoir is empty. This can

damage the washer fluid pump.

XG100A2-E

MANUAL TRANSAXLE LUBRICANT

G100A01X

Filler plug

Drain plug

The transaxle lubricant should be checked and/

or changed at intervals specified in the mainte-

nance schedule.

Recommended Lubricant

Use only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF

75W/90 (API GL-4) in the manual transaxle.

CAUTION:

The transaxle lubricant level should only be

checked when the engine is cold to prelude

the possibility of personal injury by contact

with hot components.

1. To check the transaxle lubricant level, the

vehicle should be placed on level ground

and the level plug removed with a suitable

spanner.

G090A01X-DAG

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-10

C090B01X-DAG

G110D01A-GAT

To Check the Transaxle Fluid Level

G110D02A

Park the car on level ground with the parking

brake engaged. When the transaxle fluid level

is checked, the transaxle fluid should be at

normal operating temperature and the engine

idling.

G110A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUID

(AUTOMATIC)

Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle should

be changed at those intervals specified in the

vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

3. Replace the bolt, screw it in with your fin-

gers and then tighten securely with the

wrench.

G110C01X-EAT

Transaxle Fluid Capacity

The fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is

4.56 lmp.qts (5.2 Litres).

WARNING:

The transaxle fluid level should be checked

when the engine is at normal operating tem-

perature. This means that the engine, radia-

tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot so you

should exercise great care not to burn your-

self during this procedure.

G110B01X-AAT

Recommended Fluid

Your Hyundai automatic transaxle is specially

designed to operate with ESSO JWS3314.

Damage caused by a nonspecified fluid is not

covered by your new vehicle limited warranty.

ZG100B1-A

To Check the Manual Transaxle

Oil Level

SSA6100B

Park the car on level ground with the engine off.

1. Using a wrench of the correct size, loosen

the oil filler bolt turning it counterclockwise

and remove it with your fingers.

2. Use your finger to feel inside the hole. The

oil level should be at its bottom edge. If it is

not, check for leaks before adding oil. To

refill the transaxle or bring the oil level up,

add oil slowly until it reaches the proper

level. Do not overfill.

2. If the level is correct, lubricant should begin

to drip from the plug orifice. In this case the

plug should be replaced. If the level is incor-

rect, lubricant should be added until it begins

to drip from the plug orifice at which time the

plug should be replaced.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-11

While the engine is idling, apply the brakes and

move the gear selector lever from "P" to each

of its other positions — "R", "N", "D", "2", "L" —

and then return to "N". With the engine still

idling:

1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hands,

long hair and clothing clear of any moving

parts.

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe it clean,

reinsert the dipstick as far as it will go, then

remove it again. Now check the fluid level on

the dipstick. It should be in the "HOT" range

on the dipstick.

Fluid level must be within this range

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use a funnel

to add transaxle fluid through the dipstick

tube until the level reaches the "HOT" range.

Do not overfill.

G110D03A

G120A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BRAKES

CAUTION:

Because brakes are essential to the safe oper-

ation of the car, it is suggested that they be

checked and inspected by your Hyundai dealer.

The brakes should be checked and inspected

for wear at those intervals specified in the

vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid Level

WARNING:

Use caution when handling brake fluid. It

can damage your vision if it gets into your

eyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paint

if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G120C02A-AAT

Recommended Brake Fluid

Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your braking

system. Follow the instructions printed on the

container.

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid Level

The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir should

be checked periodically. The level should be

between the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on the

side of the reservoir. If the level is at or below

the "MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it up

to "MAX". Do not overfill.

WARNING:

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-

ant temperature and may sometimes oper-

ate even when the engine is not running.

Use extreme caution when working near the

blades of the cooling fan, so that you are not

injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-

gine coolant temperature decreases, the fan

will automatically shut off. This is a normal

condition.

NOTE:

Only lint free cloth should be used for wip-

ing the dipstick. The presence of lint within

the transaxle may cause problems with the

normal function of the transaxle.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-12

the instruments to check it with a force of 22 lb.

(98N), the deflection should be approx. 0.197 ~

0.217 inches (5 ~ 5.5 mm). If the belt is too

loose, have it adjusted by your Hyundai dealer.

ZG140C1-E

Checking the Refrigerant

1. Start the engine and let it run at fast idle for

several minutes with the air conditioner set

at one of its colder settings.

2. Open the hood and check two hoses by

touching with your fingers. One line is the

evaporator inlet, the other is the outlet. If

there is a temperature difference between

the two hoses, the refrigerant is low and the

system should be recharged by your Hyundai

dealer.

CAUTION:

Running the air conditioning system for ex-

tended periods of time with a low refrigerant

level may damage the compressor.

ZG140D1-A

Lubrication

To lubricate the compressor and the seals in

the system, the air conditioner should be run for

at least 10 minutes each week. This is particu-

larly important during cool weather when the air

conditioning system is not otherwise in use.

G140A01A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING CARE

Keeping the Condenser Clean

The air conditioning condenser (and engine

radiator) should be checked periodically for

accumulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc.

These can interfere with maximum cooling effi-

ciency. When removing such accumulations,

brush or hose them away carefully to avoid

bending the cooling fans.

G140D01X-EAT

Checking the Compressor Drive Belt

G140D01X

A/C pulley

0.197 ~ 0.217 in. (5 ~ 5.5 mm)

Crank pulley

When the air conditioning is being used regular-

ly, the compressor drive belt tension should be

checked at least once a month.

To check the drive belt tension, press down on

the belt halfway between the engine crankshaft

and compressor pulleys. Pressing with your

finger, you should not be able to deflect this belt

anymore than 0.197 ~ 0.217 inches. If you have

G120E01X-DAG

G120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake Fluid

WARNING:

Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damage

your vision if it gets into your eyes. Use only

DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from a

sealed container. Do not allow the fluid can

or reservoir to remain open any longer than

required. This will avoid entry of dirt and

moisture which can damage the brake sys-

tem and cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dirt then

unscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly pour the

recommended fluid into the reservoir. Do not

overfill. Carefully replace the cap on the reser-

voir and tighten.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-13

ZG150A1-A

CHECKING STEERING WHEEL

FREEPLAY

AS60260A

1.18 in.

(30 mm)

To check the steering wheel freeplay, stop the

car with the wheels pointed straight ahead and

gently move the steering wheel back and forth.

Use very light finger pressure and be sensitive

to changes in resistance that mark the limits of

the freeplay. If the freeplay is greater than

specified, have it inspected by your Hyundai

dealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

ZG160A1-A

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDAL

FREEPLAY

SSA6160A

0.24~0.51 in.

(6 ~ 13 mm)

With the engine off, press lightly on the clutch

pedal until you feel a change in resistance. This

is the clutch pedal freeplay. The freeplay should

be within the limits specified in the illustration

below. If it is not, have it inspected by your

Hyundai dealer and adjusted or repaired if nec-

essary.

SSA6170A

0.12 ~ 0.31 in.

(3 ~ 8 mm)

ZG170A1-A

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

FREEPLAY

With the engine off, press down on the brake

pedal several times to reduce the vacuum in the

brake booster.

Then, using your hand, press down slowly on

the brake pedal until you feel a change in

resistance. This is the brake pedal freeplay.

The freeplay should be within the limits speci-

fied in the illustration below. If it is not, have it

inspected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted

or repaired if necessary.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-14

AG200A1-A

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Replacing a Fusible Link

G200A01A

Bad

Good

A fusible link will melt if the electrical circuits

from the battery are ever overloaded, thus pre-

venting damage to the entire wiring harness.

(This could be caused by a short in the system

drawing too much current.) If this ever happens,

have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause,

repair the system and replace the fusible link.

The fusible links are located in a relay box for

easy inspection.

CAUTION:

When replacing a fusible link, never use

anything but a new fusible link with the

same or lower amperage rating. Never use a

piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.

This could result in serious damage and

create a fire hazard.

ZG190A1-A

CHECKING DRIVE BELTS

G190A01A

Water pump pulley

Generator

0.37 ~ 0.43 in.

(9.5~11.0 mm)

Crankshaft pulley

Drive belts should be checked periodically for

proper tension and adjusted if necessary. At the

same time, belts should be examined for cracks,

wear, fraying or other evidence of deterioration

and replaced if necessary.

Belt routing should also be checked to be sure

there is no interference between the belts and

other parts of the engine. After a belt is re-

placed, the new belt should be adjusted again

after two or three weeks to eliminate slack

resulting from initial stretching after use.

ZG180A1-A

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

CLEARANCE

SSA6180A

1.42 in.

(36 mm)

You need a helper to check the brake pedal

clearance. With the engine running, have your

helper press down on the brake pedal several

times and then hold it down with a force of about

110 lbs (50 kg, 490 N). The brake pedal clear-

ance is the distance from the top surface of the

brake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under the

floor mat.

If the brake pedal clearance is not within the

limits specified in the illustration, have it in-

spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted

or repaired if necessary.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-15

DG200B2-E

INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT FUSES

XV60320E

The fuse box containing the individual circuit

fuses is located on the lower portion of the

dashboard adjacent to the bonnet release. The

fuse box cover is opened by sliding the knob on

the cover to the right. A fuse rating grid will be

found on the reverse side of the cover. In the

event of fuse failure, the fuse should be re-

placed with one of equivalent rating. A fuse

removal tool is provided within the fuse box to

facilitate replacement.

In the event of a replacement fuse failing shortly

after installation a malfunction within the circuit

protected by that fuse is indicated. The circuit

should be checked by a Hyundai dealer at the

first available opportunity.

SSA6201B

WARNING:

The use of replacement fuses having a high-

er rating than specified or other means of

connecting the circuit will create a potential

fire hazard.

DG210A2-E

BATTERY MAINTENANCE

WARNING:

Motor vehicle batteries contain sulphuric

acid which is corrosive and poisonous. Hy-

drogen gas is emitted from the battery which

is explosive when combined with oxygen.

The following precautions must be strictly

observed to avoid personal injury or dam-

age to the vehicle.

o If battery electrolyte is spilled onto skin or

into eyes, the effected area must be flushed

with copious amounts of water and medical

assistance sought.

o If battery electrolyte is ingested, copious

amounts of water or milk followed by an

antacid (raw egg or milk of magnesia) must

be drunk. Vomiting should not be induced

and medical assistance must be sought.

o Batteries must only be charged in well ven-

tilated areas from which naked lights or

sources of sparks are excluded.

o Ensure that children, pets or other unautho-

rized persons are kept away from batteries.

o Do not allow anything to bridge the positive

(+)and negative (-) terminals of the battery.

o Never invert the battery.

The battery fitted during production is of the

“Maintenance Free” type.

G220A01A-AAT

CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLING FANS

WARNING:

The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-

ant temperature and may sometimes oper-

ate even when the engine is not running.

Use extreme caution when working near the

blades of the cooling fan, so that you are not

injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-

gine coolant temperature decreases the fan

will automatically shut off. This is a normal

condition.

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling Fan

The engine cooling fan should come on auto-

matically if the engine coolant temperature is

high.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-16

G270A01X-GAT

HEADLIGHT BULB

G270A01X

Replacement instructions:

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye protection.

2. Always grasp the bulb by its base, avoid

touching the glass.

3. Disconnect the connector, then remove the

dust cover.

4. Push the bulb spring for removing the head-

light bulb.

5. Remove the headlight bulb. If the bulb is

burned out, replace it with the same watt-

age.

6. Installation is the reverse order of the re-

moval.

7. Use the protective cap and carton to promptly

dispose of the old bulb.

8. Check for proper headlight aim.

noise stops during warm up, there is no

abnormal function in the system. This is due

to a power steering fluid characteristic in

extremely cold conditions.

Recommended Fluid

Use PSF-3 type fluid.

NOTE:

Do not start the engine when the power

steering oil reservoir is empty.

ZG230B1-E

POWER STEERING HOSES

It is suggested that you check the power steering

hose connections for fluid leakage at those inter-

vals specified in the vehicle maintenance sched-

ule in Section 5.

The power steering hoses should be replaced if

there is severe surface cracking, pulling, scuff-

ing or worn spots. Deterioration of the hose could

cause premature failure.

G260A01A-AAT

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Before attempting to replace a light bulb, be

sure the switch is turned to the "OFF" position.

The drawings show how to reach light bulbs so

they may be changed. Be sure to replace the

burned-out bulb with one of the same number

and wattage rating.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling Fan

The condenser cooling fan should come on

automatically whenever the air conditioning is

in operation.

G230A03A-GAT

POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL

G230A01X

The power steering fluid level should be checked

regularly.

To check the power steering fluid level, be sure

the ignition is "OFF", then check to make cer-

tain that the power steering fluid level is be-

tween the "MAX" and "MIN" level markings on

the fluid reservoir.

NOTE:

Grinding noise from the power steering

pump may be heard immediately after the

engine is started in extremely cold condi-

tions (below -4°F(-20°C)). In this case, if the

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-17

WARNING:

The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-

sure and if impacted could shatter, and re-

sulting in flying fragments. Always wear eye

protection when servicing the bulb. Protect

the bulb against abrasions or scratches and

against liquids when lighted. Turn on the

bulb only when installing in a headlight.

Replace the headlight if damaged or cracked.

Keep the bulb out of the reach of children

and dispose of the used bulb with care.

G290A01X-EAT

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT

G290A01V

Before performing aiming adjustment, make sure

of the following.

Vertical

aiming

1. Keep all tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure.

2. Place the vehicle on level ground and press

the front bumper & rear bumper down sev-

eral times.

3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except for

full levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, and

spare tire, jack, and tools). Have the driver

or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat.

4. Clean the head lights lens and turn on the

headlight (Low beam).

5. Open the bonnet.

6. Draw the vertical line (through the center of

each headlight) and the horizontal line

(through the centre of each headlight) on the

aiming screen.

1) Horizontal line dimension from ground:

25.43 in. (646 mm)

2) Distance between each vertical line:

38.89 in. (988 mm)

And then, draw the parallel line at 1.18 in.

(30 mm) place under the horizontal line.

7. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam to

the parallel line with a phillips screwdriver -

VERTICAL AIMING

8. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam to

the each vertical line with a phillips screw-

driver - HORIZONTAL AIMING.

G290B01X-EAT

Adjustment After Headlight Assembly

Replacement

If the vehicle has had front body repair and the

headlight assembly has been replaced, the

headlight aiming should be checked using the

aiming screen as shown in the illustration. Turn

on the headlight switch. (Low Beam Position)

1. Adjust headlights so that main axis of light is

parallel to centre line of the body and is

aligned with point "P" shown in the illustra-

tion.

2. Dotted lines in the illustration show centre of

headlights.

G290B01S-DAG

Horizontal line

Vertical

line

W

0.59 in.

"P"

1.18 in.

Cut-off line

Ground line

H

L

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-18

"H";

Horizontal centre line of headlights from

ground: 25.43 in. (646 mm)

"W";

Distance between each headlight centre:

38.89 in. (988 mm)

"L";

Distance between the headlights and the

wall that the lights are tested against:

118.11 in. (3,000 mm).

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-19

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

G280A01X-GAT

(ATOZ)

Part Name

Front Fog Light (Not all models)

Headlight

Front Position Light

Front Turn Signal Light

Side Repeater Light (Not all models)

Interior Light

HIgh Mounted Rear Stop Light

Wattage

55

60/55

5

21

5

8

21

No.

8

9

10

11

Wattage

5

21

21/5

21

Part Name

Luggage Compartment Light

License Plate Light

Rear Fog Light

Rear Combination Light

Turn Signal Light

Stop/Tail Light

Back-up Light

G280A02X

6

11 7 9

1 432 5 10 8

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-20

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

G280A01V-GAT

(AMICA)

Part Name

Front Fog Light (Not all models)

Headlight

Front Position Light

Front Turn Signal Light

Side Repeater Light (Not all models)

Interior Light

HIgh Mounted Rear Stop Light

Wattage

55

60/55

5

21

5

8

2.6

No.

8

9

10

11

Wattage

5

21

21/5

21

Part Name

Luggage Compartment Light

License Plate Light

Rear Fog Light

Rear Combination Light

Turn Signal Light

Stop/Tail Light

Back-up Light

G280A03V

6

11 9

1 432 5 10 8

7

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7-1

H010A01A-GAT

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

(Not all models)

Your Hyundai is equipped with an emission

control system to meet all requirements of the

Emission prohibition rules of your province.

There are three emission control systems which

are as follows.

1) Crankcase emission control system

2) Evaporative emission control system

3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function of the

emission control systems, it is recommended

that you have your car inspected and main-

tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in ac-

cordance with the maintenance schedule in this

manual.

ZH000A1-A

7. EMISSION

CONTROL

SYSTEMS

H010B01A-AAT

1. Crankcase Emission Control Sys-

tem

The Positive Crankcase Ventilation System is

employed to prevent air pollution caused by

blow-by gases being emitted from the crank-

case. This system supplies fresh filtered air to

the crankcase through the air intake hose.

Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with

blow-by gases, which then pass through the

PCV valve and into the induction system.

H010D01A-AAT

3. Exhaust Emission Control System

The Exhaust Emission Control System is a

highly effective system which controls exhaust

emission while maintaining good vehicle perfor-

mance.

H010C02A-GAT

2. Evaporative Emission

Control System (Not all models)

The Evaporative Emission Control System is

designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping

into the atmosphere.

Canister

While the engine is inoperative, fuel vapours

generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and

stored in the onboard canister. When the en-

gine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the

canister are drawn into the induction system

through the purge control solenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve

The purge control solenoid valve is controlled

by the ECM; when the engine coolant temper-

ature is low, and during idling, it closes, so that

evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine.

After engine warm-up, during ordinary driving, it

opens so as to introduce evaporated fuel to the

engine.

H020A01A

Catalytic Converter

H020A01A-GAT

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

(Not all models)

The catalytic converter is part of the exhaust

emission control system. Its purpose is to re-

move certain engine emission products from

the engine’s exhaust. It looks something like a

muffler and is located underneath the car in the

exhaust system.

7

7-2

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

H020B01A-GAT

About the Catalytic Converter

Exhaust gases passing through the catalytic

converter cause it to operate at very high tem-

peratures. As a result, the introduction of large

amounts of unburned gasoline may cause it to

overheat and create a fire hazard. This can be

avoided by observing the following:

o Use unleaded fuel only.

o Maintain your engine in good condition. Ex-

tremely high converter temperatures can

result from improper operation of the electri-

cal, ignition or fuel injection systems.

o If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or is

hard to start, take your car to your Hyundai

dealer as soon as possible and have the

difficulty corrected.

o Avoid driving with a very low fuel level. If

your run out of gasoline, it could cause the

engine to misfire and result in excessive

loading of the catalytic converter.

o Avoid idling the engine for periods longer

than 10 minutes.

o Your Hyundai should not be either pushed

or pulled to get it started. This can cause the

catalytic converter to overload.

o Take care not to stop your Hyundai over any

combustible material such as grass, paper,

leaves or rags. As these materials could

come in contact with the catalytic converter

and could cause a fire.

o Do not touch the catalytic converter or any

other part of the exhaust system while the

engine is running as it is very hot and could

result in burns.

o Remember that your Hyundai dealer is your

best source of assistance.

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8-1

ZI010B1-A

Engine Number

ZI010A1-E

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER (VIN)

ZI000A1-E

8. CONSUMER IN

FORMATION

I010A01A

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the

number used in registering your car and in all

legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.

o On the identification plate attached to the

engine side of the firewall between the en-

gine and passenger compartments.

I010B01A

The engine number is stamped on the engine

block as shown in the drawing.

ZI010C1-E

TYRE INFORMATION

The tires supplied on your new Hyundai are

chosen to provide the best performance for

normal driving.

XI020A1-E

TYRE PRESSURES

XV80030E

In modern high-speed motoring, correct tyre

pressures are vitally important.

Incorrect pressures can reduce adhesion, af-

fect the steering, and cause excessive tyre

wear. Check the pressures before you start a

trip, when tyres are cold. If the pressures are

measured when the tyres are warm, a higher

reading will be obtained.

8

4.0BX13

4.5JX13

5.0JX13

TIRE

SIZE

PRESSURE. kPa (PSI)

155/70R13

175/60R13

REAR

207(30)

FRONT

221(32)

UP TO 2

PERSONS

UP TO MAX.

LOAD

REAR

221(32)

FRONT

207(30)

RIM

SIZE

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8-2

SI040A1-E

TYRE CHAINS

Tyre chains, if necessary, should be installed

on the front wheels. Be sure that the chains are

the proper size and that they are installed in

accordance with the manufacturer’s instruc-

tions.

To minimize tyre and chain wear, do not contin-

ue to use tyre chains when they are no longer

needed.

CAUTION:

When driving on roads covered with snow

or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).

XI050A1-E

TYRE ROTATION

Tyre wear will vary for each wheel. In order to

increase the life of each tyre and keep wear

uniform, tyre rotation should be performed ev-

ery 6,000 miles (10,000 km) as shown in figure.

NOTE:

Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tyres

under any circumstances. This may cause

dan-gerous handling characteristics.

ZI060A1-E

TYRE BALANCING

A tyre that is out of balance may affect handling

and tyre wear. The tyres on your Hyundai were

balanced before the car was delivered but may

need balancing again during the years you own

the car. Whenever a tyre is dismounted for

repair, it should be rebalanced.

Wear indicator

DI060B1-E

TYRE REPLACEMENT

Tyres must be replaced when the wear indica-

tors appear as a solid bar across the tyre tread.

At this point, the remaining tread depth will be

approximately 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). In addition to

this, the tyre must be replaced if any portion of

the tread has become bald or if there are any

lumps, bulges or deep cuts in the sidewalls or

tread.

Replacement tyres must be of the recommend-

ed size and rating and should be of the same

manufacture and tread pattern on each axle.

ZI030A1-E

SNOW TYRES

If you equip your car with snow tyres, they

should be the same size and have the same

load capacity as the original tyres. Do not drive

faster than 60 mph when your car is equipped

with snow tyres.

HA1409

Spare tyre

1.6 mm (0.06 in.)

HGK248

CONSUMER INFORMATION

8-3

DI060C1-E

WHEEL REPLACEMENT

The original wheels may only be replaced with

Hyundai Approved wheels.

CAUTION:

Driving on worn or defective tyres is dan-

gerous. Worn tyres may cause loss of steer-

ing control and a serious deterioration of

braking efficiency. Defective tyres may cause

vibration and loss of control through blow

outs.

Tyres of different size, construction or tread

pattern should not be intermixed on the same

axle. Radial and cross ply tyres should not be

used on the same vehicle.

The use of tyres and wheels of non approved

sizes can be dangerous.

I100A02A-EAT

SPARE TYRE AND TOOLS

Your Hyundai is delivered with the following:

Spare tyre and wheel

Wheel nut wrench, Wrench bar, Spanner,

Screwdriver

Jack

D060J01X

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-1

Litres

35

J040A01X-GAT

ELECTRICAL

Battery

Alternator

Starting motor

MF 12V 40AH

13.5V 60A

0.8 KW

J050A02X-GAT

BRAKE

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

Ventilated disc

Drum

Cable operated on rear wheel

J060A01X-EAT

FUEL SYSTEM

lmp.gal

7.7

J020A01X-EAT

POWER STEERING

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 1.181 in. (0 ~ 30 mm)

5.354 in. (136 mm)

Vane type

ZJ000A1-A

9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

J030A02X-EAT

TYRE

155/70 R 13

175/60 R 13

Full size spare

Standard

Option

Spare

J010A02X-EAT

MEASUREMENT

137.6 (3495)

58.9 (1495)

63.6 (1615)

62.2 (1580)

93.7 (2380)

51.8 (1315)

51.2 (1300)

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height

(unladen)

Wheel base

Wheel tread

in. (mm)

ATOZ

AMICA

Front

Rear

Fuel tank Capacity

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

9

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-2

J070A01X-GAT

ENGINE

ITEMS

Engine type

Idle Speed (RPM)

Ignition Timing (Base)

Firing order

Specifications

1.0 MFI

4-Cylinder in-line SOHC

900 ± 100

BTDC 5° ± 2°

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

J090A02A-EAT

SPARK PLUG

ITEM

Spark plug

Spark plug gap

UNLEADED

NGK : BKR5ES-11

CHAMPION : RC9YC4, RC10YC4

0.039 ~ 0.043 in. (1.0 ~ 1.1 mm)

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-3

Oil & Coolant Standard

SAE 20W-40, 20W-50 (ABOVE -14°F)

API SG SAE 15W-40, 15W-50 (ABOVE 5°F)

OR SAE 10W-30 (-13°F ~ 104°F)

ABOVE SAE 10W-40, 10W-50 (ABOVE -13°F)

SAE 5W-20 *1, *2 (BELOW 14°F)

SAE 5W-30 *1 (BELOW 50°F)

SAE 5W-40 *1 (BELOW 68°F)

*1. Restricted by driving condition and dealing area

*2. Not recommended for sustained high speed vehicle operation

Normal driving condition

Severe driving condition

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4)

ESSO JWS3314

PSF-3

DOT 3, DOT 4 or equivalent

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

Item

Engine Oil

Engine oil consumption

Transaxle

Power steering

Brake fluid

Engine coolant

Q'ty

2.72 lmp.qts (3.26 us-qts, 3.1 litres)

MAX. 1L / 1500 Km

MAX. 1L / 1000 Km

2.15 lmp.qts (2.58 us-qts, 2.45 litres)

4.56 lmp.qts (5.48 us-qts, 5.2 litres)

As required

3.95 lmp.qts (4.74 us-qts, 4.5 litres)

J080A06X-EAT

LUBRICATION CHART

Manual

Auto

INDEX

10-1

A

ABS SYSTEM ..................................................................................... 2-7

ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS .......................................................... 1-5

AIR CLEANER FILTER ...................................................................... 6-8

AIR CONDITIONER CARE .............................................................. 6-12

AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH ......................................................... 1-36

AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION ................................................. 1-37

ANTENNA ......................................................................................... 1-52

APPEARANCE CARE ............................................................... 4-1 ~ 4-2

ASHTRAY ......................................................................................... 1-25

AUDIO FAULT CODE ...................................................................... 1-49

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE ....................................................... 2-5 ~ 2-6

B

BATTERY MAINTENANCE .............................................................. 6-15

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE .................................................. 2-2

BONNET RELEASE ......................................................................... 1-30

BRAKE CIRCUIT FAILURE WARNING LAMP ................................ 1-18

BRAKE PEDAL CLEARANCE ......................................................... 6-14

BRAKE PEDAL FREEPLAY ............................................................. 6-13

BRAKES ........................................................................................... 6-11

C

CARE OF SEAT BELTS .................................................................... 1-7

CARE OF CASSETTE TAPE ................................................ 1-50 ~ 1-51

CARE OF DISC ................................................................................ 1-50

CATALYTIC CONVERTER (For MFI) ................................................ 7-1

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM ............................................. 1-7

CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER ......................................... 6-4 ~ 6-5

CHARGING WARNING LIGHT ........................................................ 1-19

CHILD PROTECTOR REAR DOOR LOCKS .................................... 1-4

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ............................................... 1-10 ~ 1-11

CIGAR LIGHTER .............................................................................. 1-24

CLOCK .............................................................................................. 1-24

CLUTCH PEDAL FREEPLAY .......................................................... 6-13

COMPACT DISK PLAYER OPERATION (H922M) .............. 1-47 ~ 1-48

COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT ......................................................... 6-12

COOLING FANS .............................................................................. 6-15

D

DAY-NIGHT REAR VIEW MIRROR................................................. 1-26

DOOR LOCKS .................................................................................... 1-3

DRIVE BELTS .................................................................................. 6-14

DRIVING FOR ECONOMY ................................................................ 2-8

E

EFFECTIVE BRAKING ....................................................................... 2-7

EMERGENCY TOWING ..................................................................... 3-8

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................................... 7-1

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For MFI Engine) .................................... 6-1

ENGINE COOLANT ........................................................................... 6-5

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE ............................... 1-20

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION ........................................................... 6-3

F

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR .............................................. 6-9

FOLDING REAR SEAT BACK AND SEAT CUSHION ................... 1-27

FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORS ........................ 1-26

ZK000A1-E

10. INDEX

10

INDEX

10-2

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH ......................................................... 1-29

FUEL ECONOMY ............................................................................... 2-3

FUEL GAUGE .................................................................................. 1-20

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................ 1-1

FUSIBLE LINKS ............................................................................... 6-14

G

GENERAL CHECKS .......................................................................... 6-2

H

HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM ........................................................ 1-24

HEADLIGHT BULB ........................................................................... 6-16

HEADLIGHT LEVELING DEVICE SYSTEM .................................... 1-23

HEADRESTRAINT .............................................................................. 1-5

HEADLIGHT FLASHER .................................................................... 1-22

HEADLIGHT SWITCH ...................................................................... 1-21

HEATED REAR WINDOW ............................................................... 1-24

HEATING AND VENTILATION ........................................................ 1-32

HIGH AND LOW BEAM ................................................................... 1-21

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOPLIGHT ............................................. 1-27

HORN ............................................................................................... 1-32

I

IF THE ENGINE CANNOT BE CRANKED ........................................ 3-1

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS .......................................................... 3-2

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START .................................................. 3-1

IGNITION SWITCH ............................................................................. 2-2

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM ..................................................................... 1-2

INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT FUSES ......................................................... 6-15

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR .................................. 1-17

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS .................................................. 1-16

INTERIOR LIGHT ............................................................................. 1-25

J

JUMP STARTING ........................................................................ 3-1~3-2

K

KEY POSITIONS ................................................................................ 2-2

KEYS .................................................................................................. 1-2

L

LIGHT BULBS .................................................................................. 6-16

LIMP HOME PROCEDURES ............................................................. 1-2

LOW FUEL LEVEL WARNING LAMP ............................................. 1-19

M

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING REQUIREMENTS ..................... 5-1

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS .............. 5-4

MANUAL TRANSAXLE LUBRICANT ................................................. 6-9

MANUAL TRANSAXLE ...................................................................... 2-4

MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH ............................................................ 1-21

O

ODOMETER ..................................................................................... 1-21

OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT ................................................. 1-18

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR .................................................... 1-25

P

PARKING BRAKE ............................................................................ 1-26

POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL ................................................. 6-16

INDEX

10-3

POWER STEERING HOSES ........................................................... 6-16

POWER WINDOWS ........................................................................... 1-6

R

REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH ............................................................ 1-29

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER ........................................ 1-23

REMOTE FUEL FILLER LID RELEASE .......................................... 1-29

REMOTE TAIL GATE RELEASE ..................................................... 1-29

RUNNING IN ...................................................................................... 1-1

S

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ................................................. 5-2 ~ 5-3

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS ............................................................. 1-7

SEAT BELTS ........................................................................... 1-8 ~ 1-10

SNOW TYRES ................................................................................... 8-1

SPARE TYRE .............................................................................. 3-3, 8-3

SPARK PLUG REPLACEMENT ........................................................ 6-7

SPECIFIATIONS .......................................................................... 9-1, 9-3

SPEEDOMETER .............................................................................. 1-21

SRS AIRBAG SYSTEM ......................................................... 1-12 ~ 1-15

STARTING .......................................................................................... 2-3

STEERING WHEEL FREEPLAY ..................................................... 6-13

STEREO RADIO AND CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER

OPERATION (H900) ........................................................ 1-42 ~ 1-44

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H922M) .............................. 1-45 ~ 1-46

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (HMR90) ............................. 1-40 ~ 1-41

STEREO SOUND SYSTEM .................................................. 1-38 ~ 1-39

SUN-VISOR ...................................................................................... 1-31

T

TAIL GATE ....................................................................................... 1-28

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWING ........................................ 2-10 ~ 2-12

TRANSAXLE FLUID (AUTOMATIC) ..................................... 6-10 ~ 6-11

TYRE BALANCING ............................................................................ 8-2

TYRE INFORMATION ........................................................................ 8-1

TYRE PRESSURES ........................................................................... 8-1

TYRE REPLACEMENT ...................................................................... 8-2

TYRE ROTATION .............................................................................. 8-2

V

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) .................................... 8-1

VEHICLE TOWING OR RECOVERY ......................................... 3-6~3-8

W

WHEEL AND TYRE CHANGING ............................................... 3-3 ~3-6

WHEEL REPLACEMENT ................................................................... 8-2

WINDOW GLASS ............................................................................... 1-6

WINDSCREEN WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH ........................... 1-22

WINDSHIELD WASHER OPERATION ............................................ 1-22

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES ......................................................... 6-9

WINTER MOTORING ......................................................................... 2-9

Hyundai A030A01X-GAT Atos 2002

Product's Documents

Owner's Manual

Specifications

Hyundai A030A01X-GAT Questions and Answers

Related Products

Hyundai 2009 HYUNDAI Accent Car

Hyundai 2016 Hyundai Accent Car

Hyundai 2011 i30 Car

Hyundai 2016 i800 Car

Hyundai 2010 Tucson Car

Hyundai 2017 Elantra Car